WO2006083440A2 - Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds - Google Patents

Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006083440A2
WO2006083440A2 PCT/US2005/047297 US2005047297W WO2006083440A2 WO 2006083440 A2 WO2006083440 A2 WO 2006083440A2 US 2005047297 W US2005047297 W US 2005047297W WO 2006083440 A2 WO2006083440 A2 WO 2006083440A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
alkyl
alkylene
aryl
alkenyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2005/047297
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2006083440A3 (en
Inventor
George W. Griesgraber
Tushar A. Kshirsagar
Sarah J. Slania
Michael E. Danielson
Original Assignee
3M Innovative Properties Company
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 3M Innovative Properties Company filed Critical 3M Innovative Properties Company
Priority to AU2005326708A priority Critical patent/AU2005326708C1/en
Priority to ES05857242T priority patent/ES2392648T3/en
Priority to EP05857242A priority patent/EP1831221B1/en
Priority to CA2594674A priority patent/CA2594674C/en
Priority to US11/813,052 priority patent/US8034938B2/en
Priority to JP2007549597A priority patent/JP5313502B2/en
Publication of WO2006083440A2 publication Critical patent/WO2006083440A2/en
Publication of WO2006083440A3 publication Critical patent/WO2006083440A3/en
Priority to US13/196,131 priority patent/US8350034B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/16—Otologicals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12—Antivirals
    • A61P31/14—Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/04—Immunostimulants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
    • C07D471/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D471/14—Ortho-condensed systems

Definitions

  • the present invention provides a new class of compounds that are useful in modulating cytokine biosynthesis in animals.
  • Such compounds are of the following Formula I: and, more particularly, compounds of the following Formulas II, IIa, II- 1, and II- Ia:
  • the compounds of Formulas I, II, Ha, II- 1, and II- Ia are useful, for example, as immune response modifiers (IRMs) due to their ability to modulate cytokine biosynthesis (e.g., induce or inhibit the biosynthesis or production of one or more cytokines) and otherwise modulate the immune response when administered to animals.
  • IRMs immune response modifiers
  • the ability to modulate cytokine biosynthesis for example, induce the biosynthesis of one or more cytokines, makes the compounds useful in the treatment of a variety of conditions such as viral diseases and neoplastic diseases, that are responsive to such changes in the immune response.
  • the invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions containing an effective amount of a compound of Formulas I, II, Ha, II- 1 , or II- 1 a and methods of inducing cytokine biosynthesis in an animal, treating a viral infection and/or treating a neoplastic disease in an animal by administering an effective amount of a compound of Formula II or Formula Ha to the animal.
  • X, X', Z, R, R 1 , R 3 , RA, RB, RAI, RBU RA2, RB2, E, m, n, and p are as defined below.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula I: wherein:
  • X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C 1 - S alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X' is a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R 2 )-;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R A and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
  • RA and RB form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the fused aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R' groups; or when taken together, RA and R B form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
  • R' is a non-interfering substituent
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-, -C(R 6 )-, -C(R 6 )-N(R 8 )-,
  • Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -O-,
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbony
  • dialkylamino alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy ;
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 7 is C 2-7 alkylene
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-Ci- K ) alkylenyl, C 1-I0 alkoxy-Q.io alkylenyl, aryl-Ci -10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-Ci-iQ alkylenyl;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
  • R 1 O is C 3-8 alkylene
  • A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH 2 -, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O) 0-2 -, and -NC-Q-R 4 )-;
  • a 1 is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O) 0-2 -, -N(-Q-R 4 )-, and -CH 2 -;
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R 6 )-, -C(R 6 )-C(R 6 )-, -S(O) 2 -, -C(R 6 )-N(R 8 )-W-, -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-, -C(R 6 )-O-, -C(R 6 )S-, and -C(R 6 )-N(OR 9 )-;
  • V is selected from the group consisting Of-C(R 6 )-, -O-C(R 6 )-, -N(Rg)-C(R 6 )-, and -S(O) 2 -;
  • W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is ⁇ 7; with the proviso that X 1 can also be a bond when:
  • V is -C(R 6 )-, or
  • R 5 is bonded to X 1 and R 5 is
  • V is -C(R 6 )- or or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
  • the present invention provides a compound of
  • X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X 1 is a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X and X 1 are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3; Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R 2 )-;
  • Ri is selected from the group consisting of: -Xi-V-R 4 ,
  • RA and R B are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(Rg) 2 ; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the fused aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R' groups; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(Rg) 2 ;
  • R' is a non-interfering substituent
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
  • X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond
  • Y' is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbony
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of
  • R 7 is C 2-7 alkylene
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-Ci-io alkylenyl, C 1-10 alkoxy-C 1-10 alkylenyl, aryl-C 1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroary 1-C 1-10 alkylenyl;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
  • R 1O is C 3-8 alkylene
  • A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH 2 -, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(0)o- 2 -, and -NC-Q-R 4 )-;
  • A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O) 0-2 -, -NX-Q-R 4 )-, and -CH 2 -;
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R 6 )-, -C(R 6 )-C(R 6 )-, -S(O) 2 -,
  • V is selected from the group consisting Of-C(R 6 )-, -O-C(R 6 )-, -N(R 8 )-C(R 6 )-, and -S(O) 2 -;
  • W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is ⁇ 7; with the proviso that Xi can also be a bond when:
  • V is -C(R 6 )-, or
  • R 5 is bonded to X 1 and R 5 is
  • V is -C(R 6 )- or or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Xi is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula II- 1 :
  • X, X 1 , Z, R 1 , RA, and R B are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula II above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula Ha: wherein:
  • X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X' is a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R 2 )-;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R A1 and RBI are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R 9 ) 2 ; or when taken together, RA 1 and R B I form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R 3 group, or substituted by one R 3 group and one R group; or when taken together, RA I and RBI form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups;
  • R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Xi is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-, -C(R 6 )-,
  • Y' is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Z 1 is a bond or -O-;
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoy
  • dialkylamino alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy;
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 7 is C 2 - 7 alkylene;
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-Cj-io alkylenyl, C 1-10 alkoxy-C 1-10 alkylenyl, aryl-C 1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-Cj.io alkylenyl;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; Ri 0 is C 3-8 alkylene;
  • A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH 2 -, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O) 0-2 -, and -NC-Q-R 4 )-;
  • a 1 is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(0)o-2-, -NC-Q-R 4 )-, and -CH 2 -;
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R 6 )-, -C(R 6 )-C(R 6 )-, -S(O) 2 -, -CCRe)-N(R 6 )-W-, -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-, -C(Rg)-O-, -C(R 6 )S-, and -C(R 6 )-N(OR 9 )-;
  • V is selected from the group consisting Of-C(R 6 )-, -O-C(R 6 )-, -N(R 8 )-C(R 6 )-, and -S(O) 2 -;
  • W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is ⁇ 7; with the proviso that Xi can also be a bond when:
  • V is -C(R 6 )-, or
  • R 5 is bonded to X 1 and R 5 is
  • V is -C(R 6 )- or or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula Ilia:
  • X, X', Z, R 1 , RA 1 , and RB 1 are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula Ha above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X' is a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X 1 is 1, 2, or 3;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R 2 )-;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R 6 ) 2 ;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of: -Z-R 4 ,
  • n is an integer from 0 to 4; m is 0 or 1 ; with the proviso that when m is 1 , then n is 0 or 1 ;
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
  • X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond
  • Y' is selected from the group consisting of:
  • Z' is a bond or -O-
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbony
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 7 is C 2-7 alkylene
  • Rg is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-I0 alkenyl, hydroxy-Ci-io alkylenyl, C 1 -Io alkoxy-Cj.jo alkylenyl, aryl-C 1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-C ⁇ o alkylenyl;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl
  • A is selected from the group consisting of -CH 2 -, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O) 0-2 -, and -NC-Q-R 4 )-;
  • A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O) 0-2 -, -N ⁇ Q-R 4 )-, and -CH 2 -;
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R 6 )-, -C(R 6 )-C(R 6 )-, -S(O) 2 -, -C(R 6 )-N(R 8 )-W-, -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-, -C(R 6 )-O-, -C(R 6 )S-, and -C(R 6 )-N(OR 9 )S
  • V is selected from the group consisting of-C(R 6 )-, -O-C(R 6 )-, -N(Rs)-C(R 6 )-, and -S(O) 2 -;
  • W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is ⁇ 7; with the proviso that Xi can also be a bond when:
  • V is -C(R 6 )-, or
  • R 5 is bonded to X 1 and R 5 is
  • Xi is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
  • the present invention provides a compound of Formula IV:
  • X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X' is a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X 1 is 1, 2, or 3;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R 2 )-; Ri is selected from the group consisting of: -X 1 -V-R 4 ,
  • R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
  • n is an integer from 0 to 4.
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-, -C(R 6 )-,
  • Y' is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbony
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 7 is C 2-7 alkylene
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -I0 alkyl, C 2-I0 alkenyl, hydroxy-Ci -10 alkylenyl, C 1-10 alkoxy-Ci -10 alkylenyl, 8TyI-C 1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-Ci.io alkylenyl;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl
  • R 10 is C 3-8 alkylene
  • A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH 2 -, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O) 0-2 -, and -NC-Q-R 4 )-;
  • A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O) 0-2 -, -NX-Q-R 4 )-, and -CH 2 -;
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R 6 )-, -C(R 6 )-C(R 6 )-, -S(O) 2 -, -C(R 6 )-N(Rs)-W-, -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-, -C(R 6 )-O-, -C(Rg)-S-, and -C(R 6 )-N(OR 9 )-;
  • V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R 6 )-, -O-C(R 6 )-, -N(Rs)-C(R 6 )-, and -S(O) 2 -;
  • W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is ⁇ 7; with the proviso that X 1 can also be a bond when:
  • V is -C(R 6 )-, or
  • R 5 is bonded to X 1 and R 5 is
  • V is -C(R 6 )- or or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
  • X, X', Z, R 1 , R, and n are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula IV above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X' is a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R 2 )-;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R 6 ) 2 ;
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • p is an integer from 0 to 3; m is 0 or 1 ; with the proviso that when m is 1 , then p is 0 or 1 ;
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O) 2 -,
  • Y 1 is selected from the group consisting of: -O-,
  • Z' is a bond or -O-
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbony
  • R- 5 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 7 is C 2-7 alkylene
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-C 1-10 alkylenyl, C 1-10 alkoxy-C 1-10 alkylenyl, aryl-C 1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-C 1-10 alkylenyl;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
  • R 10 is C 3-8 alkylene
  • A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH 2 -, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O) 0-2 -, and -NC-Q-R 4 )-;
  • A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O) 0-2 -, -N ⁇ Q-R 4 )-, and -CH 2 -;
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R 6 )-, -C(R 6 )-C(R 6 )-, -S(O) 2 -,
  • V is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R 6 )-, -O-C(R 6 )-, -N(Rs)-C(R 6 )-, and -S(O) 2 -;
  • W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is ⁇ 7; with the proviso that X 1 can also be a bond when:
  • V is -C(R 6 )-, or
  • R 5 is bonded to X 1 and R 5 is
  • V is -C(R 6 )- or or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
  • X, X', Z, R 1 , R 3 R 3 , m, and p are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula V above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X' is a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R 2 )-;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(Rs) 2 ;
  • p is an integer from 0 to 3;
  • Xi is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O) 2 -,
  • Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -O-,
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbony
  • dialkylamino alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy;
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 7 is C 2-7 alkylene;
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-I o alkenyl, hydroxy-C 1-10 alkylenyl, C 1-10 alkoxy-Cuio alkylenyl, aryl-C 1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-C ⁇ io alkylenyl;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
  • R 10 is C 3-8 alkylene;
  • A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH 2 -, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O) 0-2 -, and
  • A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O) 0-2 -, -NC-Q-R 4 )-, and -CH 2 -;
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R 6 )-, -C(R 6 )-C(R 6 )-, -S(O) 2 -, -C(R 6 )-NCRg)-W-, -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-, -C(R 6 )-O-, -C(R 6 )-S-, and -C(R 6 )-N(OR 9 )-;
  • V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R 6 )-, -O-C(R 6 )-, -N(R 8 )-C(R 6 )-, and
  • W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is ⁇ 7; with the proviso that X 1 can also be a bond when: Y 1 is bonded to X 1 and Y 1 is -C(R 6 )-, -C(R 6 )-O-, -C(R 6 )-N(R 8 )-,
  • R 5 is bonded to X 1 and R 5 is
  • v is -C(R 6 )- or or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
  • X, X', Z, R 1 , R, and p are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula VI above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X' is a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R 2 )-;
  • R 1 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • RA 2 and R B2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
  • Xi is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
  • X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbony
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen;
  • R 7 is C 2-7 alkylene;
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-C 1-10 alkylenyl, C 1-10 alkoxy-C 1-10 alkylenyl, aryl-C 1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-Ci-io alkylenyl;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
  • R 10 is C 3-8 alkylene;
  • A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH 2 -, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O) 0-2 -, and
  • A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(0)o- 2 -, -NC-Q-R 4 )-, and -CH 2 -;
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R 6 )-, -C(R 6 )-C(R 6 )-, -S(O) 2 -, -C(R 6 )-N(R 8 )-W-, -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-, -C(Rg)-O-, -C(Rg)-S-, and -C(R 6 )-N(OR 9 )-;
  • V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R 6 )-, -O-C(R 6 )-, -N(Rs)-C(R 6 )-, and
  • W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is ⁇ 7; with the proviso that Xi can also be a bond when: Y 1 is bonded to X 1 and Y' is -C(R 6 )-, -C(R 6 )-O-, -C(R 6 )-N(R 8 )-,
  • V is -C(R 6 )-, or
  • R 5 is bonded to X 1 and R 5 is wherein V is -C(R 6 )- or or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Xi is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
  • X, X', Z, R 1 , R A2 and RB 2 are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula VII above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention provides a compound (which is a prodrug) of the Formula VIII:
  • G is selected from the group consisting of: -C(O)-R", ⁇ -aminoacyl, ⁇ -aminoacyl- ⁇ -aminoacyl, -C(O)-O-R",
  • R" and R'" are independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-10 alkyl,
  • C 3-7 cycloalkyl, and benzyl each of which may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1-4 alkylenyl, heteroarylC M alkylenyl, haloC 1-4 alkylenyl, haloC 1-4 alkoxy, -O-C(O)-CH 3 , -C(O)-O-CH 3 , -C(O)-NH 2 , -O-CH 2 -C(O)-NH 2 , -NH 2 , and -S(O) 2 -NH 2 , with the proviso that R"' can also be hydrogen;
  • ⁇ -aminoacyl is an acyl group derived from an amino acid selected from the group consisting of racemic, D-,
  • Y" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, and benzyl;
  • Y 0 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, carboxyC 1-6 alkylenyl, aminoC i -4 alkylenyl, mono-N-C 1-6 alkylaminoCi -4 alkylenyl, and di-N, N-C 1-6 alkylaminoC 1-4 alkylenyl;
  • Y 1 is selected from the group consisting of mono-N-C 1-6 alkylamino, di- ⁇ TV-C 1-6 alkylamino, morpholin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, and 4-C 1-4 alkylpiperazin-1-yl; and
  • X, X', Z, R 1 , RAI, and R B I are as defined in Formula Ha above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • G, X, X', Z, Ri, RA I , and R B I are as defined in Formula VIII above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
  • G, X, X', Z, R 1 , R A1 , and R B1 are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula VIII above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the present invention provides an intermediate compound of the following Formula X:
  • E is selected from the group consisting of CH, CR, CR 3 , and N 3 with the proviso that when E is CR 3 , m is 0, and p is 0 or 1, and with the further proviso that when E is CR and m is 1, p is 0;
  • X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X I is a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
  • X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R 2 )-; Ri is selected from the group consisting of: -X 1 -Y-R 4 ,
  • R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • p is an integer from 0 to 3; m is 0 or 1 ; with the proviso that when m is 1 , then p is 0 or 1 ;
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
  • X is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond,
  • Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -O-,
  • Z' is a bond or -O-
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbony
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen;
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 7 is C 2 . 7 alkylene;
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-I0 alkenyl, hydroxy-C 1-10 alkylenyl, C 1-I0 alkoxy-C ⁇ io alkylenyl, aryl-C ⁇ o alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-C 1-10 alkylenyl;
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
  • R 10 is C 3-8 alkylene;
  • A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH 2 -, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O) 0-2 -, and
  • A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(0)o -2 -, -N ⁇ Q-R 4 )-, and -CH 2 -;
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R 6 )-, -C(R 6 )-C(R 6 )-, -S(O) 2 -, -C(R 6 )-N(R 8 )-W-, -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-, -C(R 6 )-O-, -C(R 6 )-S-, and -C(R 6 )-N(OR 9 )-;
  • V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R 6 )-, -O-C(R 6 )-, -N(Rs)-C(R 6 )-, and
  • W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is ⁇ 7; with the proviso that X 1 can also be a bond when: Y 1 is bonded to X 1 and Y' is -C(R 6 )-, -C(R 6 )-O-, -C(R 6 )-N(R 8 )-,
  • V is -C(R 6 )-, or
  • R 5 is bonded to Xj and R 5 is or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
  • X, X', Z, R 1 , E, R, R 3 , m, and p are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula X above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • non-interfering means that the ability of the compound or salt, which includes a non-interfering substituent, to modulate the biosynthesis of one or more cytokines is not destroyed by the non-interfering substitutent.
  • R' is a non-interfering substituent.
  • Illustrative non-interfering R' groups include those described above for R and R 3 .
  • alkyl As used herein, the terms “alkyl,” “alkenyl,” “alkynyl” and the prefix “alk-” are inclusive of both straight chain and branched chain groups and of cyclic groups, e.g., cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl. Unless otherwise specified, these groups contain from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, with alkenyl groups containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and alkynyl groups containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, these groups have a total of up to 10 carbon atoms, up to 8 carbon atoms, up to 6 carbon atoms, or up to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Cyclic groups can be monocyclic or poly cyclic and preferably have from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms.
  • Exemplary cyclic groups include cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, adamantyl, and substituted and unsubstituted bornyl, norborayl, and norbornenyl.
  • alkylene alkenylene
  • alkynylene are the divalent forms of the "alkyl,” “alkenyl,” and “alkynyl” groups defined above.
  • alkylenyl alkenylenyl
  • alkynylenyl alkynylenyl
  • an arylalkylenyl group comprises an alkylene moiety to which an aryl group is attached.
  • haloalkyl is inclusive of groups that are substituted by one or more halogen atoms, including perfluorinated groups. This is also true of other groups that include the prefix “halo-.” Examples of suitable haloalkyl groups are chloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, and the like.
  • aryl as used herein includes carbocyclic aromatic rings or ring systems.
  • aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, fluorenyl and indenyl.
  • heteroatom refers to the atoms O, S, or N.
  • heteroaryl includes aromatic rings or ring systems that contain at least one ring heteroatom (e.g., O, S, N).
  • heteroaryl includes a ring or ring system that contains 2-12 carbon atoms, 1-3 rings, 1-4 heteroatoms, and O, S, and N as the heteroatoms.
  • heteroaryl includes one ring that contains 2-5 carbon atoms, 1-3 heteroatoms, and O, S, and N as the heteroatoms.
  • heteroaryl groups include furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, triazolyl, pyrrolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, carbazolyl, benzoxazolyl, pyrimidinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinoxalinyl, benzothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrazinyl, 1-oxidopyridyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, tetrazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and so on.
  • heterocyclyl includes non-aromatic rings or ring systems that contain at least one ring heteroatom (e.g., O, S, N) and includes all of the fully saturated and partially unsaturated derivatives of the above mentioned heteroaryl groups.
  • heterocyclyl includes a ring or ring system that contains 2-12 carbon atoms, 1-3 rings, 1-4 heteroatoms, and O, S, and N as the heteroatoms.
  • heterocyclyl includes one ring that contains 2-5 carbon atoms, 1-3 heteroatoms, and O, S, and N as the heteroatoms.
  • heterocyclyl groups include pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, thiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, quinuclidinyl, homopiperidinyl (azepanyl), 1,4-oxazepanyl, homopiperazinyl (diazepanyl), 1,3-dioxolanyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, dihydroisoquinolin-(1H)-yl, octahydroisoquinolin- (lH)-y ⁇ , dihydroquinolin-(2H)-yl, octahydroquinolin-(2H)-yl, dihydro-1H-imi
  • Such ring systems include fused and/or bridged rings and spiro rings.
  • Fused rings can include, in addition to a saturated or partially saturated ring, an aromatic ring, for example, a benzene ring.
  • Spiro rings include two rings joined by one spiro atom and three rings joined by two spiro atoms. When "heterocyclyl" contains a nitrogen atom, the point of attachment of the heterocyclyl group may be the nitrogen atom.
  • arylene is the divalent forms of the "aryl,” “heteroaryl,” and “heterocyclyl” groups defined above.
  • arylenyl is used when “arylene,” “heteroarylene,” and “heterocyclylene,” respectively, are substituted.
  • an alkylarylenyl group comprises an arylene moiety to which an alkyl group is attached.
  • fused aryl ring includes fused carbocyclic aromatic rings or ring systems. Examples of fused aryl rings include benzo, naphtho, fluoreno, and indeno.
  • fused heteroaryl ring includes the fused forms of 5 or 6 membered aromatic rings that contain one heteroatom selected from S and N. Examples of fused heteroaryl rings include pyrido and thieno.
  • fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring includes rings which are fully saturated except for the bond where the ring is fused.
  • the ring is a cyclohexene ring.
  • the ring is tetrahydropyrido or dihydrothieno.
  • each group is independently selected, whether explicitly stated or not.
  • each R 9 group is independently selected for the formula -N(R 9 ) 2 .
  • each R 8 group is independently selected when a Y and a Y 1 group are both present and both contain an R 8 group.
  • each R 8 group is independently selected when more than one Y' group is present (i.e., R 1 and R 3 each contains a Y 1 group) and each Y' group contains one or more R 7 groups, then each Y 1 group is independently selected, and each R 7 group is independently selected.
  • the invention is inclusive of the compounds described herein (including intermediates) in any of their pharmaceutically acceptable forms, including isomers (e.g., diastereomers and enantiomers), salts, solvates, polymorphs, prodrugs, and the like.
  • the invention specifically includes mixtures of the compound with its enantiomer in any ratio as well as the racemic mixture. Ratios of the compound to its enantiomer include, for example, 50:50 or higher, 90:10 or higher, 95:5 or higher, 99:1 or higher, 99.9:0.1 or higher, or 100:0. It should be understood that the term “compound” includes any or all of such forms, whether explicitly stated or not (although at times, “salts" are explicitly stated).
  • prodrug means a compound that can be transformed in vivo to yield an immune response modifying compound in any of the salt, solvated, polymorphic, or isomeric forms described above.
  • the prodrug itself, may be an immune response modifying compound in any of the salt, solvated, polymorphic, or isomeric forms described above.
  • the transformation may occur by vaious mechanisms, such as through a chemical (e.g., solvolysis or hydrolysis, for example, in the blood) or enzymatic biotransformation.
  • a discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," Vol. 14 of the A. C. S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
  • each one of the following variables e.g., X, X', X 1 , Z, R, R 1 , R 3 , R A , RB, RAI, RBI, RA2, RB2, E, m, n, and p and so on
  • each one of the following variables e.g., X, X', X 1 , Z, R, R 1 , R 3 , R A , RB, RAI, RBI, RA2, RB2, E, m, n, and p and so on
  • each of the resulting combinations of variables is an embodiment of the present invention.
  • R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R 9 ) 2 .
  • R is halogen or hydroxy.
  • Rj is selected from the group consisting of -X 1 -Y' -R 4 , -Xi-Y'-X"-Y'-R4, and -X 1 -R 5 .
  • R 1 is -X 1 -Y-R 4 .
  • R 1 is -X 1 -Y-X"- T-R 4 .
  • R 1 is -X 1 -R 5 .
  • R 2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; al
  • R 2 is alkyl
  • R 2 is methyl
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of -Z'-Rj, -Z'-X"-R 4 , -Z'-X'-Y-R*, -Z'-X"-Y-X"-Y-R4, and -Z'-X"-R 5 .
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of benzyloxy which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen or haloalkyl, 3-pyrrolylpropoxy, 2-(4- methoxyphenyl)-2-oxoethoxy, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, halogen, dialkylamino, alkylcarbonylamino, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, and heterocyclylcarbonyl.
  • heterocyclylcarbonyl is pyrrolidinylcarbonyl or morpholinylcarbonyl.
  • R 3 is phenyl substituted by pyrrolidinylcarbonyl or morpholinylcarbonyl.
  • R 3 is benzyloxy.
  • R 3 is at the 3 -position with the positions numbered as follows:
  • R 4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy;
  • R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, haloalkyl, and dialkylamino.
  • R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, and haloalkyl.
  • R 4 is alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, haloalkyl, and dialkylamino.
  • R 4 is aryl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, and dialkylamino.
  • R 4 is alkyl or aryl.
  • R 4 is alkyl
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 5 is selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 5 is For certain embodiments, A is -CH 2 -, -O-, or ⁇ (-Q-R 4 )-, and V is -C(O)-. For certain of these embodiments, A is -CH 2 -, and V is -C(O)-.
  • R 7 is C 2-7 alkylene.
  • R 7 is C 2-3 alkylene.
  • R 7 is propylene.
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-10 alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-C 1-10 alkylenyl, C 1-10 alkoxy-Ci. ⁇ alkylenyl, aryl-C 1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-C M o alkylenyl.
  • R 8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-I o alkyl, C 2-10 alkenyl, Ci -10 alkoxy-Q.ioalkylenyl, and aryl-Ci-io alkylenyl.
  • R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -4 alkyl, hydroxyCi- 4 alkyl, and C 1-4 alkoxyC 1-4 alkyl.
  • R 8 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, or 2- methoxy ethyl.
  • R 8 is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl.
  • R 8 is hydrogen or methyl.
  • R 8 is hydrogen.
  • R 9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl.
  • R 9 is alkyl
  • R 9 is hydrogen
  • R 10 is C 3-8 alkylene.
  • R 10 is C 4-6 alkylene.
  • Rio is pentylene
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(Rg) 2 ; or when taken together, R A and R B form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the fused aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R' groups; or when taken together, RA and R B form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups.
  • RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R 9 ) 2 .
  • RA and RB form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring.
  • RA and RB form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom.
  • RA 1 and R B I are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R 9 ) 2 ; or when taken together, RAI and RB 1 form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R 3 group, or substituted by one R 3 group and one R group; or when taken together, RA 1 and R BI form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups.
  • RA 1 and R B I form a benzo ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R 3 group, or substituted by one R 3 group and one R group.
  • RA 1 and R B1 form a benzo ring which is unsubstituted.
  • R A1 and R B1 form a pyrido ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R 3 group, or substituted by one R 3 group and one R group.
  • RA 1 and R B1 form a pyrido ring
  • the pyrido ring is wherein the highlighted bond indicates the position where the ring is fused.
  • RA 1 and R B I form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the ring is unsubstituted.
  • R AI and R B1 form a fused cyclohexene ring that is unsubstituted or substituted by one, two, three, or four R groups.
  • RAI and RB 1 form a fused cyclohexene ring that is unsubstituted.
  • RA I and R B1 form a tetrahydropyrido ring that is unsubstituted or substituted on one or more ring carbon atoms by one, two, or three R groups.
  • RAI and RB I form a tetrahydropyrido ring that is unsubstituted.
  • the tetrahydropyrido ring is
  • RA 2 and RB 2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(Rg) 2 .
  • RA 2 and RB 2 are each methyl.
  • A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH 2 -, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O) 0-2 -, and -NC-Q-R 4 )-.
  • A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH 2 -, -O-, and -NC-Q-R 4 )-.
  • A is -O-.
  • A is -CH 2 -.
  • A is -NC-Q-R 4 )-.
  • E is selected from the group consisting of CH, CR, CR 3 , and N, with the proviso that when E is CR 3 , m is O, and p is 0 or 1 , and with the further proviso that when E is CR and m is 1 , p is 0.
  • E is CH.
  • E is N.
  • E is CR.
  • E is CR 3 .
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R 6 )-, -C(R 6 )-C(R 6 )-, -S(O) 2 -, -C(R 6 )-N(R 8 )-W-, -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-, -C(R 6 )-O-, -C(R 6 )S-, and -C(R 6 )-N(OR 9 )-.
  • Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond,
  • Q is a bond, -S(O) 2 -, -C(O)-, -C(O)-O-, -C(O)-N(R 8 )-, -C(S)-N(R 8 )-, or -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-.
  • Q is a bond, -C(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-,
  • Q is -C(O)-, -S(O) 2 , -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-, or -C(O)-N(R 8 )-.
  • Q is -C(R 6 )-.
  • Q is -S(O) 2 -.
  • Q is -C(R 6 )-N(R 8 )-W-.
  • Q is a bond
  • V is selected from the group consisting of -C(Rg)-, -O-C(R 6 )-, -N(Rs)-C(R 6 )-, and -S(O) 2 -.
  • V is -C(R 6 )-.
  • V is -C(O)-.
  • V is N(R 8 )-C(R 6 )-.
  • V is -N(Rs)-C(O)-.
  • W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O) 2 -.
  • W is a bond
  • X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms.
  • X is a bond
  • X' is a straight or branched chain C 1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms.
  • X' contributes one ring carbon atom.
  • X' is C 1-2 alkylene.
  • X' is methylene
  • X' contributes two ring carbon atoms.
  • X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3.
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group.
  • X 1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
  • X 1 is alkylene
  • X 1 is C 1-4 alkylene.
  • X 1 is C 1-3 alkylene optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group.
  • X 1 is -(CH 2 ) 1-3 -.
  • X 1 is C 2 . 3 alkylene substituted by one hydroxy group.
  • X 1 is a bond
  • X 1 is a bond
  • R 5 is bonded to X 1
  • R 5 is
  • X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
  • X" is alkylene.
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of a bond,
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, and -C(O)NH-.
  • Y is -S(O) 2 -.
  • Y 1 is -C(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, -N(R 8 )-Q-, or -C(O)-NH-.
  • Y 1 is -S-, -S(O) 2 -, or N(R 8 )-Q-.
  • Y 1 is -NH-S(O) 2 -, -NH-C(O)-, -NH-S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-,
  • Y 1 is -S- or -S(O) 2 -.
  • Y' is -S(O) 2 -.
  • Y' is -C(O)-.
  • Y is -O-.
  • Y' is
  • Y' is or
  • Y' is
  • Y is
  • Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(Y-R 2 )-.
  • Z is -O-.
  • Z is -N(- Y-R 2 )-.
  • Z 1 is a bond or -O-.
  • Z' is a bond.
  • Z' is -O-.
  • a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is ⁇ 7.
  • a and b are each 2 or 3.
  • a and b are each 2.
  • m is 0 or 1.
  • n 0.
  • n 1
  • n is an integer from 0 to 4.
  • n is 0 or 1.
  • n is 0.
  • n 1
  • n is 2.
  • n 3 or 4.
  • p is an integer from 0 to 3.
  • p is 0 or 1.
  • p 0.
  • p is 1.
  • n is 0.
  • n is 0.
  • p is 0.
  • m is 0 and p is 0.
  • the one or more R' groups are one or more R groups, or one R 3 group, or one R 3 group and one R group; wherein R and R 3 are as defined in Formula Ha or are any one of the embodiments of R and/or R 3 defined above.
  • RA and R B form a benzo ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R 3 group, or substituted by one R 3 group and one R group.
  • RA and RB form a benzo ring which is unsubstituted.
  • RA and R B form a pyrido ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R 3 group, or substituted by one R 3 group and one R group.
  • R A and R B form a pyrido ring which is unsubstituted.
  • the pyrido ring is wherein the highlighted bond indicates the position where the ring is fused.
  • R A and R B form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the ring is unsubstituted.
  • R A and R B form a fused cyclohexene ring that is unsubstituted or substituted by one, two, three, or four R groups.
  • R A and R B form a fused cyclohexene ring that is unsubstituted.
  • R A and R B form a tetrahydropyrido ring that is unsubstituted or substituted on one or more ring carbon atoms by one, two, or three R groups.
  • R A and R B form a tetrahydropyrido ring that is unsubstituted.
  • the tetrahydropyrido ring is
  • R A and R B are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(Rg) 2 .
  • R A and R B are each methyl.
  • R A2 and R B2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R 9 ) 2 . In certain of these embodiments, R A2 and R B2 are each methyl.
  • n is an integer from 0 to 4. In certain of these embodiments, n is 0. In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas V, V-I, VI, or VI-I, p is an integer from 0 to 3. In certain of these embodiments, p is 0.
  • n is an integer from 0 to 4 and m is 0 or 1 ; with the proviso that when m is 1 , then n is 0 or 1. In certain of these embodiments, n and m are 0.
  • p is an integer from 0 to 3, and m is 0 or 1; with the proviso that when m is 1, then p is 0 or 1. In certain of these embodiments, p and m are 0.
  • E is CH or N
  • p is 0, and m is 0 or 1.
  • p and m are 0.
  • R 3 is selected from the group consisting of benzyloxy which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen or haloalkyl, 3-pyrrolylpropoxy, 2-(4- methoxyphenyl)-2-oxoethoxy, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, halogen, dialkylamino, alkylcarbonylamino, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, and heterocyclylcarbonyl .
  • R 3 is phenyl substituted by pyrrolidinylcarbonyl or morpholiny lcarbonyl .
  • R 3 is benzyloxy.
  • R is halogen or hydroxy.
  • Z is -N(- Y-R 2 )-.
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, and -C(O)-NH-. In certain of these embodiments, Y is -S(O) 2 - and R 2 is methyl.
  • R 1 is -X 1 -Y-R 4 .
  • X 1 is C 1-4 alkylene.
  • X 1 is C 1-4 alkylene.
  • Y' is -C(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, -N(Rs)-Q-, or -C(O)-NH-.
  • Q is -C(O)-, -S(O) 2 , -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-, or -C(O)-N(R 8 )-.
  • R 4 is alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, or heteroaryl, wherein aryl, arylalkylenyl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted by alkyl.
  • R 1 is -Xi-Y-R 4 , Y' is -S-, -S(O) 2 -, or N(R 8 )-Q- wherein Q is a bond, -S(O) 2 -, -C(O)-, -C(O)-O-, -C(O)-N(R 8 )-, -C(S)-N(R 8 )-, or -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-; each R 8 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci -4 alkyl, hydroxyCi -4 alkyl,
  • Y 1 is -NH-S(O) 2 -, -NH-C(O)-, -NH-S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-, -NH-C(O)-N(R 8 )-, -NH-C(S)-N(R 8 )-, -NH-C(O)-O-, or -N(R 8 )-; and R 8 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, or 2-methoxyethyl.
  • Y' is -N(R 8 )-;
  • R 4 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, ⁇ -propyl, r ⁇ -butyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, or pyridin-4-yl; and
  • R 8 is hydrogen.
  • Y' is -NH-C(O)-, and R 4 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, rc-butyl, 2- methylpropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or pyridin-3-yl.
  • Y' is -NH-S(O) 2 -, and R 4 is methyl, ethyl, ra-propyl, n-butyl, 1-methylethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, phenyl, or benzyl.
  • Y 1 is
  • R 4 is methyl, ethyl, «-propyl, 1-methylethyl, ⁇ -butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidin-1-yl, or morpholin-4-yl; and R 8 is hydrogen.
  • Y' is -NH-C(S)-N(R 8 )-; R 4 is methyl, ethyl, ⁇ -propyl, 1-methylethyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, 2-methylpropyl, methylcyclopropyl, or pyridin-3-yl; and R 8 is hydrogen.
  • Y' is -NH-C(O)-O-, and R 4 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, «-butyl, t-butyl, phenyl or benzyl.
  • Y 1 is -S- or -S(O) 2 -; and R 4 is alkyl or aryl.
  • R 4 is methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, n- butyl, or phenyl.
  • X 1 is C 1-3 alkylene optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group; except for the above embodiments which do not include a hydroxy or methoxy group as a substituent in X 1 .
  • Xj is -(CH 2 ) 1-3 -.
  • Xj is C 2-3 alkylene substituted by one hydroxy group.
  • Q is a bond, -C(O)-, -S(O) 2 -, -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-,
  • R 7 is C 2-3 alkylene
  • R 8 is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl
  • Rio is C 4-6 alkylene
  • R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, and haloalkyl.
  • Y' is .
  • X 1 is a bond or -CH 2 -, and Y' is .
  • X 1 is a -CH 2 - or -(CH 2 ) 2 -
  • Y' is .
  • Q is a bond
  • R 4 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, r ⁇ -butyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-methoxy ethyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, or pyridin-4- yl.
  • Q is -C(O)-, and R 4 is methyl, ethyl, ⁇ -propyl, n- butyl, 2-methylpropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or pyridin-3-yl.
  • Q is -S(O) 2 -, and R 4 is methyl, ethyl, ⁇ -propyl, «-butyl, 1- methylethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, phenyl, or benzyl.
  • Q is -C(O)-N(R 8 )-;
  • R 4 is methyl, ethyl, ⁇ -propyl, 1-methylethyl, «-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidin-1-yl, or morpholin-4-yl; and
  • R 8 is hydrogen.
  • Q is -C(S)-N(R 8 )-; R 4 is methyl, ethyl, r ⁇ -propyl, 1-methylethyl, cyclopropyl, «-butyl, 2-methylpropyl, methylcyclopropyl, or pyridin-3-yl; and R 8 is hydrogen.
  • Q is -C(O)-O-, and R 4 is methyl, ethyl, ⁇ -propyl, r ⁇ -butyl, t-butyl, phenyl or benzyl.
  • R 4 is phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 2- fluorophenyl, 3 -fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4- chlorophenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2-
  • Xi is -CH 2 -.
  • R 1 is -Xi-Y-R 4 , Y 1 is -C(O)-; and R 4 is alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, haloalkyl, and dialkylamino.
  • X 1 is a bond.
  • R 1 is -X 1 -Y-X"- Y-R 4
  • R 1 is -X 1 -YV-X 1 ⁇ Yb-R 4
  • Y'a is -O-
  • X" is arylene
  • Y b is -C(O)-N(R 8 )-
  • R 4 is hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, and dialkylamino
  • R 8 is hydrogen or Ci -4 alkyl.
  • arylene is phenylene.
  • R 5 is
  • V is -C(O)- and A is -CH 2 -, -O-, or -N ⁇ Q-R 4 )-.
  • A is -CH 2 -.
  • V is N(Rs)-C(R 6 )-; A is -O-; a and b are each 2 or 3; and R 8 is hydrogen or C 1-4 alkyl.
  • a and b are each 2.
  • X is a bond.
  • X 1 contributes one ring carbon atom.
  • X' is C 1-2 alkylene. In certain of these embodiments, X' is methylene.
  • the -NH 2 group can be replaced by an -NH-G group, as shown in the compounds of Formulas VIII, IX, and IX-I, to form prodrugs.
  • G is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-R", ⁇ -aminoacyl, ⁇ -aminoacyl- ⁇ -aminoacyl, and -C(O)-O-R".
  • R" and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-10 alkyl, C 3-7 cycloalkyl, and benzyl, each of which may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-4 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC 1-4 alkylenyl, heteroarylC 1-4 alkylenyl, haloC 1-4 alkylenyl, haloC M alkoxy, -O-C(O)-CH 3 , -C(O)-O-CH 3 , -C(O)-NH 2 ,
  • ⁇ -aminoacyl is an acyl group derived from an amino acid selected from the group consisting of racemic, D-, and L-amino acids.
  • Y is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C 1-6 alkyl, and benzyl.
  • Y 0 is selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, carboxyC 1-6 alkylenyl, aminoC 1-4 alkylenyl, mono-iV-C 1-6 alkylaminoC 1-4 alkylenyl, and di-N,iV-C 1-6 alkylaminoC 1-4 alkylenyl.
  • Y 1 is selected from the group consisting of mono-N-C 1-6 alkylamino, di-iV, TV-C 1-6 alkylamino, morpholin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, and 4-C 1-4 alkylpiperazin-l-yl.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, III-l, IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, or IX-I or any one of the above embodiments and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the present invention provides a method of inducing cytokine biosynthesis in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, VII, IX, or any one of the above embodiments of these Formulas or administering any one of the above pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound or salt of any one of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, VII, IX, or any one of the above embodiments of these Formulas to the animal.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating a viral disease in an animal in need thereof comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, VII, IX, or any one of the above embodiments of these Formulas or administering any one of the above pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound or salt of any one of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, VII, IX, or any one of the above embodiments of these Formulas to the animal.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating a neoplastic disease in an animal in need thereof comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, VII, IX, or any one of the above embodiments of these Formulas or administering any one of the above pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound or salt of any one of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, VII, IX, or any one of the above embodiments of these Formulas to the animal.
  • Compounds of the invention may be synthesized by synthetic routes that include processes analogous to those well known in the chemical arts, particularly in light of the description contained herein.
  • the starting materials are generally available from commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemicals (Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA) or are readily prepared using methods well known to those skilled in the art (e.g., prepared by methods generally described in Louis F. Fieser and Mary Fieser, Reagents for Organic Synthesis, v. 1-19, Wiley, New York, (1967-1999 ed.); Alan R. Katritsky, Otto Meth- Cohn, Charles W. Rees, Comprehensive Organic Functional Group Transformations, v. 1- 6, Pergamon Press, Oxford, England, (1995); Barry M.
  • reaction schemes depicted below provide potential routes for synthesizing the compounds of the present invention as well as key intermediates.
  • EXAMPLES section below For more detailed description of the individual reaction steps, see the EXAMPLES section below.
  • Other synthetic routes may be used to synthesize the compounds of the invention.
  • specific starting materials and reagents are depicted in the reaction schemes and discussed below, other starting materials and reagents can be easily substituted to provide a variety of derivatives and/or reaction conditions.
  • many of the compounds prepared by the methods described below can be further modified in light of this disclosure using conventional methods well known to those skilled in the art.
  • Suitable amino protecting groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyloxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc).
  • Suitable hydroxy protecting groups include acetyl and silyl groups such as the tert-butyl dimethylsilyl group.
  • R, X 1 , X, and X' are as defined above; Hal is chloro, bromo, or iodo; E is carbon (imidazoquinolines) or nitrogen (imidazonaphthyridines); n is an integer from 0 to 4 (imidazoquinoline ring) or 0 to 3 (imidazonaphthyridine ring); P is a hydroxy protecting group; Boc is f ⁇ rt-butoxycarbonyl; and R la is -Xi-N(Rs)-Q-Ri or -X 1 -Rs 3 , wherein R 5a is
  • step (1) of Reaction Scheme I a 4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline or 4-chloro-3- nitro[l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XV is treated with compound of Formula XVI to provide a compound of Formula XVII.
  • Compounds of Formula XVI can be prepared by conventional synthetic methods from chiral, enatiomerically pure, commercially available starting materials such as L-ornithine hydrochloride and D-serine methyl ester hydrochloride.
  • the two amino groups of L-ornithine can be protected with two different protecting groups, such as a Boc group and a benzyloxycarbonyl group (Masiukiewicz, Org. Prep. Proced. Int. 34, 531-537, (2002)), and then the carboxylic acid group can be reduced to a hydroxy group.
  • the hydroxy group can then be protected.
  • a number of suitable hydroxy protecting groups can be used; in particular, protecting groups that would survive the reduction in step (2) are preferred.
  • Suitable protecting groups include but are not limited to silyl groups such as the tert-butyl dimethylsilyl group.
  • One of the amino groups can then be selectively deprotected for reaction in step (1).
  • step (1) The methods described in Pickersgill, I. F. and Rapoport, H., J Org. Chem., 65, pp. 4048- 4057, (2000) can also be used to prepare compounds of Formula XVI.
  • the reaction in step (1) is conveniently carried out by adding the protected amino alcohol of Formula XVI to a solution of 4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline or 4-chloro-3- nitro[l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XV in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane in the presence of a tertiary amine such as triethylamine.
  • the reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature such as, for example, the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • step (2) of Reaction Scheme I a 3-nitroquinolin-4-amine or 3- nitro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine of Formula XVII is reduced to provide a quinoline-3,4- diamine or [l,5]naphthyridine-3,4-diamine of Formula XVIII.
  • the reaction can be carried out by hydrogenation using a heterogeneous hydrogenation catalyst such as platinum on carbon.
  • the hydrogenation is conveniently carried out in a Parr apparatus in a suitable solvent such as toluene, methanol, isopropanol, ethyl acetate, or acetonitrile.
  • the reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature.
  • step (3) of Reaction Scheme I a quinoline-3,4-diamine or [l,5]naphthyridine- 3,4-diamine of Formula XVIII is reacted with a carboxylic acid equivalent, which is selected such that it will provide the desired -X-HaI substituent in a 1H-imidazo[4,5- c]quinoline or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XIX.
  • Suitable carboxylic acid equivalents include ortho esters, acid halides, imidates and imidate salts.
  • the reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature such as 80 °C or the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • Ethyl chloroacetimidate hydrochloride which can be used to provide a compound of Formula XIX in which X is a bond, is a known compound that can be prepared according to the literature procedure: Stillings, M. R. et al., J Med. Chem., 29, pp. 2280-2284 (1986).
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by adding the acid halide to a solution of a quinoline-3,4-diamine or [l,5]naphthyridine-3,4- diamine of Formula XVIII in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or 1,2- dichloroethane in the presence of a tertiary amine such as triethylamine.
  • a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or 1,2- dichloroethane in the presence of a tertiary amine such as triethylamine.
  • the reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at a sub-ambient temperature.
  • the reaction with an acid halide of formula HaI-CH 2 -X-C(O)Cl or HaI-CH 2 -X-C(O)Br may be carried out in two parts, which include (i) adding the acid halide to a solution of a quinoline-3,4-diamine or [l,5]naphthyridine-3,4-diamine of Formula XVIII in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or 1,2-dichloroethane optionally in the presence of a tertiary amine such as triethylamine to afford an amide intermediate and (ii) cyclizing to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinorine or IH- imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XIX.
  • the amide intermediate from part (i) can be optionally isolated using conventional techniques.
  • the cyclization in part (ii) may be carried out by heating the amide intermediate from part (i) in a suitable solvent such as toluene.
  • the cyclization in part (ii) can also be carried out in the presence of a base such as triethylamine.
  • step (4) of Reaction Scheme I the hydroxy protecting group on a 1 H- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XIX is removed to reveal the hydroxy group in a product of Formula XX.
  • the deprotection reaction can be carried out using a variety of conventional methods, depending on the protecting group used.
  • the deprotection can be carried out by adding tetrabutylammonium fluoride to a IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XIX in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (T ⁇ F).
  • T ⁇ F tetrahydrofuran
  • the reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or may be carried out at a sub-ambient temperature, such as -78 °C, and then warmed to ambient temperature.
  • a product of Formula XXI is typically isolated, and the reaction shown in step (5) may be obviated.
  • a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or IH- imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XX is cyclized by an intramolecular displacement of the halogen under basic conditions.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by adding a base such as potassium tert-butoxide to a solution of a compound of Formula XX in a suitable solvent such as T ⁇ F.
  • the reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature.
  • a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or IH- imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XXI is oxidized to provide a IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline-5iV-oxide or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine-57V-oxide of Formula XXII using a conventional oxidizing agent capable of forming JV-oxides.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by adding 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid to a solution of a compound of Formula XXI in a solvent such as chloroform or dichloromethane. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature.
  • step (7) of Reaction Scheme I a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline-5iV-oxide or IH- imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine-5iV-oxide of Formula XXII is aminated to provide a IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-6-amine of Formula XXIII, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, and Ha.
  • Step (7) involves the activation of an iV-oxide of Formula XXII by conversion to an ester and then reacting the ester with an animating agent.
  • Suitable activating agents include alkyl- or arylsulfonyl chlorides such as benzenesulfonyl chloride, methanesulfonyl chloride, or j>-toluenesulfonyl chloride.
  • Suitable aminating agents include ammonia, in the form of ammonium hydroxide, for example, and ammonium salts such as ammonium carbonate, ammonium bicarbonate, and ammonium phosphate.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by adding ammonium hydroxide to a solution of the N-oxide of Formula XXII in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or chloroform and then adding /7-toluenesulfonyl chloride. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature.
  • the oxidation and animation can be carried out as a one-pot procedure without isolating the iV-oxide of Formula XXII by adding 3- chloroperoxybenzoic acid to a solution of a compound of Formula XXI in a solvent such as dichloromethane or chloroform and then adding ammonium hydroxide an ⁇ p- toluenesulfonyl chloride.
  • step (8) of Reaction Scheme I a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine or IH- imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-6-amine of Formula XXIII is treated with acid to effect a removal of the Boc group to provide a compound of Formula XXIV.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by treating the compound of Formula XXIII with hydrogen chloride in a suitable solvent such as ethanol.
  • the reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature, such as the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • step (9) of Reaction Scheme I the amino group of a compound of Formula XXIV, revealed in step (8), or a salt thereof is converted to an amide, sulfonamide, sulfamide, or urea of Formula XXV using conventional methods.
  • a compound of Formula XXIV or a salt thereof can react with an acid chloride of Formula R 4 C(O)Cl to provide a compound of Formula XXV in which R la is -X 1 -N(Rs)-Q-R 4 , and Q is -C(O)-.
  • a compound of Formula XXIV can react with sulfonyl chloride of Formula R 4 S(O) 2 Cl or a sulfonic anhydride of Formula (R 4 S(O) ⁇ 2 O to provide a compound of Formula XXV in which R la is -Xj-N(Rs)-Q-R 4 and Q is -S(O) 2 -.
  • Numerous acid chlorides of Formula R 4 C(O)Cl, sulfonyl chlorides of Formula R 4 S(O) 2 Cl, and sulfonic anhydrides of Formula (R 4 S(O) 2 ⁇ O are commercially available; others can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by adding the acid chloride of Formula R 4 C(O)Cl, sulfonyl chloride of Formula R 4 S(O) 2 Cl, or sulfonic anhydride of Formula (R 4 S(O) 2 ⁇ O to a solution of the compound of Formula XXIV in a suitable solvent such as chloroform, dichloromethane, iV,iV-dimethylformamide (DMF), or ⁇ iV-dimethylacetamide (DMA).
  • a base such as triethylamine, NjJV-diisopropylethylamine, 1,8- diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), or combinations thereof can be added.
  • the reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or a sub-ambient temperature such as O °C.
  • a suitable solvent such as DMF, chloroform, dichloromethane, or DMA.
  • a base such as triethylamine, ⁇ iV-diisopropylethylamine, DBU, or combinations thereof can be added.
  • the reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or a sub-ambient temperature such as O °C.
  • a compound of Formula XXIV can be treated with a carbamoyl chloride of Formula
  • V is -N(Rs)-C(O)-.
  • Sulfamides of Formula XXV where Y is -S(O) 2 -N(R 8 )-, can be prepared by reacting a compound or salt of Formula XXIV with sulfuryl chloride to generate a sulfamoyl chloride in situ, and then reacting the sulfamoyl chloride with an amine of formula HN(R 8 )R 4 .
  • sulfamides of Formula XXV can be prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XXIV with a sulfamoyl chloride of formula R 4 (R 8 )N-S(O) 2 Cl.
  • a compound or salt of Formula XXIV, wherein R 8 is hydrogen is reacted with a chloroalkanesulfonyl chloride of Formula Cl-R 7 -S(O) 2 Cl or a a chloroalkanoyl chloride compound of formula Cl-R 7 -C(O)Cl to provide a compound of Formula XXV, wherein R la is -Xi-R 5a and R 5a is a ring having the structure
  • the reaction is preferably carried out by adding the chloroalkanesulfonyl chloride or chloroalkanoyl chloride to a solution of a compound of Formula XXIV in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or iV,N-diisopropylethylamine.
  • a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane
  • the intermediate chloroalkanesulfonamide or chloroalkanamide may optionally be isolated before treatment with a stronger base such as DBU at ambient temperature. If the intermediate chloroalkanesulfonamide or chloroalkanamide is isolated, the reaction with DBU can be carried out in a suitable solvent such as DMF.
  • R, R 1 , R 4 , X 1 , X, and X' are as defined above; Hal is chloro, bromo, or iodo; E is carbon (imidazoquinolines) or nitrogen (imidazonaphthyridines); n is an integer from 0 to 4 (imidazoquinoline ring) or 0 to 3 (imidazonaphthyridine ring); Y' a is defined below in step (9); and P and P 2 are hydroxy protecting groups.
  • step (1) of Reaction Scheme I a 4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline or 4-chloro-3-nitro[l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XV is treated with a protected amino alcohol of Formula XXVIII to provide a compound of Formula XXIX.
  • Protected amino alcohols of Formula XXVIII can be prepared by a variety of known synthetic methods including the methods shown in steps (i) and (ii) of Reaction Scheme II.
  • step (i) of Reaction Scheme II a chiral, enantiomerically pure ester of Formula XXVI is reduced to an alcohol of Formula XXVII. Esters of Formula XXVI are available from the literature method, Jurczak, J.
  • step (i) of Reaction Scheme II the secondary amino group in a compound of Formula XXVII is first protected with a Boc group, the hydroxy group is protected with a suitable protecting group, for example, a benzyl group or acetyl group using methods well-known to one of skill in the art, and then the Boc group is removed to reveal the secondary amino group.
  • a suitable protecting group for example, a benzyl group or acetyl group
  • step (1) of Reaction Scheme II is conveniently carried out under the conditions described in step (1) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • a 3-nitroquinolin-4-amine or 3- nitro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine of Formula XXIX is first reduced to a quinoline-3,4- diamine or [1 ,5]naphthyridine-3,4-diamine of Formula XXX, which is then treated with a halogen-substituted carboxylic acid equivalent to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XXXI.
  • Steps (2) and (3) of Reaction Scheme II can be carried out according to the methods described in steps (2) and (3) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • step (4) of Reaction Scheme II the hydroxy protecting group, P, on a IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XXXI is removed to reveal the hydroxy group in a product of Formula XXXII.
  • the deprotection reaction can be carried out according to the methods described in step (4) of Reaction Scheme I to provide a product of Formula XXXII or XXXIII.
  • step (5) of Reaction Scheme II a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or IH- imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XXXII is cyclized by an intramolecular displacement of the halogen under basic conditions.
  • the reaction can be carried out as described in step (5) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • a compound of Formula XXXIII is first oxidized to a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline-5iV-oxide or 1H-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine-5iV-oxide of Formula XXXIV, which is then aminated to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-6-amine of Formula XXXV.
  • Steps (6) and (7) of Reaction Scheme II can be carried out as described in steps (6) and (7) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • the hydroxy-protecting group, P 2 may be removed under the animation reaction conditions of step (7) or may need to be removed in a subsequent step depending on the nature of the P 2 group. IfP 2 is a acetyl group, the deprotection would typically occur under the conditions of the animation reaction.
  • step (8) of Reaction Scheme II a hydroxy-substituted compound of Formula
  • XXXV is chlorinated to provide a chloro-substituted compound of Formula XXXVI.
  • Conventional chlorinating reagents can be used.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by combining a compound of Formula XXXV with thionyl chloride in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane and heating. Alternatively, the reaction may be run neat.
  • step (9) of Reaction Scheme II the chloro group on a compound of Formula
  • XXXVI can be displaced by a thiol under basic conditions to provide a compound of Formula XXXVII where -Y' a - is -S-.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by adding a thiol to a solution of a compound of Formula XXXVI in the presence of a base such as potassium tert-butoxide in a suitable solvent such as DMF.
  • a base such as potassium tert-butoxide
  • DMF suitable solvent
  • XXXVII where -Y' a - is -S- can then be oxidized to a compound of Formula XXXVII where -Y' a - is -S(O) 2 - using conventional oxidizing agents.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by adding peracetic acid to the compound of Formula XXXVII where -Y' a - is -S- in a suitable solvent.
  • the conversion of a compound of Formula XXXVI to a compound of Formula XXXVII where - Y' a - is -S(O) 2 - can conveniently be carried out in one pot without isolating the thioether from the reaction mixture.
  • amines of this formula can be prepared by conventional methods.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by combining a compound of Formula XXXVI the amine in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate and in a suitable solvent such as DMF.
  • Catalytic sodium iodide can optionally be added.
  • the reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature, for example a temperature not lower than 45 °C and not higher than 110 °C.
  • reaction conditions can also be used employing a variety of secondary amines to provide compounds of Formula XXXVII wherein -Y' a - is -N(R 8 )- or a variety of substituted phenols to provide compounds of Formula XXXVII wherein -Y' a - is -O- and R 4 is a substituted phenyl group.
  • a hydroxy-substituted compound of Formula XXXV is oxidized to a carboxylic acid of Formula XXXVIII using conventional methods.
  • the oxidation can be carried out with, for example, Jones reagent.
  • the carboxylic acid of Formula XXXVIII can then be converted to an ester or an amide in step (12) using known methods to provide compounds of Formula XXXIX wherein Ri is -Xi-C(EU)-O-R 4 , -Xi-C(R 6 )-N(Rs)-R 4 or -Xi-R 5 , wherein R 5 is
  • Step (12) of Reaction Scheme II can be carried out in two parts by first converting a carboxylic acid of Formula XXXVIII to an acid chloride using conventional methods and then treated with an amine or alcohol to provide an amide or ester.
  • the conversion of the carboxylic acid to an acid chloride is conveniently carried out by slowly adding oxalyl chloride to a solution of the carboxylic acid in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane.
  • the reaction can be carried out at a sub-ambient temperature, such as 0 °C.
  • the resulting acid chloride can then be treated with an amine, for example, of Formula HN(R 8 )(R 4 ) or
  • a carboxylic acid of Formula XXXVIII can be converted in step (12) to a methyl ester using conventional methods and subsequently converted to an amide by heating the methyl ester in the presence of an amine of Formula HN(RO(Ri") or
  • reaction is conveniently carried out in a high-pressure vessel and can be run neat or in a suitable solvent such as THF.
  • Step (11) of Reaction Scheme II can be used to convert the hydroxy group in a compound of Formula XXXV into a variety of other functional groups.
  • hydroxy-substituted compound of Formula XXXV can be treated with N- hydroxyphthalimide under Mitsunobu reaction conditions to provide an N-phthalimide- protected hydroxylamine.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by adding triphenylphosphine and N-hydroxyphthalimide to a solution of the alcohol of Formula XXXV in a suitable solvent such as THF and then slowly adding diisopropyl azodicarboxylate.
  • the reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature, such as 60 °C.
  • the phthalimide group can then be removed from the resulting JV-phthalimide-protected hydroxylamine by treatment with hydrazine at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent such as ethanol.
  • the hydroxylamine prepared after the hydrazine deprotection may be treated with one of numerous acid chlorides, sulfonyl chlorides, isocyanates, carbamoyl chlorides, or sulfamoyl chlorides as described in step (9) of Reaction Scheme I to provide a compound Formula XXXIX wherein R 1 is -X 1 -Y-R 4 where Y is -O-NH-Q-, and Q and R 4 are as defined above.
  • a hydroxy-sbustituted compound of Formula XXXV can be oxidized under Swern conditions to an aldehyde-substituted compound which can optionally be treated with a Grignard reagent of Formula R ⁇ Mg-Halide under conventional Grignard conditions to provide a secondary alcohol.
  • the secondary alcohol can then be oxidized under Swern conditions to provide a ketone, which is a compound of Formula XXXIX wherein R 1 is -Xi-Y-R 4 where Y 1 is -C(O)-, and R 4 is as defined above.
  • the oxime so prepared may be reduced with sodium cyanoborohydride in a mixture of ethanol or methanol in acetic acid to provide a hydroxylamine, which may be treated with one of numerous acid chlorides, sulfonyl chlorides, isocyanates, carbamoyl chlorides, or sulfamoyl chlorides as described in step (9) of Reaction Scheme I to provide a compound of the invention wherein R 1 is -X 1 -Y-R 4 where Y is -CHC-N-(ORs)-Q-R 4 )-, and Q, R 4 , and R 8 are as defined above.
  • step (1) of Reaction Scheme III a 4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline or 4-chloro-3- nitro[l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XV is treated with a Boc-protected diamine of
  • Formula XL to provide a compound of Formula XLI.
  • Boc-protected diamines of Formula XL are available from the corresponding deprotected diamines, which are readily synthesized from amino alcohols of Formula XVI.
  • the secondary amino group in a compound of Formula XVI can be protected with a suitable protecting group, such as a benzyloxy group, using conventional methods.
  • the hydroxy-group can then be revealed by removal of the protecting group, P, and then converted into a leaving group such as a methanesulfonate.
  • the methanesulfonate group can then be displaced with sodium azide, and the resulting azido substituted compound can be reduced to an amine.
  • step (1) of Reaction Scheme III is conveniently carried out under the conditions described in step (1) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • steps (2) and (3) of Reaction Scheme III a 3-nitroquinolin-4-amine or 3- nitro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine of Formula XLI is first reduced to a quinoline-3,4-diamine or [l,5]naphthyridine-3,4-diamine of Formula XLII, which is then treated with a halogen- substituted carboxylic acid equivalent to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or IH- imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XLIII.
  • Steps (2) and (3) of Reaction Scheme III can be carried out according to the methods described in steps (2) and (3) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • step (4) of Reaction Scheme III a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or IH- imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XLIII is cyclized by an intramolecular displacement of the halogen under basic conditions.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried v out by treating a compound of Formula XLIII with DBU in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane at ambient temperature.
  • a compound of Formula XLIV is first oxidized to a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline-5iV-oxide or 1H-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine-5iV-oxide of Formula XLV 3 which is then animated to provide a IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridin-6-amine of Formula XLVI.
  • Steps (5) and (6) of Reaction Scheme III can be carried out as described in steps (7) and (8) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • step (7) of Reaction Scheme III a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or IH- imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XLVI treated with acid to effect a removal of the Boc group and an intramolecular displacement of the halogen by the amino group to provide a compound of Formula XLVII.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by treating the compound of Formula XLVI with hydrogen chloride in a suitable solvent such as ethanol.
  • the reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature such as the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • step (8) of Reaction Scheme III the primary amine of a compound of Formula XLVII or a salt thereof is converted to an amide, sulfonamide, sulfamide, or urea of Formula XLVIII using one of the various methods described in step (9) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • compounds of the invention are prepared according to Reaction Scheme IV, wherein X, X', Z, R and R 1 are as defined above; E is as defined in Reaction Scheme I and II, hal is bromo or iodo; n is 0 or 1; R 3a is -Z'-Rn,, -Z'-XVR*, -Z'-X'VY'-Rj, or -Z'-X" b -R 5 ; where Z 1 is a bond; X" a is alkenylene; X" b is arylene, heteroarylene, and alkenylene interrupted or terminated by arylene or heteroarylene; R 4I , is aryl or heteroaryl where the aryl or heteroaryl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted as defined in R 4 above; and R 4 , R 5 , and Y' are as defined above.
  • Compounds of Formula XLIX can be prepared by the methods shown in Reaction Scheme I,
  • a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine or 1H-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridin-6-amine of Formula XLIX is coupled with a boronic acid of Formula R 33 -B(OH) 2 , an anhydride thereof, or a boronic acid ester of Formula R 3a -B(O-alkyl) 2 to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridin-6- amine of Formula L, which is a subgenus of Formulas I, II, and Ha.
  • the Suzuki coupling is carried out by combining a compound of Formula XLIX with a boronic acid or an ester or anhydride thereof in the presence of palladium (II) acetate, triphenylphosphine, and a base such as sodium carbonate in a suitable solvent such as «-propanol or solvent mixture such as r ⁇ -propanol/water.
  • the reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature (e.g., 80-100°C).
  • Many boronic acids of Formula R 33 -B(OH) 2 , anhydrides thereof, and boronic acid esters of Formula R 3a -B(O-alkyl) 2 are commercially available; others can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods. See, for example, Li, W. et al, J Org. Chem., 67, 5394-5397 (2002).
  • Other coupling reactions such as the Heck reaction, the Stille coupling, and the
  • Sonogashira coupling can be used to prepare compounds of Formula L.
  • compounds of Formula L wherein R 3a is -Z'-X'VRj, -Z'-X'VY'-Rj, or -Z'-X" b -R 5 in which X" b is alkenylene interrupted or terminated by arylene or heteroarylene, can undergo reduction of the X" a or X" b alkenylene group.
  • the reduction can be carried out by hydrogenation using a conventional heterogeneous hydrogenation catalyst such as palladium on carbon.
  • the reaction can conveniently be carried out on a Parr apparatus in a suitable solvent such as ethanol, methanol, or mixtures thereof.
  • step (1) of Reaction Scheme V a benzyloxyaniline or benzyloxyaminopyridine of Formula LI is treated with the condensation product generated from 2,2-dimethyl-l,3- dioxane-4,6-dione (Meldrum's acid) and triethyl orthoformate to provide an imine of Formula LII.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by adding a solution of a compound of Formula LI to a heated mixture of Meldrum's acid and triethyl orthoformate and heating the reaction at an elevated temperature such as 45 °C.
  • Many anilines and aminopyridines of Formula LI are commercially available; others can be prepared by known synthetic methods.
  • benzyloxypyridines of Formula LI can be prepared using the method of Holladay et al, Biorg. Med. Chem. Lett. , 8, pp. 2797-2802, (1998).
  • step (2) of Reaction Scheme V an imine of Formula LII undergoes thermolysis and cyclization to provide a compound of Formula LIII.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out in a medium such as DOWTHERM A heat transfer fluid at a temperature in the range of 200 and 250 °C.
  • step (3) of Reaction Scheme V a compound of Formula LIII is nitrated under conventional nitration conditions to provide a benzyloxy-3-nitroquinolin-4-ol of Formula LIV.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by adding nitric acid to the compound of Formula LIII in a suitable solvent such as propionic acid and heating the mixture at an elevated temperature such as 125 °C.
  • step (4) of Reaction Scheme V a benzyloxy-3-nitroquinolin-4-ol or benzyloxy-
  • 3-nitro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol of Formula LIV is chlorinated using conventional chlorination chemistry to provide a benzyloxy-4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline or benzyloxy-4- chloro-3-nitro[l,5]naphthyridine of Formula LV.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by treating the compound of Formula LIV with phosphorous oxychloride in a suitable solvent such as DMF.
  • the reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature such as 100 °C.
  • step (5) of Reaction Scheme V a benzyloxy-4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline or benzyloxy-4-chloro-3-nitro[l,5]naphthyridine of Formula LV is treated with an amino alcohol of Formula XVI to provide a benzyloxy-3-nitroquinolin-4-amine or benzyloxy-3- nitro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine of Formula LVI.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out according to the methods described in step (1) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • a benzyloxy-3-nitroquinolin-4-amine or benzyloxy-3-nitro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine of Formula LVI is reduced to provide a benzyloxyquinoline-3,4-diamine or benzyloxy[l,5]naphthyridine-3,4-diamine of Formula LVII, which is then is treated with a halogen-substituted carboxylic acid equivalent to provide a benzyloxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or benzyloxy-1H-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula LVIII.
  • Steps (6) and (7) of Reaction Scheme V can be carried out according to the methods described in steps (2) and (3) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • step (8) of Reaction Scheme V the hydroxy group of a benzyloxy-1/f- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or a benzyloxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula LVIII is deprotected to provide a compound of Formula LIX or LX.
  • the deprotection can be carried out as described in step (4) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • Step (9) of Reaction Scheme V can be used to cyclize a compound of Formula LIX according to the method described in step (5) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • Steps (10) and (11) of Reaction Scheme V the Boc group of a compound of Formula LX is first removed to provide an amino-substituted compound of Formula LXI, which can then be converted to an amide, sulfonamide, sulfamide, or urea of Formula LXII.
  • Steps (10) and (11) of Reaction Scheme V can be carried out according to the methods described in steps (8) and (9) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • step (12) of Reaction Scheme V the benzyl group of a benzyloxy-1H- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or benzyloxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula LXII is cleaved to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolinol or 1H-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridinol of Formula LXIII.
  • the cleavage is conveniently carried out on a Parr apparatus under hydrogenolysis conditions using a suitable heterogeneous catalyst such as palladium on carbon in a solvent such as ethanol.
  • the reaction can be carried out by transfer hydrogenation in the presence of a suitable hydrogenation catalyst.
  • the transfer hydrogenation is conveniently carried out by adding ammonium formate to a solution of a compound of Formula LXII in a suitable solvent such as ethanol in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium on carbon.
  • the reaction is carried out at an elevated temperature, for example, the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • step (13) of Reaction Scheme V a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolinol or IH- imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridinol of Formula LXIII is converted to an ether-substituted 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula LXIV using a Williamson-type ether synthesis.
  • the reaction is effected by treating a compound of Formula LXIII with an alkyl halide of Formula HaMe-R 4 , Halide-X"-Y'-R 4 , or Halide-X"-R 5 in the presence of a base.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by combining the alkyl halide with a compound of Formula LXIII in a solvent such as DMF in the presence of a suitable base such as cesium carbonate.
  • a suitable base such as cesium carbonate.
  • the reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature, for example 65 °C or 85 °C.
  • the reaction can be carried out by treating a solution of a compound of Formula LXIII in a solvent such as DMF with sodium hydride and then adding a reagent of Formula HaMe-R 4 , Halide-X' ⁇ Y 1 - ⁇ , or Halide-X"-R 5 .
  • reagents of Formulas HaHdC-R 4 and Halide-X"-Y'-R 4 are commercially available, for example, substituted benzyl bromides and chlorides, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or arylalkylenyl bromides and chlorides, substituted fluorobenzenes, bromo-substituted ketones, esters, and heterocycles.
  • reagents of Formulas HaHdC-R 4 , Halide-X"-Y'-R 4 , and Halide-X"-R 5 can be prepared using conventional synthetic methods; for example, a bromo-substituted acid halide of Formula ClC(O)-X"-Br can be treated with a secondary amine in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane to provide a variety of bromo-substituted amides of Formula Br-X"-C(O)-N(R 8 )-R 4 or
  • reaction can be run at a sub-ambient temperature such as -25 °C.
  • compounds of Formula I-X"-N(R 8 )-Boc are readily prepared in two steps from amino alcohols of Formula HO-X"-N(R 8 )H by first protecting the amine with a Boc group and then converting the hydroxy group to an iodo group. Both reactions can be carried out using conventional methods.
  • Step (13) of Reaction Scheme V can alternatively be carried out by treating a compound of Formula LXIII with an alcohol of Formula HO-X"- Y-R 4 , HO-X"-R 5 , or HO-R 4 under Mitsunobu reaction conditions.
  • an alcohol of Formula HO-X"- Y-R 4 , HO-X"-R 5 , or HO-R 4 under Mitsunobu reaction conditions.
  • Numerous alcohols of these formulas are commercially available; for example, l-(3-hydroxypropyl)pyrrolidin-2-one, l-(2- hydroxyethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one, and tert-butyl 4-hydroxypiperidine-l-carboxylate.
  • Others can be prepared using conventional synthetic methods.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out by out by adding triphenylphosphine and an alcohol of Formula HO-X"-Y'-R 4 , HO-X"-R 5 , or HO-R 4 to a solution of a compound of Formula LXIII in a suitable solvent such as THF and then slowly adding diisopropyl azodicarboxylate or diethyl azodicarboxylate.
  • a suitable solvent such as THF
  • the reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at a sub- ambient temperature, such as 0 °C.
  • an ether-substituted compound of Formula LXIV is first oxidized to a 5iV-oxide of Formula LXV, which is then aminated to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridin-6- amine of Formula LXVI, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, and Ha.
  • Steps (14) and (15) of Reaction Scheme V can be carried out as described in steps (6) and (7) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • Imidazopyridines of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme VI, where Boc, P, R la , R A 2, RB2, X, X', and X 1 are as defined above.
  • step (1) of Reaction Scheme VI a 2,4-dichloro-3-nitropyridine of Formula LXVII is reacted with a compound of Formula XVI to form a 2-chloro-3-nitropyridine of Formula LXVIII.
  • Step (1) of Reaction Scheme VI is conveniently carried out according to the methods described in step (1) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • Many 2,4-dichloro-3-nitropyridines of the Formula LXVII are known and can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods (see, for example, Dellaria et al, U.S. Pat. No. 6,525,064 and the references cited therein).
  • step (2) of Reaction Scheme VI 3 a 2-chloro-3-nitropyridine of Formula LXVIII is reacted with an alkali metal azide to provide an 8-nitrotetrazolo[l,5- ⁇ ]pyridin-7-amine of Formula LXIX.
  • the reaction can be carried out by combining the compound of Formula LXVIII with an alkali metal azide, for example, sodium azide, in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile/water, preferably 90/10 acetonitrile/water, in the presence of cerium(III) chloride, preferably cerium(III) chloride heptahydrate.
  • the reaction can be carried out with heating, for example, at the reflux temperature.
  • reaction can be carried out by combining the compound of Formula LXVIII with an alkali metal azide, for example, sodium azide, in a suitable solvent such as DMF and heating, for example to about 50-60 °C, optionally in the presence of ammonium chloride.
  • an alkali metal azide for example, sodium azide
  • Steps (3) through (8) of Reaction Scheme VI can be carried out according to the methods described in steps (2) through (5), (8), and (9) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • step (9) of Reaction Scheme VI the tetrazolo ring is removed from a compound of Formula LXXV by reaction with triphenylphosphine to form an iV-triphenylphosphinyl intermediate, which is then hydrolyzed to provide a compound of Formula LXXVI, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, Ha, and VII.
  • the reaction with triphenylphosphine can be run in a suitable solvent such as toluene or 1,2-dichlorobenzene under an atmosphere of nitrogen with heating, for example at the reflux temperature.
  • the hydrolysis step can be carried out by general methods well known to those skilled in the art, for example, by heating in a lower alkanol or an alkanol/water solution in the presence of an acid such as trifluoroacetic acid, acetic acid, or hydrochloric acid.
  • naphthyridines of the invention can be prepared from tetrazolo compounds of Formulas LXXVII and LXXXI according to Reaction Schemes VII and VIII, wherein R] 3 , R, X, X', Xi, and p are as defined above, and -OTf is a trifluoromethanesulfonate group.
  • Compounds of Formulas LXXVII and LXXXI can be prepared by known synthetic routes; see, for example, U.S. Patent 6,194,425 (Gerster et al.).
  • the tetrazolo compounds of Formulas LXXVII and LXXXI can each be treated with a compound of Formula XVI according to the method of step (1) of Reaction Scheme I to provide compounds of Formulas LXXVIII and LXXXII, respectively.
  • a substituted tetrazolonaphthyridine of Formula LXXVIII or LXXXII is converted to a compound of Formula LXXIX or LXXIII according to the methods of steps (2) through (5), (8), and (9) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • step (8) of Reaction Scheme VII and VIII the tetrazolo group is removed from a compound of Formula LXXIX or LXXXIII to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]naphthyridin- 6-amine of Formula LXXX or Formula LXXXIV.
  • Removal of a tetrazolo group can be carried out in two steps by first treating the compound of Formula LXXIX or LXXXIII with triphenylphosphine and then hydrolyzing the resulting intermediate.
  • the reaction conditions described in U.S. Patent 6,194,425 or the methods described in step (9) of Reaction Scheme VI can be used.
  • Compounds of the invention can also be prepared according to Reaction Scheme IX, wherein X, X', Z, and n are as defined above; R a is alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, or -N(Rg) 2 ; and R 10 is a subset OfR 1 as defined above that does not include those substituents that one skilled in the art would recognize as being susceptible to reduction under the acidic hydrogenation conditions of the reaction. These susceptible groups include, for example, alkenyl, alkynyl, and aryl groups and groups bearing nitro substituents.
  • Compounds of Formula LXXXV can be prepared according to the methods of Reaction Scheme I, II, or III.
  • Reaction Scheme IX a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine of Formula LXXXV is reduced to a tetrahydro-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine of Formula IVa, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, IIa, and IV.
  • the reaction is conveniently carried out under hetereogeneous hydrogenation conditions by adding platinum (IV) oxide to a solution of the compound of Formula LXXXV in trifluoroacetic acid and placing the reaction under hydrogen pressure.
  • the reaction can be carried out on a Parr apparatus at ambient temperature.
  • Reaction Scheme IX The reduction described in Reaction Scheme IX can also be used to prepare a tetrahydro-1H-imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridin-6-amine of Formula Via, as shown in Reaction Scheme X, wherein X, X', p, R 3 , and R lc are as defined above.
  • the product of Formula Via is a subgenus of Formulas I, II, Ha, and VI.
  • compounds of the invention can be prepared according to
  • step (1) of Reaction Scheme XI a 2-chloro-3-nitropyridine of Formula LXVIII is treated with dibenzylamine to provide an N 2 -dibenzyl-3-nitropyridin-2,4-diamine of Formula LXXXVII.
  • the reaction can be carried out by combining the compound of Formula LXVIII with dibenzylamine and a tertiary amine such as triethylamine in a suitable solvent such as toluene.
  • the reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature.
  • step (6) of Reaction Scheme XI the benzyl groups of a compound of Formula LXXXVIII are cleaved using transfer hydrogenation to provide a compound of Formula LXXXIX.
  • the reaction can be carried out by adding ammonium formate to a solution of the compound of Formula LXXXVIII in a suitable solvent such as ethanol or methanol in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium on carbon.
  • the reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature, for example, the reflux temperature of the solvent.
  • step (7) of Reaction Scheme XI the Boc group is removed from a compound of
  • step (8) of Reaction Scheme XI a compound of Formula XC is converted to a compound of Formula LXXVI using the methods described in step (9) of Reaction Scheme I.
  • racemic compound is used instead of a compound of Formula XVI, XXVIII, or XL, a racemic mixture containing compounds of the invention would result.
  • a racemic mixture thus prepared can be resolved by methods known to one skilled in the art, for example, by reacting the racemic mixture with an enantiomerially pure sulfonic acid or carboxylic acid and selectively crystallizing a salt containing one of the enantiomers from the mixture.
  • Compounds of the invention can also be prepared using the synthetic routes described in the EXAMPLES below.
  • Prodrugs can be prepared in a variety of ways. For example, a compound with a hydroxy substituent may be converted to an ester, an ether, a carbonate, or a carbamate.
  • a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as C 1-6 alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(C 1-6 alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1 -methyl- 1-(C 1-6 alkanoyloxy)ethyl, C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N-(C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl, succinoyl, C 1-6 alkanoyl, ⁇ -aminoC 1-4 alkanoyl, arylacyl, -P(O)(OH) 2 , -P(O)(O-C 1-6 alkyl) 2 ,
  • Prodrugs can also be made from a compound containing an amino group by conversion of the amino group to a functional group such as an amide, carbamate, urea, amidine, or another hydroylizable group using conventional methods.
  • alkylenyl mono-N-Ci. 6 alkylaminoC 1-4 alkylenyl, or di-N,N-C 1-6 alkylaminoC 1-4 alkylenyl; and Y 1 is mono-iV-C 1-6 alkylamino, di-N, N- C 1-6 alky lamino, morpholin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, or 4-Ci- 4 alkylpiperazin-1-yl.
  • particularly useful prodrugs are amides derived from carboxylic acids containing one to ten carbon atoms, amides derived from amino acids, and carbamates containing one to ten carbon atoms.
  • compositions of the invention contain a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of the invention as described above in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a therapeutically effective amount and “effective amount” mean an amount of the compound or salt sufficient to induce a therapeutic or prophylactic effect, such as cytokine induction, immunomodulation, antitumor activity, and/or antiviral activity.
  • the exact amount of compound or salt used in a pharmaceutical composition of the invention will vary according to factors known to those of skill in the art, such as the physical and chemical nature of the compound or salt, the nature of the carrier, and the intended dosing regimen.
  • compositions of the invention will contain sufficient active ingredient or prodrug to provide a dose of about 100 nanograms per kilogram (ng/kg) to about 50 milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg), preferably about 10 micrograms per kilogram ( ⁇ g/kg) to about 5 mg/kg, of the compound or salt to the subject.
  • the method includes administering sufficient compound to provide a dose of from about 0.1 mg/m 2 to about 2.0 mg/ m 2 to the subject, for example, a dose of from about 0.4 mg/m 2 to about 1.2 mg/m 2 .
  • dosage forms may be used, such as tablets, lozenges, capsules, parenteral formulations, syrups, creams, ointments, aerosol formulations, transdermal patches, transmucosal patches and the like.
  • These dosage forms can be prepared with conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and additives using conventional methods, which generally include the step of bringing the active ingredient into association with the carrier.
  • the compounds or salts of the invention can be administered as the single therapeutic agent in the treatment regimen, or the compounds or salts described herein may be administered in combination with one another or with other active agents, including additional immune response modifiers, antivirals, antibiotics, antibodies, proteins, peptides, oligonucleotides, etc.
  • Cytokines whose production may be induced by the administration of compounds or salts of the invention generally include interferon- ⁇ (IFN- ⁇ ) and tumor necrosis factor- ⁇ (TNF- ⁇ ) as well as certain interleukins (IL).
  • IFN- ⁇ interferon- ⁇
  • TNF- ⁇ tumor necrosis factor- ⁇
  • IL interleukins
  • Cytokines whose biosynthesis may be induced by compounds or salts of the invention include IFN- ⁇ , TNF- ⁇ , IL-I, IL-6, IL-IO and IL- 12, and a variety of other cytokines. Among other effects, these and other cytokines can inhibit virus production and tumor cell growth, making the compounds or salts useful in the treatment of viral diseases and neoplastic diseases. Accordingly, the invention provides a method of inducing cytokine biosynthesis in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt of the invention to the animal.
  • the animal to which the compound or salt is administered for induction of cytokine biosynthesis may have a disease as described infra, for example a viral disease or a neoplastic disease, and administration of the compound or salt may provide therapeutic treatment.
  • the compound or salt may be administered to the animal prior to the animal acquiring the disease so that administration of the compound or salt may provide a prophylactic treatment.
  • compounds or salts described herein can affect other aspects of the innate immune response. For example, natural killer cell activity may be stimulated, an effect that may be due to cytokine induction.
  • the compounds or salts may also activate macrophages, which in turn stimulate secretion of nitric oxide and the production of additional cytokines. Further, the compounds or salts may cause proliferation and differentiation of B-lymphocytes.
  • T helper type 1 cytokine IFN- ⁇
  • T helper type 2 cytokines IL- 4, IL-5 and IL- 13
  • cytokines whose production may be inhibited by the administration of compounds or salts of the invention, particularly compounds or salts of Formulas II- 1, II- 1 a, III- 1 , IV- 1 , V- 1 , VI- 1 , and VII- 1 , or compounds or salts of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, and VII wherein Z is -N(- Y-R 2 )-, include tumor necrosis factor- ⁇ (TNF- ⁇ ).
  • TNF- ⁇ tumor necrosis factor- ⁇
  • inhibition of TNF- ⁇ production can provide prophylaxis or therapeutic treatment of TNF- ⁇ mediated diseases in animals, making the compounds or salt useful in the treatment of, for example, autoimmune diseases.
  • the invention provides a method of inhibiting TNF- ⁇ biosynthesis in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt or composition of the invention to the animal.
  • the animal to which the compound or salt or composition is administered for inhibition of TNF- ⁇ biosynthesis may have a disease as described infra, for example an autoimmune disease, and administration of the compound or salt may provide therapeutic treatment.
  • the compound or salt may be administered to the animal prior to the animal acquiring the disease so that administration of the compound or salt may provide a prophylactic treatment.
  • the compound or salt or composition may be administered alone or in combination with one or more active components as in, for example, a vaccine adjuvant.
  • the compound or salt or composition and other component or components may be administered separately; together but independently such as in a solution; or together and associated with one another such as (a) covalently linked or (b) non-covalently associated, e.g., in a colloidal suspension.
  • Conditions for which compounds or salts or compositions identified herein may be used as treatments include, but are not limited to:
  • viral diseases such as, for example, diseases resulting from infection by an adenovirus, a herpesvirus (e.g., HSV-I, HSV-II, CMV, or VZV), a poxvirus (e.g., an orthopoxvirus such as variola or vaccinia, or molluscum contagiosum), a picornavirus
  • a herpesvirus e.g., HSV-I, HSV-II, CMV, or VZV
  • a poxvirus e.g., an orthopoxvirus such as variola or vaccinia, or molluscum contagiosum
  • a picornavirus e.g., an orthopoxvirus such as variola or vaccinia, or molluscum contagiosum
  • a coronavirus e.g., SARS
  • a papovavirus e.g., papillomaviruses, such as those that cause genital warts, common warts, or plantar warts
  • a hepadnavirus e.g., hepatitis B virus
  • a flavivirus e.g., hepatitis C virus or Dengue virus
  • a retrovirus e.g., a lentivirus such as HIV
  • bacterial diseases such as, for example, diseases resulting from infection by bacteria of, for example, the genus Escherichia, Enterobacter, Salmonella, Staphylococcus, Shigella, Listeria, Aero
  • neoplastic diseases such as intraepithelial neoplasias, cervical dysplasia, actinic keratosis, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma, leukemias including but not limited to acute myeloid leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, multiple myeloma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lympho
  • atopic diseases such as atopic dermatitis or eczema, eosinophilia, asthma, allergy, allergic rhinitis, and Ommen's syndrome;
  • autoimmune diseases such as systemic lupus erythematosus, essential thrombocythaemia, multiple sclerosis, discoid lupus, alopecia areata; and (g) diseases associated with wound repair such as, for example, inhibition of keloid formation and other types of scarring (e.g., enhancing wound healing, including chronic wounds).
  • a compound or salt identified herein may be useful as a vaccine adjuvant for use in conjunction with any material that raises either humoral and/or cell mediated immune response, such as, for example, live viral, bacterial, or parasitic immunogens; inactivated viral, tumor-derived, protozoal, organism-derived, fungal, or bacterial immunogens; toxoids; toxins; self-antigens; polysaccharides; proteins; glycoproteins; peptides; cellular vaccines; DNA vaccines; autologous vaccines; recombinant proteins; and the like, for use in connection with, for example, BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis A, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, influenza A, influenza B, parainfluenza, polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenza b, tuberculosis, meningo
  • Compounds or salts identified herein may be particularly helpful in individuals having compromised immune function.
  • compounds or salts may be used for treating the opportunistic infections and tumors that occur after suppression of cell mediated immunity in, for example, transplant patients, cancer patients and HIV patients.
  • one or more of the above diseases or types of diseases for example, a viral disease or a neoplastic disease may be treated in an animal in need thereof (having the disease) by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of the invention to the animal.
  • An animal may also be vaccinated by administering an effective amount of a compound or salt described herein, as a vaccine adjuvant.
  • a method of vaccinating an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt described herein to the animal as a vaccine adjuvant.
  • An amount of a compound or salt effective to induce or inhibit cytokine biosynthesis is an amount sufficient to cause one or more cell types, such as monocytes, macrophages, dendritic cells and B-cells to produce an amount of one or more cytokines such as, for example, IFN- ⁇ , TNF- ⁇ , IL-I, IL-6, IL-IO and IL- 12 that is increased (induced) or decreased (inhibited) over a background level of such cytokines.
  • the precise amount will vary according to factors known in the art but is expected to be a dose of about 100 ng/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably about 10 ⁇ g/kg to about 5 mg/kg.
  • the amount is expected to be a dose of, for example, from about 0.01 mg/m 2 to about 5.0 mg/m 2 , (computed according to the Dubois method as described above) although in some embodiments the induction or inhibition of cytokine biosynthesis may be performed by administering a compound or salt in a dose outside this range.
  • the method includes administering sufficient compound or salt or composition to provide a dose of from about 0.1 mg/m 2 to about 2.0 mg/ m 2 to the subject, for example, a dose of from about 0.4 mg/m to about 1.2 mg/m .
  • the invention also provides a method of treating a viral infection in an animal and a method of treating a neoplastic disease in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt of the invention to the animal.
  • An amount effective to treat or inhibit a viral infection is an amount that will cause a reduction in one or more of the manifestations of viral infection, such as viral lesions, viral load, rate of virus production, and mortality as compared to untreated control animals.
  • the precise amount that is effective for such treatment will vary according to factors known in the art but is expected to be a dose of about 100 ng/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably about 10 ⁇ g/kg to about 5 mg/kg.
  • An amount of a compound or salt effective to treat a neoplastic condition is an amount that will cause a reduction in tumor size or in the number of tumor foci. Again, the precise amount will vary according to factors known in the art but is expected to be a dose of about 100 ng/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably about 10 ⁇ g/kg to about 5 mg/kg. In other embodiments, the amount is expected to be a dose of, for example, from about 0.01 mg/m 2 to about 5.0 mg/m 2 , (computed according to the Dubois method as described above) although in some embodiments either of these methods may be performed by administering a compound or salt in a dose outside this range.
  • the method includes administering sufficient compound or salt to provide a dose of from about 0.1 mg/m to about 2.0 mg/ m to the subject, for example, a dose of from about 0.4 mg/m 2 to about 1.2 mg/m 2 .
  • the enantiomer of the compound was prepared in a separate experiment; see Examples 67 through 71.
  • a mixture of the two enantiomers was prepared and analyzed by chiral stationary phase high-performance liquid chromatography using a Chiralcel OD-RH column, 0.46 mm x 15 cm, eluting with 30% methanol in pentane/methanol/triethylamine 90:10:0.2 (v/v/v) at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min.
  • Each of examples 1 through 6 below was analyzed in comparison to the mixture of the two enantiomers, and the ratio favoring the enantiomer shown was, for each example, greater than 99:1.
  • the reaction mixture was extracted into 200 mL of a 3:1 chloroform/2-propanol mixture and the layers were separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with two additional portions of the chloroform/2-propanol mixture. The organic phases were combined and dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO 2 , 5% -10% methanol/CHCl 3 ) gave fert-butyl (2S)-2- amino-3- ⁇ [tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy ⁇ propylcarbamate (3.43 g) as a colorless syrup.
  • reaction mixture was then treated with 50 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and 200 mL OfCH 2 Cl 2 .
  • the layers were separated and the organic portion was washed with H 2 O (50 mL) and brine (4 x 25 mL).
  • the organic layer was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a golden syrup.
  • the syrup was concentrated from toluene (3X) to give a pale yellow foam.
  • This material was dissolved in 70 mL of anhydrous THF and the solution was stirred under N 2 . Solid potassium fe ⁇ t-butoxide (507 mg, 6.18 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 2.5 hours.
  • N 2 -[(Benzyloxy)carbonyl]-N 5 -(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-ornithine (27.6 g, 75.4 mmol), prepared from L-ornithine by the method of Masiukiewicz, Org. Prep. Proced. Int. 34, 531-537, (2002) was dissolved in 300 mL of anhydrous THF and the solution was cooled to 0 °C under N 2 . Triethylamine (13.6 mL, 98.0 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred for 30 min.
  • Triethylamine (3.10 mL, 22.3 mmol) and 4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline (2.36 g, 11.3 mmol) were then added and the reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 2 days. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure to give a yellow solid. The solid was dissolved in 200 mL of CH 2 Cl 2 and was washed successively with H 2 O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give yellow solid.
  • N-IS-Kl l ⁇ -o-Amino-lOa i-dihydro-SH-tl ⁇ oxazino ⁇ ' ⁇ M ⁇ imidazo ⁇ - c]quinolin-l l-yl]propyl ⁇ methanesulfonamide (254 mg, 0.667 mmol) was dissolved in about 3 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and the solution was placed in a pressure bottle. Platinum oxide (154 mg) was then added and the reaction mixture was shaken under H 2 at 50 PSI (3.4 x 10 5 Pa). After 24 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of CELITE filter agent.
  • the pad was rinsed with a mixture of 2-propanol and CH 2 Cl 2 and the combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure to give a syrup.
  • the syrup was partitioned between H 2 O and CHCl 3 .
  • the aqueous layer was made basic by addition of concentrated NH 4 OH solution until the pH was approximately 12.
  • the layers were separated and the organic portion was washed successively with concentrated NH 4 OH, H 2 O and brine.
  • the organic portion was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO 2 , 25-33% CMA/CHC1 3 ) gave a white solid.
  • N- ⁇ 3-[(115)-6-Amino-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5- c] quinolin- l l-yl]propyl ⁇ morpholine-4-carboxamide (698 mg, 1.70 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and the solution was placed in a pressure bottle. Platinum oxide (386 mg) was then added and the reaction mixture was shaken under H 2 at 50 PSI (3.4 x 10 5 Pa). After 2 days, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of CELITE filter agent.
  • the pad was rinsed with a mixture of methanol and CH 2 Cl 2 and the combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure to give a syrup.
  • the syrup was portioned between 20 mL of concentrated NH 4 OH solution and 50 mL of CHCI 3 .
  • the layers were separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with an additional 50 mL of CHCl 3 .
  • the combined organic portions were washed successively with concentrated NH 4 OH, H 2 O and brine.
  • the organic portion was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO 2 , 20% CMA/CHC1 3 ) gave a fluffy, white solid.
  • a reagent from the table below (0.11 mmol) was added to a test tube containing a solution of (1 IS)-I l-(3-aminopropyl)-10,l l-dihydro-8H- [l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine (26.8 mg, 1.0 equivalent, 0.090 mmol) and triethylamine (0.0157 mL, 0.11 mmol) in chloroform (1 mL).
  • the test tube was capped and placed on a shaker at ambient temperature overnight (approximately 18 hours). The solvent was removed from the test tube by vacuum centrifugation.
  • Reversed phase preparative liquid chromatography was performed with non-linear gradient elution from 5-95% B where A is 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid/water and B is 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid/acetonitrile. Fractions were collected by mass-selective triggering. The table below shows the reagent used for each example, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt. Examples 7-18
  • test tube was capped and placed on a shaker at ambient temperature overnight (approximately 18 hours). Two drops of water were added to each tube, and the solvent was removed from the test tube by vacuum centrifugation.
  • the compounds were purified by reversed phase prep HPLC according to the method described in Examples 7 - 18.
  • the table below shows the reagent used for each example, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.
  • Methanesulfonic acid 25 r -benzyloxycarbonylamino-5-tert- butoxycarbonylamino)pentyl ester (13.21 g, 30.7 mmol) was dissolved in 100 mL of N, N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and treated with sodium azide (2.40 g, 36.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 60 °C and stirred under N 2 overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a white, sticky foam which was dissolved in 250 mL of ethyl acetate and washed successively with H 2 O (3 x 100 mL) and brine (100 mL).
  • H 2 O 3 x 100 mL
  • brine 100 mL
  • Triethylamine (6.49 mL, 46.6 mmol) and 4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline (4.85 g, 23.3 mmol) were then added and the reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 2 days. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure to give a yellow solid. The solid was triturated with 100 mL of hot H 2 O with stirring. The suspension was cooled and filtered to give 12.O g of a pasty, yellow solid. The pasty solid was dissolved in methanol and CHCl 3 and concentrated to give a yellow solid.
  • Triethylamine (298 ⁇ L, 2.14 mmol) was added followed by methanesulfonyl chloride (91 ⁇ L, 1.08 mmol). After stirring for 60 minutes, the reaction mixture was treated with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and 5 mL of methanol. The layers were separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with 10% methanol/CHCl 3 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 10 mL of brine. The organic portion was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO 2 , 50% CMA/CHCI 3 ) gave the desired material as a white powder.
  • Example 31 _V- ⁇ 3-[(l 15)-6-Amino-9-(methylsulfonyl)-l,2,3,4,8,9,10,l 1- octahydropyrazino[r,2':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]qumolin-l l-yl]propyl ⁇ methanesulfonamide
  • reaction mixture was treated with an additional 20 ⁇ L of methanesulfonyl chloride and the reaction was stirred overnight. An additional 40 ⁇ L of methanesulfonyl chloride was added and stirring was continued for 4 hours.
  • the reaction mixture was treated with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and 50 mL of 10% methanol/CHCl 3 . The organic layer was washed successively with H 2 O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na 2 SO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO 2 , 50% CMA/CHCI 3 ) gave the desired material as a light-yellow powder.
  • a reagent from the table below (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) was added to a test tube containing a solution of (1 IS)-I l-(3-aminopropyl)-9-(methylsulfonyl)-8,9,10,l 1- tetrahydropyrazino[r,2':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine dihydrochloride (45.5 mg, 0.10 mmol), DBU (0.029 mL, 0.20 mmol), and ⁇ iV-diisopropylethylamine (0.0255 mL, 0.15 mmol) in DMA (1 mL). The reaction was shaken at room temperature for four hours.
  • Methyl N-trityl-L-serinate (136 g, 376 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (230 mL) and added dropwise to a stirred mixture of NaH (60% oil dispersion, 30.0 g, 752 mmol) and benzyl bromide (67.0 mL, 564 mmol) in 700 mL of DMF at 0 °C. The resulting white suspension was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour followed by the addition of saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 solution. The reaction mixture was diluted with H 2 O and extracted repeatedly with Et 2 O.
  • Methyl O-benzyl-iV-trityl-L-threoninate (137 g, 304 mmol) was dissolved in a minimal amount OfEt 2 O and added dropwise to a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (12.0 g, 333 mmol) and Et 2 O (1.5 L) at 0 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 0 °C. Ethyl acetate was then carefully added to the reaction mixture at 0 °C until no further gas evolution was observed and then the reaction mixture was treated with methanol until no further gas evolution was observed.
  • the reaction mixture was then treated sequentially with H 2 O (12 mL), 6 M aqueous NaOH solution (12 mL), and H 2 O (36 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes.
  • the resulting slurry was filtered through a pad of CELITE filter agent.
  • the pad was rinsed repeatedly with Et 2 O and the combined filtrates were dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a colorless oil.
  • the oil was dissolved in 90 mL of methanol and treated with 4M HCl in dioxane (227 mL, 908 mmol). The resulting homogeneous solution was stirred for 2 hours at ambient temperature. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to afford a yellow solid.
  • the reaction was stirred for 1 hour at ambient temperature.
  • the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting dark, oily solid was treated with acetic acid (400 mL).
  • the mixture was heated to reflux for 6 hours.
  • the reaction was cooled to ambient temperature and the acetic acid was removed under reduced pressure.
  • the resulting dark brown oil was concentrated from toluene (2x) and then from ethanol to afford a dark brown oil.
  • the oil was dissolved in a mixture of ethanol (400 mL) and water (60 mL) and treated with potassium carbonate (60 g).
  • the reaction mixture was heated at 60 °C and stirred for 1 hour.
  • the reaction was then cooled to ambient temperature and filtered.
  • the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a dark oil.
  • the oil was purified by chromatography (SiO 2 , 0-30% CMA/CHCI 3 ) and the isolated material was slurried in acetonitrile and filtered to provide an additional 100 mg of desired product as a white solid, mp 105-108 °C.
  • Certain exemplary compounds including some of those described above in the Examples, have the following Formulas (HIb, IVb, Vb, VIb, or VIIb,) and the following X 1 and Ri b substituents, wherein each line of the table is matched with Formula 1Hb, IVb, Vb, VIb, or VIIb to represent a specific embodiment of the invention.
  • Certain exemplary compounds including some of those described above in the Examples, have the following Formulas (HIb 3 IVb, Vb, VIb, or VIIb,) and the following X 1 and Ri b substituents, wherein each line of the table is matched with Formula 1Hb, IVb, Vb, VIb, or VIIb to represent a specific embodiment of the invention.
  • Certain exemplary compounds including some of those described above in the Examples, have the following Formulas (IHc, IVc, or Vc) and the following X 1 and R ⁇ substituents, wherein each line of the table is matched with Formula 1Hc, IVc, or Vc to represent a specific embodiment of the invention.
  • Certain exemplary compounds including some of those described above in the Examples, have the following Formulas (HId, IVd, or Vd) and the following X 1 and R ⁇ b substituents, wherein each line of the table is matched with Formula 1Hd, IVd, or Vd to represent a specific embodiment of the invention.
  • cytokine induction An in vitro human blood cell system is used to assess cytokine induction. Activity is based on the measurement of interferon ( ⁇ ) and tumor necrosis factor ( ⁇ ) (IFN- ⁇ and TNF- ⁇ , respectively) secreted into culture media as described by Testerman et. al. in “Cytokine Induction by the Immunomodulators Imiquimod and S-27609", Journal of Leukocyte Biology, 58, 365-372 (September, 1995).
  • ⁇ interferon
  • ⁇ tumor necrosis factor
  • PBMC Peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • HISTOPAQUE- 1077 Sigma, St. Louis, MO
  • Ficoll-Paque Plus Amersham Biosciences Piscataway, NJ
  • Blood is diluted 1:1 with Dulbecco's Phosphate Buffered Saline (DPBS) or Hank's Balanced Salts Solution (HBSS).
  • DPBS Dulbecco's Phosphate Buffered Saline
  • HBSS Hank's Balanced Salts Solution
  • PBMC whole blood is placed in Accuspin (Sigma) or LeucoSep (Greiner Bio-One, Inc., Longwood, FL) centrifuge frit tubes containing density gradient medium.
  • the PBMC layer is collected and washed twice with DPBS or HBSS and re-suspended at 4 x 10 6 cells/mL in RPMI complete.
  • the PBMC suspension is added to 96 well flat bottom sterile tissue culture plates containing an equal volume of RPMI complete media containing test compound.
  • the compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
  • DMSO concentration should not exceed a final concentration of 1% for addition to the culture wells.
  • the compounds are generally tested at concentrations ranging from 30-0.014 ⁇ M.
  • Controls include cell samples with media only, cell samples with DMSO only (no compound), and cell samples with reference compound. Incubation
  • test compound is added at 60 ⁇ M to the first well containing RPMI complete and serial 3 fold dilutions are made in the wells.
  • the PBMC suspension is then added to the wells in an equal volume, bringing the test compound concentrations to the desired range (usually 30-0.014 ⁇ M).
  • the final concentration of PBMC suspension is 2 x 10 6 cells/mL.
  • the plates are covered with sterile plastic lids, mixed gently and then incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37°C in a 5% carbon dioxide atmosphere.
  • IFN- ⁇ concentration is determined with a human multi-subtype colorimetric sandwich ELISA (Catalog Number 41105) from PBL Biomedical Laboratories,
  • TNF- ⁇ concentration is determined by ORIGEN M-Series Immunoassay and read on an IGEN M-8 analyzer from BioVeris Corporation, formerly known as IGEN
  • the immunoassay uses a human TNF- ⁇ capture and detection antibody pair (Catalog Numbers AHC3419 and AHC3712) from Biosource
  • the data output of the assay consists of concentration values of TNF- ⁇ and
  • IFN- ⁇ (y-axis) as a function of compound concentration (x-axis).
  • the reference compound used is 2-[4-amino-2-ethoxymethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro- ⁇ , ⁇ - dimethyl-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl]ethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91) and the expected area is the sum of the median dose values from the past 61 experiments.
  • the minimum effective concentration is calculated based on the background- subtracted, reference-adjusted results for a given experiment and compound.
  • the minimum effective concentration ( ⁇ molar) is the lowest of the tested compound concentrations that induces a response over a fixed cytokine concentration for the tested cytokine (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN- ⁇ and 40 pg/mL for TNF- ⁇ ).
  • the maximal response is the maximal amount of cytokine (pg/ml) produced in the dose-response.
  • PBMC Peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • HISTOPAQUE- 1077 Sigma, St. Louis, MO
  • Ficoll-Paque Plus Amersham Biosciences Piscataway, NJ
  • Whole blood is placed in Accuspin (Sigma) or LeucoSep (Greiner Bio-One, Inc., Longwood, FL) centrifuge frit tubes containing density gradient medium.
  • the PBMC layer is collected and washed twice with DPBS or HBSS and re- suspended at 4 x 10 6 cells/mL in RPMI complete (2-fold the final cell density).
  • the PBMC suspension is added to 96-well flat bottom sterile tissue culture plates.
  • the compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • Controls include cell samples with media only, cell samples with DMSO only (no compound), and cell samples with a reference compound 2-[4-amino-2-ethoxymethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro- ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethyl- lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl]ethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91) on each plate.
  • test compound is added at 7.5 mM to the first well of a dosing plate and serial 3 fold dilutions are made for the 7 subsequent concentrations in DMSO.
  • RPMI Complete media is then added to the test compound dilutions in order to reach a final compound concentration of 2-fold higher (60 - 0.028 ⁇ M) than the final tested concentration range. Incubation
  • test compound solution is then added to the wells containing the PBMC suspension bringing the test compound concentrations to the desired range (usually 30 - 0.014 ⁇ M) and the DMSO concentration to 0.4 %.
  • the final concentration of PBMC suspension is 2x10 6 cells/mL.
  • the plates are covered with sterile plastic lids, mixed gently and then incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37°C in a 5% carbon dioxide atmosphere.
  • MSD Gaithersburg, MD. The cell-free culture supernatants are removed and transferred to the MSD plates. Fresh samples are typically tested, although they may be maintained at
  • MSD MULTI-SPOT plates contain within each well capture antibodies for human TNF- ⁇ and human IFN- ⁇ that have been pre-coated on specific spots.
  • Each well contains four spots: one human TNF- ⁇ capture antibody (MSD) spot, one human IFN- ⁇ capture antibody (PBL Biomedical Laboratories, Piscataway, NJ) spot, and two inactive bovine serum albumin spots.
  • the human TNF- ⁇ capture and detection antibody pair is from MesoScale Discovery.
  • the human IFN- ⁇ multi-subtype antibody (PBL Biomedical Laboratories) captures all IFN- ⁇ subtypes except IFN- ⁇ F (IFNA21).
  • Standards consist of recombinant human TNF- ⁇ (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN) and IFN- ⁇ (PBL Biomedical Laboratories). Samples and separate standards are added at the time of analysis to each MSD plate. Two human IFN- ⁇ detection antibodies (Cat. Nos. 21112 & 21100, PBL) are used in a two to one ratio (weight: weight) to each other to determine the IFN- ⁇ concentrations.
  • the cytokine-specific detection antibodies are labeled with the SULFO-TAG reagent (MSD). After adding the SULFO-TAG labeled detection antibodies to the wells, each well's electrochemoluminescent levels are read using MSD's SECTOR HTS READER. Results are expressed in pg/mL upon calculation with known cytokine standards.
  • the data output of the assay consists of concentration values of TNF- ⁇ or
  • IFN- ⁇ (y-axis) as a function of compound concentration (x-axis).
  • a plate-wise scaling is performed within a given experiment aimed at reducing plate-to-plate variability associated within the same experiment.
  • the greater of the median DMSO (DMSO control wells) or the experimental background (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN- ⁇ and 40 pg/mL for TNF- ⁇ ) is subtracted from each reading. Negative values that may result from background subtraction are set to zero.
  • Each plate within a given experiment has a reference compound that serves as a control. This control is used to calculate a median expected area under the curve across all plates in the assay.
  • a plate- wise scaling factor is calculated for each plate as a ratio of the area of the reference compound on the particular plate to the median expected area for the entire experiment.
  • the data from each plate are then multiplied by the plate-wise scaling factor for all plates. Only data from plates bearing a scaling factor of between 0.5 and 2.0 (for both cytokines IFN- ⁇ , TNF- ⁇ ) are reported. Data from plates with scaling factors outside the above mentioned interval are retested until they bear scaling factors inside the above mentioned interval. The above method produces a scaling of the y-values without altering the shape of the curve.
  • the reference compound used is 2-[4-amino-2-ethoxymethyl-6,7,8,9- tetrahydro- ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethyl-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl]ethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91).
  • the median expected area is the median area across all plates that are part of a given experiment.
  • a second scaling may also be performed to reduce inter-experiment variability (across multiple experiments). All background-subtracted values are multiplied by a single adjustment ratio to decrease experiment-to-experiment variability.
  • the adjustment ratio is the area of the reference compound in the new experiment divided by the expected area of the reference compound based on an average of previous experiments (unadjusted readings). This results in the scaling of the reading (y-axis) for the new data without changing the shape of the dose-response curve.
  • the reference compound used is 2-[4- amino-2-ethoxymethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro- ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethyl-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l- yljethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91) and the expected area is the sum of the median dose values from an average of previous experiments.
  • the minimum effective concentration is calculated based on the background- subtracted, reference-adjusted results for a given experiment and compound.
  • the minimum effective concentration ( ⁇ molar) is the lowest of the tested compound concentrations that induces a response over a fixed cytokine concentration for the tested cytokine (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN- ⁇ and 40 pg/mL for TNF- ⁇ ).
  • the maximal response is the maximal amount of cytokine (pg/ml) produced in the dose-response.
  • Certain compounds of the invention paricularly compounds or salts of Formulas II- 1, IMa, III-l, IV-I, V-I, VI-I, and VII-I, or compounds or salts of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, and VII wherein Z is -N(- Y-R 2 )-, may modulate cytokine biosynthesis by inhibiting production of tumor necrosis factor ⁇ (TNF- ⁇ ) when tested using the method described below.
  • TNF- ⁇ tumor necrosis factor ⁇
  • the mouse macrophage cell line Raw 264.7 is used to assess the ability of compounds to inhibit tumor necrosis factor- ⁇ (TNF- ⁇ ) production upon stimulation by lipopolysaccharide (LPS).
  • TNF- ⁇ tumor necrosis factor- ⁇
  • LPS lipopolysaccharide
  • Raw cells are harvested by gentle scraping and then counted.
  • the cell suspension is brought to 3 x 10 5 cells/mL in RPMI with 10 % fetal bovine serum (FBS).
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • the final concentration of cells is 3 x 10 4 cells/well.
  • the plates are incubated for 3 hours. Prior to the addition of test compound the medium is replaced with colorless RPMI medium with 3 % FBS.
  • the compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
  • DMSO concentration should not exceed a final concentration of 1% for addition to the culture wells.
  • Compounds are tested at 5 ⁇ M.
  • LPS Lipopolysaccaride from Salmonella typhimurium, Sigma- Aldrich
  • EC 70 concentration as measured by a dose response assay.
  • test compound l ⁇ l
  • the plates are mixed on a microtiter plate shaker for 1 minute and then placed in an incubator. Twenty minutes later the solution of LPS (1 ⁇ L, EC 70 concentration ⁇ 10 ng/ml) is added and the plates are mixed for 1 minute on a shaker. The plates are incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37 °C in a 5 % carbon dioxide atmosphere.
  • TNF- ⁇ Analysis Following the incubation the supernatant is removed with a pipet. TNF- ⁇ concentration is determined by ELISA using a mouse TNF- ⁇ kit (from Biosource International, Camarillo, CA). Results are expressed in pg/mL. TNF- ⁇ expression upon LPS stimulation alone is considered a 100% response.
  • Raw cells are harvested by gentle scraping and then counted.
  • the cell suspension is brought to 4 x 10 5 cells/mL in RPMI with 10 % FBS.
  • Cell suspension 250 ⁇ L is added to 48-well flat bottom sterile tissues culture plates (Costar, Cambridge, MA). The final concentration of cells is 1 x 10 5 cells/well. The plates are incubated for 3 hours. Prior to the addition of test compound the medium is replaced with colorless RPMI medium with 3 % FBS.
  • the compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO).
  • DMSO concentration should not exceed a final concentration of 1% for addition to the culture wells.
  • Compounds are tested at 0.03, 0.1, 0.3, 1, 3, 5 and 10 ⁇ M.
  • LPS Lipopolysaccaride from Salmonella typhimurium, Sigma- Aldrich
  • EC 70 concentration as measured by dose response assay.

Abstract

Substituted fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds (e.g., imidazo[4,5-c]quinolines, 6,7,8,9-tetrahydroimidazo[4,5-c]quinolines, imidazo[4,5-c]naphthyridines, and 6,7,8,9-tetrahydroimidazo[4,5-c]naphthyridines) with a -CH(-R1)- group in the fused ring at the 1-position of the imidazo ring, wherein Rl includes a functional group, for example, an amide, sulfonamide, urea, carbamate, ester, ketone, ether, a thio analog of the forgoing, sulfone, oxime, or hydroxylamine, pharmaceutical compositions containing the compounds, intermediates, methods of making the compounds, and methods of use of these compounds as immunomodulators, for inducing cytokine biosynthesis in animals and in the treatment of diseases including viral and neoplastic diseases, are disclosed.

Description

SUBSTITUTED CHIRAL FUSED [1,2]IMIDAZO[4,5-c] RING COMPOUNDS
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS The present invention claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/640,440, filed December 30, 2004, and U.S. Provisional Application Serial No. 60/697,256, filed July 7, 2005, both of which are incorporated herein by reference.
BACKGROUND
In the 1950's the 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline ring system was developed, and l-(6- methoxy-8-quinolinyl)-2-methyl-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline was synthesized for possible use as an antimalarial agent. Subsequently, syntheses of various substituted IH- imidazo[4,5-c] quinolines were reported. For example, l-[2-(4-piperidyl)ethyl]-l/i- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline was synthesized as a possible anticonvulsant and cardiovascular agent. Also, several 2-oxoimidazo[4,5-c]quinolines have been reported.
Certain 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines and 1- and 2-substiruted derivatives thereof were later found to be useful as antiviral agents, bronchodilators and immunomodulators. Subsequently, certain substituted 1H-imidazo[4,5-c] pyridine- amine, quinolin-4-amine, tetrahydroquinolin-4-amine, naphthyridin-4-amine, and tetrahydronaphthyridin-4-arnine compounds as well as certain analogous thiazolo and oxazolo compounds were synthesized and found to be useful as immune response modifiers, rendering them useful in the treatment of a variety of disorders. There continues to be interest in and a need for compounds that have the ability to modulate the immune response, by induction of cytokine biosynthesis or other mechanisms.
SUMMARY The present invention provides a new class of compounds that are useful in modulating cytokine biosynthesis in animals. Such compounds are of the following Formula I:
Figure imgf000003_0001
and, more particularly, compounds of the following Formulas II, IIa, II- 1, and II- Ia:
Figure imgf000003_0002
wherein: X, X', Z, R1, RA, RB, RA1, and RB1 are as defined below. The compounds of Formulas I, II, Ha, II- 1, and II- Ia are useful, for example, as immune response modifiers (IRMs) due to their ability to modulate cytokine biosynthesis (e.g., induce or inhibit the biosynthesis or production of one or more cytokines) and otherwise modulate the immune response when administered to animals. The ability to modulate cytokine biosynthesis, for example, induce the biosynthesis of one or more cytokines, makes the compounds useful in the treatment of a variety of conditions such as viral diseases and neoplastic diseases, that are responsive to such changes in the immune response.
The invention further provides pharmaceutical compositions containing an effective amount of a compound of Formulas I, II, Ha, II- 1 , or II- 1 a and methods of inducing cytokine biosynthesis in an animal, treating a viral infection and/or treating a neoplastic disease in an animal by administering an effective amount of a compound of Formula II or Formula Ha to the animal.
In addition, methods of synthesizing compounds of Formulas I, II, Ha, II- 1, and II- Ia and intermediates useful in the synthesis of these compounds are provided.
As used herein, "a", "an", "the", "at least one", and "one or more" are used interchangeably.
The terms "comprises" and variations thereof do not have a limiting meaning where these terms appear in the description and claims. The above summary of the present invention is not intended to describe each disclosed embodiment or every implementation of the present invention. The description that follows more particularly exemplifies illustrative embodiments. In several places throughout the description, guidance is provided through lists of examples, which examples can be used in various combinations. In each instance, the recited list serves only as a representative group and should not be interpreted as an exclusive list.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF ILLUSTRATIVE EMBODIMENTS OF THE
INVENTION The present invention provides compounds of the following Formulas I, II, II- 1,
Ha, IMa, III, III-l, IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, and VII-I:
Figure imgf000006_0001
as well as intermediates of the following Formulas X and X-I:
Figure imgf000006_0002
wherein: X, X', Z, R, R1, R3, RA, RB, RAI, RBU RA2, RB2, E, m, n, and p are as defined below.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of Formula I:
Figure imgf000007_0001
wherein:
X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-S alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X' is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms; X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-; R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-X1-Y-R4, -X1-V-X"- Y'-Rt, and
-Xi-R5;
RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(R6)2; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the fused aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R' groups; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(Rg)2;
R' is a non-interfering substituent;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(R6)-C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(Rg)-S(O)2-, and -C(Rg)-O-;
Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -O-,
-S(O)0-2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-, -N(R8)-Q-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -O-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -0-N(Re)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-,
-C(=N-O-Rg)-, -CH(-N(-0-Rβ)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000009_0001
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino;
(dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy ;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000010_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S;
R7 is C2-7 alkylene;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-Ci-K) alkylenyl, C1-I0 alkoxy-Q.io alkylenyl, aryl-Ci-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-Ci-iQ alkylenyl; R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
R1O is C3-8 alkylene;
A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -NC-Q-R4)-; A1 is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O)0-2-, -N(-Q-R4)-, and -CH2-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)S-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9)-;
V is selected from the group consisting Of-C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(Rg)-C(R6)-, and -S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that X1 can also be a bond when:
Y' is bonded to X1 and Y1 is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -C(=N-O-R8)-, -CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000011_0001
R5 is bonded to X1 and R5 is
wherein V is -C(R6)- or
Figure imgf000011_0004
Figure imgf000011_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment of Formula I, X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
In one preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of
Formula II:
Figure imgf000011_0002
wherein:
X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms; X1 is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X and X1 are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3; Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-;
Ri is selected from the group consisting of: -Xi-V-R4,
-Xi-V-X1^V-R4, and -Xi-R5; RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(Rg)2; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the fused aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R' groups; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups;
R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(Rg)2;
R' is a non-interfering substituent;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group; X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond,
-S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(R6)-C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-N(R6)-S(O)2-, and -C(Rg)-O-; Y' is selected from the group consisting of:
-O-, -S(O)0-2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-, -C(Rg)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-,
-N(Rs)-Q-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-, -O-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(Rg)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-,
Figure imgf000014_0001
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000015_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S;
R7 is C2-7 alkylene;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-Ci-io alkylenyl, C1-10 alkoxy-C1-10 alkylenyl, aryl-C1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroary 1-C1-10 alkylenyl; R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
R1O is C3-8 alkylene;
A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(0)o-2-, and -NC-Q-R4)-;
A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O)0-2-, -NX-Q-R4)-, and -CH2-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-,
-C(R6)-N(Rs)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(Rg)-O-, -C(R6)-S-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9)-;
V is selected from the group consisting Of-C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(R8)-C(R6)-, and -S(O)2-; W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that Xi can also be a bond when:
Y' is bonded to Xi and Y1 is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(Rg)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -CC=N-O-R8)-, -CHC-NC-O-Rg)-Q-R4)-,
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000016_0001
R5 is bonded to X1 and R5 is
Figure imgf000016_0003
wherein V is -C(R6)- or
Figure imgf000016_0004
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment of Formula II, Xi is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
In other embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of Formula II- 1 :
Figure imgf000016_0002
wherein X, X1, Z, R1, RA, and RB are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula II above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In one preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of Formula Ha:
Figure imgf000017_0001
wherein:
X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X' is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms; X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-; R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-Xi-V-R4, -X1-V-X"- Y-R4, and
-Xi-R5;
RA1 and RBI are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R9)2; or when taken together, RA1 and RBI form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R3 group, or substituted by one R3 group and one R group; or when taken together, RAI and RBI form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups;
R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(R6)2; R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
-z'-m, -Z'-X"-R4,
-Z'-X"-Y'-R4, -ZI-X"-YI-X"-YI-R4, and -Z'-XM-R5;
Xi is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-S(O)2-, and
-C(Rg)-O-; Y' is selected from the group consisting of:
-O-, -S(O)0-2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-,
-N(Rg)-Q-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-O-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(R8)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-,
-C(=N-O-R8)-,
-CHC-NC-O-Re)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000019_0001
Z1 is a bond or -O-; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino;
(dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000020_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R7 is C2-7 alkylene; R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-Cj-io alkylenyl, C1-10 alkoxy-C1-10 alkylenyl, aryl-C1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-Cj.io alkylenyl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; Ri0 is C3-8 alkylene;
A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -NC-Q-R4)-;
A1 is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(0)o-2-, -NC-Q-R4)-, and -CH2-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -CCRe)-N(R6)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(Rg)-O-, -C(R6)S-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9)-;
V is selected from the group consisting Of-C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(R8)-C(R6)-, and -S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that Xi can also be a bond when:
Y' is bonded to X1 and Y1 is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(Rg)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -CC=N-O-R8)-, -CHC-NC-O-Rs)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000021_0001
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000021_0002
; or R5 is bonded to X1 and R5 is
Figure imgf000021_0003
wherein V is -C(R6)- or
Figure imgf000021_0004
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment of Formula Ha, X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups. In other embodiments, the present invention provides a compound of Formula Ilia:
Figure imgf000022_0001
wherein X, X', Z, R1, RA1, and RB1 are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula Ha above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In one preferred embodiment, there is provided a compound of Formula III:
Figure imgf000022_0002
wherein:
X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X' is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X1 is 1, 2, or 3;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-; R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-X1-T-R4,
-Xi-Y-X"- V-R4, and -Xi-R5; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R6)2;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -Z-R4,
-Z'-X"-R4, -Z'-X'-Y'-R^ -Z'-X"-Y'-X"-Y'-R4, and -Z'-X"-R5; n is an integer from 0 to 4; m is 0 or 1 ; with the proviso that when m is 1 , then n is 0 or 1 ; X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group; X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond,
-S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(RO)-N(RS)-C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-N(Rg)-S(O)2-, and -C(R6)-O-; Y' is selected from the group consisting of:
-O-,
-S(O)0-2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-,
-N(R8)-Q-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-O-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(R8)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-, -C(=N-O-R«)-,
-CHC-NC-O-Re)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000024_0001
Z' is a bond or -O-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000025_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S;
R7 is C2-7 alkylene;
Rg is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-I0 alkenyl, hydroxy-Ci-io alkylenyl, C1-Io alkoxy-Cj.jo alkylenyl, aryl-C1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-C^o alkylenyl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
Rio is C3-8 alkylene;
A is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -NC-Q-R4)-;
A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O)0-2-, -N^Q-R4)-, and -CH2-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)S-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9)S
V is selected from the group consisting of-C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(Rs)-C(R6)-, and -S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that Xi can also be a bond when:
Y' is bonded to X1 and Y1 is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -C(=N-O-R8)-, -CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000026_0001
R5 is bonded to X1 and R5 is
Figure imgf000026_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment of Formula III, Xi is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
In other embodiments, there is provided a compound of Formula 1H-I :
Figure imgf000027_0001
wherein X, X's Z, R1, R, R3, m, and n are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula III above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In one preferred embodiment, the present invention provides a compound of Formula IV:
Figure imgf000027_0002
wherein: X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X' is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X1 is 1, 2, or 3;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-; Ri is selected from the group consisting of: -X1-V-R4,
-X1-V-X"- V-R4, and
-Xi-R5;
R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(R6)2; n is an integer from 0 to 4;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(Rg)-C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(R6)-S(O)2-, and -C(Rg)-O-; Y' is selected from the group consisting of:
-O-,
-S(O)0-2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-, -N(R6)-Q-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-O-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(Rg)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(R6)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-,
-C(=N-O-R8)-,
-CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000029_0001
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy ; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy ;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000030_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S;
R7 is C2-7 alkylene;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-I0 alkyl, C2-I0 alkenyl, hydroxy-Ci-10 alkylenyl, C1-10 alkoxy-Ci-10 alkylenyl, 8TyI-C1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-Ci.io alkylenyl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
R10 is C3-8 alkylene;
A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -NC-Q-R4)-;
A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O)0-2-, -NX-Q-R4)-, and -CH2-;
Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R6)-N(Rs)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(Rg)-S-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9)-; V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(Rs)-C(R6)-, and -S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that X1 can also be a bond when:
Y1 is bonded to Xi and Y1 is -C(R6)-, -C(Rg)-O-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -C(=N-O-R8)-, -CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000031_0001
R5 is bonded to X1 and R5 is
Figure imgf000031_0003
wherein V is -C(R6)- or
Figure imgf000031_0004
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment of Formula IV, X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
In other embodiments, there is provided a compound of Formula IV-I:
Figure imgf000031_0002
wherein X, X', Z, R1, R, and n are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula IV above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In one preferred embodiment, there is provided a compound of Formula V:
Figure imgf000032_0001
wherein:
X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X' is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms; X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-; R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-X1-T-R4, -X1-Y'-X"-Y'-R4, and
-Xi-R5;
R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R6)2;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
-Z'-R4,
-Z'-X"-R4, -Z'-X'-Y'-Rt, -Z'-X'-Y'-X'-Y'-R^ and -Z'-X"-R5; p is an integer from 0 to 3; m is 0 or 1 ; with the proviso that when m is 1 , then p is 0 or 1 ;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O)2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-, -C(Rg)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(R6)-C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(R6)-S(O)2-, and
-C(R6)-O-;
Y1 is selected from the group consisting of: -O-,
-S(O)0-2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-, -C(Rg)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-, -N(Rs)-Q-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -O-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(Rg)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-,
-CC=N-O-R8)-,
-CHC-NC-O-Re)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000034_0001
Z' is a bond or -O-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R-5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000035_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S;
R7 is C2-7 alkylene;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-C1-10 alkylenyl, C1-10 alkoxy-C1-10 alkylenyl, aryl-C1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-C1-10 alkylenyl; R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
R10 is C3-8 alkylene;
A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -NC-Q-R4)-;
A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O)0-2-, -N^Q-R4)-, and -CH2-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-S-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9)-;
V is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(Rs)-C(R6)-, and -S(O)2-; W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that X1 can also be a bond when:
Y' is bonded to X1 and Y' is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(Rg)-N(OR9)-, -C(=N-O-Rβ)-, -CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000036_0001
,
Figure imgf000036_0004
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000036_0002
R5 is bonded to X1 and R5 is
Figure imgf000036_0005
wherein V is -C(R6)- or
Figure imgf000036_0006
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment of Formula V, X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
In other embodiments, there is provided a compound of Formula V-I :
Figure imgf000036_0003
wherein X, X', Z, R1, R3 R3, m, and p are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula V above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In one preferred embodiment, there is provided a compound of Formula VI:
Figure imgf000037_0001
wherein:
X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X' is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms; X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-; R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-X1-Y^R4, -X1-Y'-X"-Y-R4, and
-Xi-R5; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(Rs)2; p is an integer from 0 to 3; Xi is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O)2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-, -C(Rg)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(Rs)-C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(Rg)-S(O)2-, and
-C(R6)-O-;
Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -O-,
-S(O)0-2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-, -N(Rs)-Q-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -O-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(R8)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-,
-CC=N-O-R8)-, -CHC-NC-O-Re)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000039_0001
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino;
(dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000040_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R7 is C2-7 alkylene; R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-Io alkenyl, hydroxy-C1-10 alkylenyl, C1-10 alkoxy-Cuio alkylenyl, aryl-C1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-C^io alkylenyl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R10 is C3-8 alkylene; A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and
-NC-Q-R4)-;
A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O)0-2-, -NC-Q-R4)-, and -CH2-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R6)-NCRg)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-S-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9)-; V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(R8)-C(R6)-, and
-S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that X1 can also be a bond when: Y1 is bonded to X1 and Y1 is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(Rg)-N(OR9)-, -CO=N-O-R8)-, -CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4>, wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000041_0001
R5 is bonded to X1 and R5 is
Figure imgf000041_0004
wherein v is -C(R6)- or
Figure imgf000041_0005
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment of Formula VI, X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
In other embodiments, there is provided a compound of Formula VI-I :
Figure imgf000041_0002
wherein X, X', Z, R1, R, and p are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula VI above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In one preferred embodiment, there is provided a compound of Formula VII:
Figure imgf000041_0003
wherein: X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X' is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-; R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-X1-Y-R4,
-X1-Y-X"- V-R4, and -X1-R5;
RA2 and RB2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(R6)2;
Xi is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group; X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond,
-S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(R6)-C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-S(O)2-, and -C(R6)-O-; lected from the group consisting of:
-O-,
-S(O)0-2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-,
-N(R8)-Q-, -C(Rg)-N(R8)-, -O-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(OR9)-,
-O-N(R8)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-, -Ct=N-O-R8)-,
-CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000043_0001
Figure imgf000044_0001
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000045_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R7 is C2-7 alkylene; R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-C1-10 alkylenyl, C1-10 alkoxy-C1-10 alkylenyl, aryl-C1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-Ci-io alkylenyl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R10 is C3-8 alkylene; A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and
-NC-Q-R4)-;
A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(0)o-2-, -NC-Q-R4)-, and -CH2-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(Rg)-O-, -C(Rg)-S-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9)-; V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(Rs)-C(R6)-, and
-S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that Xi can also be a bond when: Y1 is bonded to X1 and Y' is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -CC=N-O-R8)-, -CHC-NC-O-Rs)-Q-R4)-,
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000045_0002
R5 is bonded to X1 and R5 is wherein V is -C(R6)- or
Figure imgf000046_0004
Figure imgf000046_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment of Formula VII, Xi is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
In other embodiments, there is provided a compound of Formula VII-I :
Figure imgf000046_0001
wherein X, X', Z, R1, RA2 and RB2 are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula VII above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
For certain embodiments, the present invention provides a compound (which is a prodrug) of the Formula VIII:
Figure imgf000046_0002
wherein:
G is selected from the group consisting of: -C(O)-R", α-aminoacyl, α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, -C(O)-O-R",
-C(O)-N(R'")R", -CC=NV)-R", -CH(OH)-C(O)-OY", -CH(OCi-4 alkyl) Y0, -CH2Y1, and -CH(CH3)Y1; R" and R'" are independently selected from the group consisting of C1-10 alkyl,
C3-7 cycloalkyl, and benzyl, each of which may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC1-4 alkylenyl, heteroarylCM alkylenyl, haloC1-4 alkylenyl, haloC1-4 alkoxy, -O-C(O)-CH3, -C(O)-O-CH3, -C(O)-NH2, -O-CH2-C(O)-NH2, -NH2, and -S(O)2-NH2, with the proviso that R"' can also be hydrogen; α-aminoacyl is an acyl group derived from an amino acid selected from the group consisting of racemic, D-, and L-amino acids;
Y" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, and benzyl; Y0 is selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, carboxyC1-6 alkylenyl, aminoC i-4 alkylenyl, mono-N-C1-6alkylaminoCi-4 alkylenyl, and di-N, N-C1-6 alkylaminoC1-4 alkylenyl;
Y1 is selected from the group consisting of mono-N-C1-6 alkylamino, di-Λζ TV-C1-6 alkylamino, morpholin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, and 4-C1-4 alkylpiperazin-1-yl; and
X, X', Z, R1, RAI, and RBI are as defined in Formula Ha above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
For certain embodiments, there is provided a compound (which is a prodrug) of the Formula IX:
Figure imgf000047_0001
wherein G, X, X', Z, Ri, RAI, and RBI are as defined in Formula VIII above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
For other embodiments of Formula VIII or IX, X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
For certain embodiments, there is provided a compound (which is a prodrug) of the Formula IX-I:
Figure imgf000048_0001
wherein G, X, X', Z, R1, RA1, and RB1 are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula VIII above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In one embodiment, the present invention provides an intermediate compound of the following Formula X:
Figure imgf000048_0002
wherein:
E is selected from the group consisting of CH, CR, CR3, and N3 with the proviso that when E is CR3, m is 0, and p is 0 or 1, and with the further proviso that when E is CR and m is 1, p is 0;
X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
XI is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms; X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-; Ri is selected from the group consisting of: -X1-Y-R4,
-Xi -V-X"- V-R4, and -Xi-R5; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(Rg)2; R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
-Z'-m,
-Z'-X"-R4, -Z'-X"-Y'-R4,
-Z'-X'-Y'-X'-Y-R^ and -Z'-X"-R5; p is an integer from 0 to 3; m is 0 or 1 ; with the proviso that when m is 1 , then p is 0 or 1 ; X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond,
-S(O)2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-, -C(Rg)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(R6)-C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-N(R6)-S(O)2-, and
-C(R6)-O-; Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -O-,
-S(O)0-2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-,
-N(R8)-Q-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -O-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(R8)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-,
-C(=N-O-R8)-,
-CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000050_0001
Figure imgf000051_0001
Z' is a bond or -O-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000052_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting Of=O and =S; R7 is C2.7 alkylene; R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-I0 alkenyl, hydroxy-C1-10 alkylenyl, C1-I0 alkoxy-Cμio alkylenyl, aryl-C^o alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-C1-10 alkylenyl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R10 is C3-8 alkylene; A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and
-Nt-Q-R4)-;
A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(0)o-2-, -N^Q-R4)-, and -CH2-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-S-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9)-; V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(Rs)-C(R6)-, and
-S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that X1 can also be a bond when: Y1 is bonded to X1 and Y' is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -C(=N-O-Rs)-, -CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000052_0002
R5 is bonded to Xj and R5 is
Figure imgf000053_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment of Formula X, X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
In other embodiments, there is provided an intermediate compound of Formula X-I:
Figure imgf000053_0001
wherein X, X', Z, R1, E, R, R3, m, and p are as defined in any one of the embodiments of Formula X above; or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
Herein, "non-interfering" means that the ability of the compound or salt, which includes a non-interfering substituent, to modulate the biosynthesis of one or more cytokines is not destroyed by the non-interfering substitutent. For certain embodiments, R' is a non-interfering substituent. Illustrative non-interfering R' groups include those described above for R and R3.
As used herein, the terms "alkyl," "alkenyl," "alkynyl" and the prefix "alk-" are inclusive of both straight chain and branched chain groups and of cyclic groups, e.g., cycloalkyl and cycloalkenyl. Unless otherwise specified, these groups contain from 1 to 20 carbon atoms, with alkenyl groups containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and alkynyl groups containing from 2 to 20 carbon atoms. In some embodiments, these groups have a total of up to 10 carbon atoms, up to 8 carbon atoms, up to 6 carbon atoms, or up to 4 carbon atoms. Cyclic groups can be monocyclic or poly cyclic and preferably have from 3 to 10 ring carbon atoms. Exemplary cyclic groups include cyclopropyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, adamantyl, and substituted and unsubstituted bornyl, norborayl, and norbornenyl. Unless otherwise specified, "alkylene," "alkenylene," and "alkynylene" are the divalent forms of the "alkyl," "alkenyl," and "alkynyl" groups defined above. The terms, "alkylenyl," "alkenylenyl," and "alkynylenyl" are used when "alkylene," "alkenylene," and "alkynylene," respectively, are substituted. For example, an arylalkylenyl group comprises an alkylene moiety to which an aryl group is attached.
The term "haloalkyl" is inclusive of groups that are substituted by one or more halogen atoms, including perfluorinated groups. This is also true of other groups that include the prefix "halo-." Examples of suitable haloalkyl groups are chloromethyl, trifluoromethyl, and the like. The term "aryl" as used herein includes carbocyclic aromatic rings or ring systems.
Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, fluorenyl and indenyl.
Unless otherwise indicated, the term "heteroatom" refers to the atoms O, S, or N. The term "heteroaryl" includes aromatic rings or ring systems that contain at least one ring heteroatom (e.g., O, S, N). In some embodiments, the term "heteroaryl" includes a ring or ring system that contains 2-12 carbon atoms, 1-3 rings, 1-4 heteroatoms, and O, S, and N as the heteroatoms. In some embodiments, the term "heteroaryl" includes one ring that contains 2-5 carbon atoms, 1-3 heteroatoms, and O, S, and N as the heteroatoms. Exemplary heteroaryl groups include furyl, thienyl, pyridyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, triazolyl, pyrrolyl, tetrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, carbazolyl, benzoxazolyl, pyrimidinyl, benzimidazolyl, quinoxalinyl, benzothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, purinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrazinyl, 1-oxidopyridyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, tetrazinyl, oxadiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, and so on.
The term "heterocyclyl" includes non-aromatic rings or ring systems that contain at least one ring heteroatom (e.g., O, S, N) and includes all of the fully saturated and partially unsaturated derivatives of the above mentioned heteroaryl groups. In some embodiments, the term "heterocyclyl" includes a ring or ring system that contains 2-12 carbon atoms, 1-3 rings, 1-4 heteroatoms, and O, S, and N as the heteroatoms. In some embodiments, the term "heterocyclyl" includes one ring that contains 2-5 carbon atoms, 1-3 heteroatoms, and O, S, and N as the heteroatoms. Exemplary heterocyclyl groups include pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, thiazolidinyl, imidazolidinyl, isothiazolidinyl, tetrahydropyranyl, quinuclidinyl, homopiperidinyl (azepanyl), 1,4-oxazepanyl, homopiperazinyl (diazepanyl), 1,3-dioxolanyl, aziridinyl, azetidinyl, dihydroisoquinolin-(1H)-yl, octahydroisoquinolin- (lH)-y\, dihydroquinolin-(2H)-yl, octahydroquinolin-(2H)-yl, dihydro-1H-imidazolyl, 3- azabicyclo[3.2.2]non-3-yl, and the like. The term "heterocyclyl" includes bicylic and tricyclic heterocyclic ring systems.
Such ring systems include fused and/or bridged rings and spiro rings. Fused rings can include, in addition to a saturated or partially saturated ring, an aromatic ring, for example, a benzene ring. Spiro rings include two rings joined by one spiro atom and three rings joined by two spiro atoms. When "heterocyclyl" contains a nitrogen atom, the point of attachment of the heterocyclyl group may be the nitrogen atom.
The terms "arylene," "heteroarylene," and "heterocyclylene" are the divalent forms of the "aryl," "heteroaryl," and "heterocyclyl" groups defined above. The terms, "arylenyl," "heteroarylenyl," and "heterocyclylenyl" are used when "arylene," "heteroarylene," and "heterocyclylene," respectively, are substituted. For example, an alkylarylenyl group comprises an arylene moiety to which an alkyl group is attached.
The term "fused aryl ring" includes fused carbocyclic aromatic rings or ring systems. Examples of fused aryl rings include benzo, naphtho, fluoreno, and indeno. The term "fused heteroaryl ring" includes the fused forms of 5 or 6 membered aromatic rings that contain one heteroatom selected from S and N. Examples of fused heteroaryl rings include pyrido and thieno.
The term "fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring" includes rings which are fully saturated except for the bond where the ring is fused. In one example, the ring is a cyclohexene ring. In other examples wherein one heteroatom (N or S) is present, the ring is tetrahydropyrido or dihydrothieno.
When a group (or substituent or variable) is present more than once in any Formula described herein, each group (or substituent or variable) is independently selected, whether explicitly stated or not. For example, for the formula -N(R9)2 each R9 group is independently selected. In another example, when a Y and a Y1 group are both present and both contain an R8 group, each R8 group is independently selected. In a further example, when more than one Y' group is present (i.e., R1 and R3 each contains a Y1 group) and each Y' group contains one or more R7 groups, then each Y1 group is independently selected, and each R7 group is independently selected.
The invention is inclusive of the compounds described herein (including intermediates) in any of their pharmaceutically acceptable forms, including isomers (e.g., diastereomers and enantiomers), salts, solvates, polymorphs, prodrugs, and the like. In particular, the invention specifically includes mixtures of the compound with its enantiomer in any ratio as well as the racemic mixture. Ratios of the compound to its enantiomer include, for example, 50:50 or higher, 90:10 or higher, 95:5 or higher, 99:1 or higher, 99.9:0.1 or higher, or 100:0. It should be understood that the term "compound" includes any or all of such forms, whether explicitly stated or not (although at times, "salts" are explicitly stated).
The term "prodrug" means a compound that can be transformed in vivo to yield an immune response modifying compound in any of the salt, solvated, polymorphic, or isomeric forms described above. The prodrug, itself, may be an immune response modifying compound in any of the salt, solvated, polymorphic, or isomeric forms described above. The transformation may occur by vaious mechanisms, such as through a chemical (e.g., solvolysis or hydrolysis, for example, in the blood) or enzymatic biotransformation. A discussion of the use of prodrugs is provided by T. Higuchi and W. Stella, "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," Vol. 14 of the A. C. S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987.
For any of the compounds presented herein, each one of the following variables (e.g., X, X', X1, Z, R, R1, R3, RA, RB, RAI, RBI, RA2, RB2, E, m, n, and p and so on) in any of its embodiments can be combined with any one or more of the other variables in any of their embodiments and associated with any one of the formulas described herein, as would be understood by one of skill in the art. Each of the resulting combinations of variables is an embodiment of the present invention.
For certain embodiments, R is selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R9)2. For certain embodiments, R is halogen or hydroxy.
For certain embodiments, Rj is selected from the group consisting of -X1 -Y' -R4, -Xi-Y'-X"-Y'-R4, and -X1-R5. For certain embodiments, R1 is -X1-Y-R4.
For certain embodiments, R1 is -X1-Y-X"- T-R4.
For certain embodiments, R1 is -X1-R5.
For certain embodiments, R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy .
For certain embodiments, R2 is alkyl.
For certain embodiments, R2 is methyl.
For certain embodiments, R3 is selected from the group consisting of -Z'-Rj, -Z'-X"-R4, -Z'-X'-Y-R*, -Z'-X"-Y-X"-Y-R4, and -Z'-X"-R5. For certain embodiments, R3 is selected from the group consisting of benzyloxy which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen or haloalkyl, 3-pyrrolylpropoxy, 2-(4- methoxyphenyl)-2-oxoethoxy, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, halogen, dialkylamino, alkylcarbonylamino, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, and heterocyclylcarbonyl. In certain of these embodiments, heterocyclylcarbonyl is pyrrolidinylcarbonyl or morpholinylcarbonyl.
For certain embodiments, R3 is phenyl substituted by pyrrolidinylcarbonyl or morpholinylcarbonyl.
For certain embodiments, R3 is benzyloxy. For certain embodiments, R3 is at the 3 -position with the positions numbered as follows:
Figure imgf000058_0001
For certain embodiments, R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo. For certain embodiments, R4 is alkyl, arylalkylenyl, aryl, or heteroaryl wherein arylalkylenyl, aryl, or heteroaryl are optionally substituted by alkyl.
For certain embodiments, R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, haloalkyl, and dialkylamino.
For certain embodiments, R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, and haloalkyl. For certain embodiments, R4 is alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, haloalkyl, and dialkylamino. For certain embodiments, R4 is aryl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, and dialkylamino.
For certain embodiments, R4 is alkyl or aryl.
For certain embodiments, R4 is alkyl.
For certain embodiments, R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000059_0001
For certain embodiments, R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000059_0002
For certain embodiments, R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000059_0003
For certain embodiments, R5 is
Figure imgf000059_0004
For certain of these embodiments, A is -CH2-, -O-, or ^(-Q-R4)-, and V is -C(O)-. For certain of these embodiments, A is -CH2-, and V is -C(O)-.
For certain embodiments, R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S.
For certain embodiments, R6 is =0.
For certain embodiments, R7 is C2-7 alkylene.
For certain embodiments, R7 is C2-3 alkylene. For certain embodiments, R7 is propylene.
For certain embodiments, R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-C1-10 alkylenyl, C1-10 alkoxy-Ci.^ alkylenyl, aryl-C1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-CMo alkylenyl. For certain embodiments, R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-Io alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, Ci-10 alkoxy-Q.ioalkylenyl, and aryl-Ci-io alkylenyl.
For certain embodiments, R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-4 alkyl, hydroxyCi-4 alkyl, and C1-4 alkoxyC1-4 alkyl. For certain embodiments, R8 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, or 2- methoxy ethyl.
For certain embodiments, R8 is hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl.
For certain embodiments, R8 is hydrogen or methyl.
For certain embodiments, R8 is hydrogen. For certain embodiments, R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl.
For certain embodiments, R9 is alkyl.
For certain embodiments, R9 is hydrogen.
For certain embodiments, R10 is C3-8 alkylene. For certain embodiments, R10 is C4-6 alkylene.
For certain embodiments, Rio is pentylene.
For certain embodiments, RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(Rg)2; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the fused aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R' groups; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups. For certain embodiments, RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R9)2.
For certain embodiments, RA and RB form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring.
For certain embodiments, RA and RB form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom. For certain embodiments, RA1 and RBI are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R9)2; or when taken together, RAI and RB1 form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R3 group, or substituted by one R3 group and one R group; or when taken together, RA1 and RBI form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups.
For certain embodiments, RA1 and RBI form a benzo ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R3 group, or substituted by one R3 group and one R group. For certain embodiments, RA1 and RB1 form a benzo ring which is unsubstituted.
For certain embodiments, RA1 and RB1 form a pyrido ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R3 group, or substituted by one R3 group and one R group. For certain embodiments, RA1 and RB1 form a pyrido ring
which is unsubstituted. For certain embodiments, the pyrido ring is
Figure imgf000061_0001
wherein the highlighted bond indicates the position where the ring is fused.
For certain embodiments, RA1 and RBI form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the ring is unsubstituted. For certain embodiments, RAI and RB1 form a fused cyclohexene ring that is unsubstituted or substituted by one, two, three, or four R groups. For certain embodiments, RAI and RB1 form a fused cyclohexene ring that is unsubstituted.
For certain embodiments, RAI and RB1 form a tetrahydropyrido ring that is unsubstituted or substituted on one or more ring carbon atoms by one, two, or three R groups. For certain embodiments, RAI and RBI form a tetrahydropyrido ring that is unsubstituted. For certain embodiments, the tetrahydropyrido ring is
Figure imgf000061_0002
wherein the highlighted bond indicates the position where the ring is fused.
For certain embodiments, RA2 and RB2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(Rg)2. For certain embodiments, RA2 and RB2 are each methyl.
For certain embodiments, A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -NC-Q-R4)-.
For certain embodiments, A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -O-, and -NC-Q-R4)-.
For certain embodiments, A is -O-. For certain embodiments, A is -CH2-.
For certain embodiments, A is -NC-Q-R4)-.
For certain embodiments, E is selected from the group consisting of CH, CR, CR3, and N, with the proviso that when E is CR3, m is O, and p is 0 or 1 , and with the further proviso that when E is CR and m is 1 , p is 0. For certain embodiments, E is CH. For certain embodiments, E is N. For certain embodiments, E is CR. For certain embodiments, E is CR3.
For certain embodiments, Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)S-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9)-. For certain embodiments, Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond,
-C(R6)-, -C(Rg)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R6)-N(Rg)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(Rg)-O-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9).
For certain embodiments, Q is a bond, -S(O)2-, -C(O)-, -C(O)-O-, -C(O)-N(R8)-, -C(S)-N(R8)-, or -S(O)2-N(R8)-. For certain embodiments, Q is a bond, -C(O)-, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-C(O)-N(R8)-, C(S)-N(R8)-, or -C(O)-O-.
For certain embodiments, Q is -C(O)-, -S(O)2, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, or -C(O)-N(R8)-.
For certain embodiments, Q is -C(R6)-.
For certain embodiments, Q is -S(O)2-. For certain embodiments, Q is -C(R6)-N(R8)-W-.
For certain embodiments, Q is a bond.
For certain embodiments, V is selected from the group consisting of -C(Rg)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(Rs)-C(R6)-, and -S(O)2-.
For certain embodiments, V is -C(R6)-. For certain embodiments, V is -C(O)-.
For certain embodiments, V is N(R8)-C(R6)-.
For certain embodiments, V is -N(Rs)-C(O)-. For certain embodiments, W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-.
For certain embodiments, W is a bond.
For certain embodiments, X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms.
For certain embodiments, X is a bond.
For certain embodiments, X' is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms.
For certain embodiments, X' contributes one ring carbon atom.
For certain embodiments, X' is C1-2 alkylene.
For certain embodiments, X' is methylene.
For certain embodiments, X' contributes two ring carbon atoms. In each of the above embodiments of X and X', X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3.
For certain embodiments, X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group. For certain embodiments, X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
For certain embodiments, X1 is alkylene.
For certain embodiments, X1 is C1-4 alkylene. For certain embodiments, X1 is C1-3 alkylene optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group.
For certain embodiments, X1 is -(CH2)1-3-.
For certain embodiments, X1 is C2.3 alkylene substituted by one hydroxy group.
For certain embodiments, X1 is a bond, and the Y' bonded to X1 is -C(R6)-, -C(Rg)-O-, -C(Rg)-N(R8)-, -C(Rg)-N(OR9)-, -CC=N-O-R8)-, -CHC-NC-O-Re)-Q-R4)-, wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000064_0001
For certain embodiments, X1 is a bond, R5 is bonded to X1, and R5 is
Figure imgf000064_0002
For certain embodiments, X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
For certain embodiments, X" is alkylene. For certain embodiments, Y is selected from the group consisting of a bond,
-S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(R6)-C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-S(O)2-, and-C(R6)-O-.
For certain embodiments, Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -S(O)2-, and -C(O)NH-. For certain embodiments, Y is -S(O)2-.
For certain embodiments, Y' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(0)o-2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-, -N(Rs)-Q-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-, -O-C(Rg)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(Rs)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-, -C(=N-O-R8)-,
-CH(-N(-O-Rβ)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000064_0003
Figure imgf000064_0004
For certain embodiments, Y' is selected from the group consisting of -S(0)o-2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-, -N(Rg)-Q-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-, -O-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(R6)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-, -C(=N-O-R8)-, -CHC-NC-O-Re)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000065_0002
For certain embodiments, Y1 is -C(O)-, -S(O)2-, -N(R8)-Q-, or -C(O)-NH-. For certain embodiments, Y1 is -S-, -S(O)2-, or N(R8)-Q-. For certain embodiments, Y1 is -NH-S(O)2-, -NH-C(O)-, -NH-S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-NH-C(O)-N(R8)-, -NH-C(S)-N(R8)-, -NH-C(O)-O-, or -N(R8)-. For certain embodiments, Y1 is -S- or -S(O)2-. For certain embodiments, Y' is -S(O)2-. For certain embodiments, Y' is -C(O)-. For certain embodiments, Y is -O-.
For certain embodiments, Y' is
Figure imgf000065_0004
Figure imgf000065_0005
For certain embodiments, Y' is
Figure imgf000065_0006
or
Figure imgf000065_0007
For certain embodiments, Y' is
Figure imgf000065_0008
For certain embodiments, Y is
Figure imgf000065_0003
For certain embodiments, Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(Y-R2)-.
For certain preferred embodiments, Z is -O-. For certain embodiments, Z is -N(- Y-R2)-. For certain embodiments, Z1 is a bond or -O-.
For certain embodiments, Z' is a bond. For certain embodiments, Z' is -O-. For certain embodiments, a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7.
For certain embodiments, a and b are each 2 or 3.
For certain embodiments, a and b are each 2. For certain embodiments, m is 0 or 1.
For certain embodiments, m is 0.
For certain embodiments, m is 1.
For certain embodiments, n is an integer from 0 to 4.
For certain embodiments, n is 0 or 1. For certain embodiments, n is 0.
For certain embodiments, n is 1.
For certain embodiments, n is 2.
For certain embodiments, n is 3 or 4.
For certain embodiments, p is an integer from 0 to 3. For certain embodiments, p is 0 or 1.
For certain embodiments, p is 0.
For certain embodiments, p is 1.
For certain embodiments, m is 1 and n is 0.
For certain embodiments, m is 0 and n is 0. For certain embodiments, m is 1 and p is 0.
For certain embodiments, m is 0 and p is 0.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, or II- 1, the one or more R' groups are one or more R groups, or one R3 group, or one R3 group and one R group; wherein R and R3 are as defined in Formula Ha or are any one of the embodiments of R and/or R3 defined above.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formula I, RA and RB form a benzo ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R3 group, or substituted by one R3 group and one R group. For certain embodiments, RA and RB form a benzo ring which is unsubstituted.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formula I, RA and RB form a pyrido ring which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R3 group, or substituted by one R3 group and one R group. For certain embodiments, RA and RB form a pyrido ring which is unsubstituted. For certain
embodiments, the pyrido ring is
Figure imgf000067_0001
wherein the highlighted bond indicates the position where the ring is fused. In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formula I, RA and RB form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the ring is unsubstituted. For certain embodiments, RA and RB form a fused cyclohexene ring that is unsubstituted or substituted by one, two, three, or four R groups. For certain embodiments, RA and RB form a fused cyclohexene ring that is unsubstituted. For certain embodiments, RA and RB form a tetrahydropyrido ring that is unsubstituted or substituted on one or more ring carbon atoms by one, two, or three R groups. For certain embodiments, RA and RB form a tetrahydropyrido ring that is unsubstituted. For certain embodiments, the tetrahydropyrido ring is
Figure imgf000067_0002
wherein the highlighted bond indicates the position where the ring is fused.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formula I, RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(Rg)2. For certain embodiments, RA and RB are each methyl.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas VII or VII-I, RA2 and RB2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R9)2. In certain of these embodiments, RA2 and RB2 are each methyl.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas III, III- 1 , IV, or IV- 1, n is an integer from 0 to 4. In certain of these embodiments, n is 0. In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas V, V-I, VI, or VI-I, p is an integer from 0 to 3. In certain of these embodiments, p is 0.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas III or III- 1 , n is an integer from 0 to 4 and m is 0 or 1 ; with the proviso that when m is 1 , then n is 0 or 1. In certain of these embodiments, n and m are 0. In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas V or V-I, p is an integer from 0 to 3, and m is 0 or 1; with the proviso that when m is 1, then p is 0 or 1. In certain of these embodiments, p and m are 0.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas X or X-I, E is CH or N, p is 0, and m is 0 or 1. In certain of these embodiments, p and m are 0.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas Ha, II- Ia, III, III- 1 , V, V-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, R3 is selected from the group consisting of benzyloxy which is unsubstituted or substituted by halogen or haloalkyl, 3-pyrrolylpropoxy, 2-(4- methoxyphenyl)-2-oxoethoxy, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein aryl and heteroaryl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, halogen, dialkylamino, alkylcarbonylamino, alkylaminocarbonyl, dialkylaminocarbonyl, and heterocyclylcarbonyl .
For certain embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas Ha, II- Ia, III, III- 1, V, V-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, R3 is phenyl substituted by pyrrolidinylcarbonyl or morpholiny lcarbonyl .
In certain embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas Ha, II- Ia, III, III- 1 , V, V-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, R3 is benzyloxy.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, III- 1 , IV, IV- 1 , V, V- 1 , VI, VI- 1 , VIII, IX, IX- 1 , X, or X- 1 , R is halogen or hydroxy.
In certain embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas Ha, II- Ia, III, III- 1 , V, V-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, wherein R3 is benzyloxy, R is halogen or hydroxy.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, III-l, IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, or any one of the above embodiments, Z is -N(- Y-R2)-.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, III-l, IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, or any one of the above embodiments (except where Z is -N(- Y-R2)-), Z is -O-.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, III-l, IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, or any one of the above embodiments (except where Z is -O-), Y is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -S(O)2-, and -C(O)-NH-. In certain of these embodiments, Y is -S(O)2- and R2 is methyl.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, III-l, IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, or any one of the above embodiments, R1 is -X1-Y-R4.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, III-l, IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, or any one of the above embodiments (except where R1 is -Xj-Y-R4), Ri is -Xi-Y'-X"-Y'-R4.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, III- 1 , IV, IV- 1 , V, V- 1 , VI, VI- 1 , VII, VII- 1 , VIII, IX, IX- 1 , X, or X- 1 , or any one of the above embodiments (except where R1 is -X1-Y-R4 or -X1-V-X"- Y-R4), R1 is -X1-R5.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia,
III, III-l, IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, or any one of the above embodiments, X1 is C1-4 alkylene. In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia,
III, III-l, IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, or any one of the above embodiments wherein Y' is present, Y' is -C(O)-, -S(O)2-, -N(Rs)-Q-, or -C(O)-NH-. In certain of these embodiments, Q is -C(O)-, -S(O)2, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, or -C(O)-N(R8)-. In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia,
III, III-l, IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, or any one of the above embodiments wherein R4 is present, R4 is alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, or heteroaryl, wherein aryl, arylalkylenyl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted by alkyl. Alternatively, for certain embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1 , Ha, II- 1 a, III, III- 1 , IV, IV- 1 , V, V- 1 , VI, VI- 1 , VII, VII- 1 , VIII, IX, IX- 1 , X, or X- 1 , or any one of the above embodiments wherein R1 is -Xi-Y-R4, Y' is -S-, -S(O)2-, or N(R8)-Q- wherein Q is a bond, -S(O)2-, -C(O)-, -C(O)-O-, -C(O)-N(R8)-, -C(S)-N(R8)-, or -S(O)2-N(R8)-; each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci-4 alkyl, hydroxyCi-4 alkyl, and C1-4 alkoxyC1-4 alkyl; and R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, haloalkyl, and dialkylamino; except for the above embodiments which do not include this definition. For certain of these embodiments, Y1 is -NH-S(O)2-, -NH-C(O)-, -NH-S(O)2-N(R8)-, -NH-C(O)-N(R8)-, -NH-C(S)-N(R8)-, -NH-C(O)-O-, or -N(R8)-; and R8 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, or 2-methoxyethyl. For certain of these embodiments, Y' is -N(R8)-; R4 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, ^-propyl, rø-butyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, or pyridin-4-yl; and R8 is hydrogen. For certain of these embodiments, Y' is -NH-C(O)-, and R4 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, rc-butyl, 2- methylpropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or pyridin-3-yl. For certain of these embodiments, Y' is -NH-S(O)2-, and R4 is methyl, ethyl, ra-propyl, n-butyl, 1-methylethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, phenyl, or benzyl. For certain of these embodiments, Y1 is
-NH-C(O)-N(R8)-; R4 is methyl, ethyl, «-propyl, 1-methylethyl, π-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidin-1-yl, or morpholin-4-yl; and R8 is hydrogen. For certain of these embodiments, Y' is -NH-C(S)-N(R8)-; R4 is methyl, ethyl, ^-propyl, 1-methylethyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, 2-methylpropyl, methylcyclopropyl, or pyridin-3-yl; and R8 is hydrogen. For certain of these embodiments, Y' is -NH-C(O)-O-, and R4 is methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, «-butyl, t-butyl, phenyl or benzyl. Alternatively, for certain of these embodiments, Y1 is -S- or -S(O)2-; and R4 is alkyl or aryl. For certain of these embodiments, R4 is methyl, ethyl, w-propyl, n- butyl, or phenyl. For certain of these embodiments, X1 is C1-3 alkylene optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group; except for the above embodiments which do not include a hydroxy or methoxy group as a substituent in X1. For certain of these embodiments, Xj is -(CH2)1-3-. Alternatively, for certain of these embodiments, Xj is C2-3 alkylene substituted by one hydroxy group.
Alternatively, for certain embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1 , Ha, II- 1 a, III, III- 1 , IV, IV- 1 , V, V- 1 , VI, VI- 1 , VII, VII- 1 , VIII, IX, IX- 1 , X, or X- 1 , or any one of the above embodiments wherein R1 is -Xi-V-R4, Y' is
Figure imgf000070_0001
or ; Q is a bond, -C(O)-, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-C(O)-N(R8)-, C(S)-N(R8)-, or -C(O)-O-; R7 is C2-3 alkylene; R8 is hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl; Rio is C4-6 alkylene; and R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, and haloalkyl. For certain of these
embodiments, Y' is
Figure imgf000071_0001
. For certain of these
embodiments, X1 is a bond or -CH2-, and Y' is
Figure imgf000071_0002
. Alternatively, for certain
of these embodiments, X1 is a -CH2- or -(CH2)2-, and Y' is
Figure imgf000071_0003
. For certain of these embodiments, Q is a bond, and R4 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, rø-butyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-methoxy ethyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, or pyridin-4- yl. For certain of these embodiments, Q is -C(O)-, and R4 is methyl, ethyl, ^-propyl, n- butyl, 2-methylpropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or pyridin-3-yl. For certain of these embodiments, Q is -S(O)2-, and R4 is methyl, ethyl, ^-propyl, «-butyl, 1- methylethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, phenyl, or benzyl. For certain of these embodiments, Q is -C(O)-N(R8)-; R4 is methyl, ethyl, ^-propyl, 1-methylethyl, «-butyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, benzyl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, piperidin-1-yl, or morpholin-4-yl; and R8 is hydrogen. For certain of these embodiments, Q is -C(S)-N(R8)-; R4 is methyl, ethyl, rø-propyl, 1-methylethyl, cyclopropyl, «-butyl, 2-methylpropyl, methylcyclopropyl, or pyridin-3-yl; and R8 is hydrogen. For certain of these embodiments, Q is -C(O)-O-, and R4 is methyl, ethyl, ^-propyl, rø-butyl, t-butyl, phenyl or benzyl.
Alternatively, for certain embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, III- 1 , IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, or any one of the above embodiments wherein R1 is -X1-V-R4, Y' is -O-, and R4 is aryl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, and dialkylamino. For certain of these embodiments, R4 is phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 3-methylphenyl, 4-methylphenyl, 2- fluorophenyl, 3 -fluorophenyl, 4-fluorophenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-chlorophenyl, 4- chlorophenyl, 2-methoxyphenyl, 3-methoxyphenyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2-
(dimethylamino)phenyl, 3-(dimethylamino)phenyl, or 4-dimethylaminophenyl. For certain of these embodiments, Xi is -CH2-.
Alternatively, for certain embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, IM, Ha, Il-la, III, III-l, IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, or any one of the above embodiments wherein R1 is -Xi-Y-R4, Y1 is -C(O)-; and R4 is alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, haloalkyl, and dialkylamino. For certain of these embodiments, X1 is a bond.
For embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, III- 1 , IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, or any one of the above embodiments where R1 is -X1-Y-X"- Y-R4, R1 is -X1-YV-X1^Yb-R4; Y'a is -O-; X" is arylene; Yb is -C(O)-N(R8)-; R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, and dialkylamino; and R8 is hydrogen or Ci-4 alkyl. For certain of these embodiments, arylene is phenylene. For certain of these embodiments, R4 is hydrogen. For certain of these embodiments, R8 is hydrogen.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, III- 1 , IV, IV- 1 , V, V- 1 , VI, VI- 1 , VII, VII- 1 , VIII, IX, IX- 1 , X, or X- 1 , or any one of the above embodiments wherein R5 is present, R5 is
Figure imgf000072_0001
In certain of these embodiments, V is -C(O)- and A is -CH2-, -O-, or -N^Q-R4)-. In certain of these embodiments, A is -CH2-. Alternatively, for certain of these embodiments, V is N(Rs)-C(R6)-; A is -O-; a and b are each 2 or 3; and R8 is hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl. For certain of these embodiments, R6 is =0. For certain of these embodiments, a and b are each 2.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, 1H-I, IV, IV-I, V, V-l, VI, VI-l, VII, VII-l, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, or any one of the above embodiments, X is a bond. In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia,
III, III- 1 , IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, or any one of the above embodiments, X1 contributes one ring carbon atom.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, HI-I. IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, or any one of the above embodiments, X' is C1-2 alkylene. In certain of these embodiments, X' is methylene.
In some embodiments, particularly embodiments of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, III-l, IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, IX-I, X, or X-I, or any one of the above embodiments (except where X1 contributes one ring carbon atom or X1 is methylene), X' contributes two ring carbon atoms.
For certain embodiments of the compounds of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, III-l, IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, or VII-I, or any one of the above embodiments of these Formulas, the -NH2 group can be replaced by an -NH-G group, as shown in the compounds of Formulas VIII, IX, and IX-I, to form prodrugs. In such embodiments, G is selected from the group consisting of: -C(O)-R", α-aminoacyl, α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, -C(O)-O-R", -C(O)-N(R'")R", -C(=NY")-R", -CH(OH)-C(O)-OY", -CH(OC1-4 alkyl) Y0, -CH2Y1, and -CH(CH3)Y1. For certain embodiments, G is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-R", α-aminoacyl, α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, and -C(O)-O-R". Preferably, R" and R" are independently selected from the group consisting of C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, and benzyl, each of which may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substitutents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC1-4alkylenyl, heteroarylC1-4alkylenyl, haloC1-4alkylenyl, haloCM alkoxy, -O-C(O)-CH3, -C(O)-O-CH3, -C(O)-NH2, -O-CH2-C(O)-NH2, -NH2, and -S(O)2-NH2, with the proviso that R" can also be hydrogen. Preferably, α-aminoacyl is an acyl group derived from an amino acid selected from the group consisting of racemic, D-, and L-amino acids. Preferably, Y" is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, and benzyl. Preferably, Y0 is selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, carboxyC1-6 alkylenyl, aminoC1-4 alkylenyl, mono-iV-C1-6 alkylaminoC1-4 alkylenyl, and di-N,iV-C1-6 alkylaminoC1-4 alkylenyl. Preferably, Y1 is selected from the group consisting of mono-N-C1-6 alkylamino, di-iV, TV-C1-6 alkylamino, morpholin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, and 4-C1-4 alkylpiperazin-l-yl.
In some embodiments, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas I, II, II- 1, Ha, II- Ia, III, III-l, IV, IV-I, V, V-I, VI, VI-I, VII, VII-I, VIII, IX, or IX-I or any one of the above embodiments and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method of inducing cytokine biosynthesis in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, VII, IX, or any one of the above embodiments of these Formulas or administering any one of the above pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound or salt of any one of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, VII, IX, or any one of the above embodiments of these Formulas to the animal. In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method of treating a viral disease in an animal in need thereof comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, VII, IX, or any one of the above embodiments of these Formulas or administering any one of the above pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound or salt of any one of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, VII, IX, or any one of the above embodiments of these Formulas to the animal.
In some embodiments, the present invention provides a method of treating a neoplastic disease in an animal in need thereof comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, VII, IX, or any one of the above embodiments of these Formulas or administering any one of the above pharmaceutical compositions containing a compound or salt of any one of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, VII, IX, or any one of the above embodiments of these Formulas to the animal.
Preparation of the Compounds
Compounds of the invention may be synthesized by synthetic routes that include processes analogous to those well known in the chemical arts, particularly in light of the description contained herein. The starting materials are generally available from commercial sources such as Aldrich Chemicals (Milwaukee, Wisconsin, USA) or are readily prepared using methods well known to those skilled in the art (e.g., prepared by methods generally described in Louis F. Fieser and Mary Fieser, Reagents for Organic Synthesis, v. 1-19, Wiley, New York, (1967-1999 ed.); Alan R. Katritsky, Otto Meth- Cohn, Charles W. Rees, Comprehensive Organic Functional Group Transformations, v. 1- 6, Pergamon Press, Oxford, England, (1995); Barry M. Trost and Ian Fleming, Comprehensive Organic Synthesis, v. 1-8, Pergamon Press, Oxford, England, (1991); or Beilsteins Handbuch der organischen Chemie, 4, Aufl. Ed. Springer- Verlag, Berlin, Germany, including supplements (also available via the Beilstein online database)).
For illustrative purposes, the reaction schemes depicted below provide potential routes for synthesizing the compounds of the present invention as well as key intermediates. For more detailed description of the individual reaction steps, see the EXAMPLES section below. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that other synthetic routes may be used to synthesize the compounds of the invention. Although specific starting materials and reagents are depicted in the reaction schemes and discussed below, other starting materials and reagents can be easily substituted to provide a variety of derivatives and/or reaction conditions. In addition, many of the compounds prepared by the methods described below can be further modified in light of this disclosure using conventional methods well known to those skilled in the art.
In the preparation of compounds of the invention it may sometimes be necessary to protect a particular functionality while reacting other functional groups on an intermediate. The need for such protection will vary depending on the nature of the particular functional group and the conditions of the reaction step. Suitable amino protecting groups include acetyl, trifluoroacetyl, tert-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), benzyloxycarbonyl, and 9- fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl (Fmoc). Suitable hydroxy protecting groups include acetyl and silyl groups such as the tert-butyl dimethylsilyl group. For a general description of protecting groups and their use, see T. W. Greene and P. G. M. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley & Sons, New York, USA, 1991. Conventional methods and techniques of separation and purification can be used to isolate compounds of the invention, as well as various intermediates related thereto. Such techniques may include, for example, all types of chromatography (high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC), column chromatography using common absorbents such as silica gel, and thin layer chromatography), recrystallization, and differential (i.e., liquid- liquid) extraction techniques.
Compounds of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme I, wherein R, X1, X, and X' are as defined above; Hal is chloro, bromo, or iodo; E is carbon (imidazoquinolines) or nitrogen (imidazonaphthyridines); n is an integer from 0 to 4 (imidazoquinoline ring) or 0 to 3 (imidazonaphthyridine ring); P is a hydroxy protecting group; Boc is ført-butoxycarbonyl; and Rla is -Xi-N(Rs)-Q-Ri or -X1-Rs3, wherein R5a is
Figure imgf000076_0001
wherein V is -N(Rs)-C(R6)-. In step (1) of Reaction Scheme I, a 4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline or 4-chloro-3- nitro[l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XV is treated with compound of Formula XVI to provide a compound of Formula XVII. Compounds of Formula XVI can be prepared by conventional synthetic methods from chiral, enatiomerically pure, commercially available starting materials such as L-ornithine hydrochloride and D-serine methyl ester hydrochloride. For example, the two amino groups of L-ornithine can be protected with two different protecting groups, such as a Boc group and a benzyloxycarbonyl group (Masiukiewicz, Org. Prep. Proced. Int. 34, 531-537, (2002)), and then the carboxylic acid group can be reduced to a hydroxy group. The hydroxy group can then be protected. A number of suitable hydroxy protecting groups can be used; in particular, protecting groups that would survive the reduction in step (2) are preferred. Suitable protecting groups include but are not limited to silyl groups such as the tert-butyl dimethylsilyl group. One of the amino groups can then be selectively deprotected for reaction in step (1). The methods described in Pickersgill, I. F. and Rapoport, H., J Org. Chem., 65, pp. 4048- 4057, (2000) can also be used to prepare compounds of Formula XVI. The reaction in step (1) is conveniently carried out by adding the protected amino alcohol of Formula XVI to a solution of 4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline or 4-chloro-3- nitro[l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XV in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane in the presence of a tertiary amine such as triethylamine. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature such as, for example, the reflux temperature of the solvent. Many compounds of Formula XV are known or can be prepared using known synthetic methods, see for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,689,338; 5,175,296; 5,367,076; 5,389,640; 6,194,425; and U.S. Patent Publication Application No. US 2004/0147543 and the documents cited therein.
In step (2) of Reaction Scheme I, a 3-nitroquinolin-4-amine or 3- nitro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine of Formula XVII is reduced to provide a quinoline-3,4- diamine or [l,5]naphthyridine-3,4-diamine of Formula XVIII. The reaction can be carried out by hydrogenation using a heterogeneous hydrogenation catalyst such as platinum on carbon. The hydrogenation is conveniently carried out in a Parr apparatus in a suitable solvent such as toluene, methanol, isopropanol, ethyl acetate, or acetonitrile. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature.
In step (3) of Reaction Scheme I, a quinoline-3,4-diamine or [l,5]naphthyridine- 3,4-diamine of Formula XVIII is reacted with a carboxylic acid equivalent, which is selected such that it will provide the desired -X-HaI substituent in a 1H-imidazo[4,5- c]quinoline or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XIX. Suitable carboxylic acid equivalents include ortho esters, acid halides, imidates and imidate salts.
When the carboxylic acid equivalent is an imidate of formula
Hal-CH2-X-C(=NH)-O-alkyl or a salt thereof, the reaction is conveniently carried out by combining a quinoline-3,4-diamine or [l,5]naphthyridine-3,4-diamine of Formula XVIII with the imidate in a suitable solvent such 1 ,2-dichloroethane or chloroform. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature such as 80 °C or the reflux temperature of the solvent. Some imidates of formula Hal-CH2-X-C(=NH)-O-alkyl are known; others can be prepared by known methods. Ethyl chloroacetimidate hydrochloride, which can be used to provide a compound of Formula XIX in which X is a bond, is a known compound that can be prepared according to the literature procedure: Stillings, M. R. et al., J Med. Chem., 29, pp. 2280-2284 (1986).
When the carboxylic acid equivalent is an acid halide of formula HaI-CH2-X-C(O)Cl or HaI-CH2-X-C(O)Br, the reaction is conveniently carried out by adding the acid halide to a solution of a quinoline-3,4-diamine or [l,5]naphthyridine-3,4- diamine of Formula XVIII in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or 1,2- dichloroethane in the presence of a tertiary amine such as triethylamine. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at a sub-ambient temperature.
The reaction with an acid halide of formula HaI-CH2-X-C(O)Cl or HaI-CH2-X-C(O)Br may be carried out in two parts, which include (i) adding the acid halide to a solution of a quinoline-3,4-diamine or [l,5]naphthyridine-3,4-diamine of Formula XVIII in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or 1,2-dichloroethane optionally in the presence of a tertiary amine such as triethylamine to afford an amide intermediate and (ii) cyclizing to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinorine or IH- imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XIX. The amide intermediate from part (i) can be optionally isolated using conventional techniques. The cyclization in part (ii) may be carried out by heating the amide intermediate from part (i) in a suitable solvent such as toluene. The cyclization in part (ii) can also be carried out in the presence of a base such as triethylamine.
In step (4) of Reaction Scheme I, the hydroxy protecting group on a 1 H- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XIX is removed to reveal the hydroxy group in a product of Formula XX. The deprotection reaction can be carried out using a variety of conventional methods, depending on the protecting group used. When P is a silyl group such as tert-butyldimethylsilyl, the deprotection can be carried out by adding tetrabutylammonium fluoride to a IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XIX in a suitable solvent such as tetrahydrofuran (TΗF). The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or may be carried out at a sub-ambient temperature, such as -78 °C, and then warmed to ambient temperature. When the reaction is carried out in dichloromethane, a product of Formula XXI is typically isolated, and the reaction shown in step (5) may be obviated.
In step (5) of Reaction Scheme I, a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or IH- imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XX is cyclized by an intramolecular displacement of the halogen under basic conditions. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding a base such as potassium tert-butoxide to a solution of a compound of Formula XX in a suitable solvent such as TΗF. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature.
In step (6) of Reaction Scheme I, a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or IH- imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XXI is oxidized to provide a IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline-5iV-oxide or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine-57V-oxide of Formula XXII using a conventional oxidizing agent capable of forming JV-oxides. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid to a solution of a compound of Formula XXI in a solvent such as chloroform or dichloromethane. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature.
In step (7) of Reaction Scheme I, a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline-5iV-oxide or IH- imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine-5iV-oxide of Formula XXII is aminated to provide a IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-6-amine of Formula XXIII, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, and Ha. Step (7) involves the activation of an iV-oxide of Formula XXII by conversion to an ester and then reacting the ester with an animating agent. Suitable activating agents include alkyl- or arylsulfonyl chlorides such as benzenesulfonyl chloride, methanesulfonyl chloride, or j>-toluenesulfonyl chloride. Suitable aminating agents include ammonia, in the form of ammonium hydroxide, for example, and ammonium salts such as ammonium carbonate, ammonium bicarbonate, and ammonium phosphate. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding ammonium hydroxide to a solution of the N-oxide of Formula XXII in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane or chloroform and then adding /7-toluenesulfonyl chloride. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature.
Alternatively, the oxidation and animation can be carried out as a one-pot procedure without isolating the iV-oxide of Formula XXII by adding 3- chloroperoxybenzoic acid to a solution of a compound of Formula XXI in a solvent such as dichloromethane or chloroform and then adding ammonium hydroxide anάp- toluenesulfonyl chloride.
In step (8) of Reaction Scheme I, a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine or IH- imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-6-amine of Formula XXIII is treated with acid to effect a removal of the Boc group to provide a compound of Formula XXIV. The reaction is conveniently carried out by treating the compound of Formula XXIII with hydrogen chloride in a suitable solvent such as ethanol. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature, such as the reflux temperature of the solvent.
In step (9) of Reaction Scheme I, the amino group of a compound of Formula XXIV, revealed in step (8), or a salt thereof is converted to an amide, sulfonamide, sulfamide, or urea of Formula XXV using conventional methods. For example, a compound of Formula XXIV or a salt thereof can react with an acid chloride of Formula R4C(O)Cl to provide a compound of Formula XXV in which Rla is -X1-N(Rs)-Q-R4, and Q is -C(O)-. In addition, a compound of Formula XXIV can react with sulfonyl chloride of Formula R4S(O)2Cl or a sulfonic anhydride of Formula (R4S(O)^2O to provide a compound of Formula XXV in which Rla is -Xj-N(Rs)-Q-R4 and Q is -S(O)2-. Numerous acid chlorides of Formula R4C(O)Cl, sulfonyl chlorides of Formula R4S(O)2Cl, and sulfonic anhydrides of Formula (R4S(O)2^O are commercially available; others can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding the acid chloride of Formula R4C(O)Cl, sulfonyl chloride of Formula R4S(O)2Cl, or sulfonic anhydride of Formula (R4S(O)2^O to a solution of the compound of Formula XXIV in a suitable solvent such as chloroform, dichloromethane, iV,iV-dimethylformamide (DMF), or ΛζiV-dimethylacetamide (DMA). Optionally a base such as triethylamine, NjJV-diisopropylethylamine, 1,8- diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU), or combinations thereof can be added. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or a sub-ambient temperature such as O °C. Ureas of Formula XXV, where Rla is -X1-N(Rs)-Q-R4, Q is -C(O)-N(R8)-, and R8 is hydrogen, can be prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XXIV or a salt thereof with isocyanates of Formula R4N=C=O. Numerous isocyanates of Formula R4N=C=O are commercially available; others can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods. The reaction can be conveniently carried out by adding the isocyanate of Formula R4N=C=O to a solution of the compound of Formula XXIV in a suitable solvent such as DMF, chloroform, dichloromethane, or DMA. Optionally a base such as triethylamine, ΛζiV-diisopropylethylamine, DBU, or combinations thereof can be added. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or a sub-ambient temperature such as O °C. Alternatively, a compound of Formula XXIV can be treated with an isocyanate of Formula R4(CO)N=C=O, a thioisocyanate of Formula R4N=C=S, a sulfonyl isocyanate of Formula R4S(O)2N=C=O, or a carbamoyl chloride of Formula R4N-(Rs)-C(O)Cl to provide a compound of Formula XXV, where Rla is -X1-N(Rg)-Q-R4 and Q is -C(O)-N(Rs)-C(O)-, -C(S)-N(R8)-, -C(O)-N(Rs)-S(O)2-, or -C(O)-N(R8)-, respectively. Alternatively, a compound of Formula XXIV can be treated with a carbamoyl chloride of Formula
Figure imgf000080_0001
to provide a compound of Formula XXV, in which Rj3 is -Xi-R5a, wherein R5a is
Figure imgf000080_0002
and V is -N(Rs)-C(O)-.
Sulfamides of Formula XXV, where Y is -S(O)2-N(R8)-, can be prepared by reacting a compound or salt of Formula XXIV with sulfuryl chloride to generate a sulfamoyl chloride in situ, and then reacting the sulfamoyl chloride with an amine of formula HN(R8)R4. Alternatively, sulfamides of Formula XXV can be prepared by reacting a compound of Formula XXIV with a sulfamoyl chloride of formula R4(R8)N-S(O)2Cl. Many sulfonyl chlorides of Formula R4S(O)2Cl and amines of Formula HN(R8)R4, and some sulfamoyl chlorides of formula R4(R8)N-S(O)2Cl are commercially available; others can be prepared using known synthetic methods.
In another example shown in step (9) of Reaction Scheme I, a compound or salt of Formula XXIV, wherein R8 is hydrogen, is reacted with a chloroalkanesulfonyl chloride of Formula Cl-R7-S(O)2Cl or a a chloroalkanoyl chloride compound of formula Cl-R7-C(O)Cl to provide a compound of Formula XXV, wherein Rla is -Xi-R5a and R5a is a ring having the structure
Figure imgf000081_0001
, respectively. The reaction is preferably carried out by adding the chloroalkanesulfonyl chloride or chloroalkanoyl chloride to a solution of a compound of Formula XXIV in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or iV,N-diisopropylethylamine. The intermediate chloroalkanesulfonamide or chloroalkanamide may optionally be isolated before treatment with a stronger base such as DBU at ambient temperature. If the intermediate chloroalkanesulfonamide or chloroalkanamide is isolated, the reaction with DBU can be carried out in a suitable solvent such as DMF.
Reaction Scheme I
Figure imgf000082_0001
Compounds of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme II, wherein R, R1, R4, X1, X, and X' are as defined above; Hal is chloro, bromo, or iodo; E is carbon (imidazoquinolines) or nitrogen (imidazonaphthyridines); n is an integer from 0 to 4 (imidazoquinoline ring) or 0 to 3 (imidazonaphthyridine ring); Y'a is defined below in step (9); and P and P2 are hydroxy protecting groups. In step (1) of Reaction Scheme I, a 4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline or 4-chloro-3-nitro[l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XV is treated with a protected amino alcohol of Formula XXVIII to provide a compound of Formula XXIX. Protected amino alcohols of Formula XXVIII can be prepared by a variety of known synthetic methods including the methods shown in steps (i) and (ii) of Reaction Scheme II. In step (i) of Reaction Scheme II, a chiral, enantiomerically pure ester of Formula XXVI is reduced to an alcohol of Formula XXVII. Esters of Formula XXVI are available from the literature method, Jurczak, J. et al., Tetrahedron, 48, pp. 4231-4238, (1992). The reduction in step (i) can be effected with lithium aluminum hydride in a suitable solvent such as diethyl ether at a sub-ambient temperature or at ambient temperature. In step (ii) of Reaction Scheme II, the secondary amino group in a compound of Formula XXVII is first protected with a Boc group, the hydroxy group is protected with a suitable protecting group, for example, a benzyl group or acetyl group using methods well-known to one of skill in the art, and then the Boc group is removed to reveal the secondary amino group. Other methods are available for preparing compounds of Formula XXVIII; for example, see the methods described in Williams, L. et al., Tetrahedron, 52, pp. 11673-11694, (1996) and Genevois-Borella, A. et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 31, pp. 4879-4882 (1990). The reaction in step (1) of Reaction Scheme II is conveniently carried out under the conditions described in step (1) of Reaction Scheme I.
In steps (2) and (3) of Reaction Scheme II, a 3-nitroquinolin-4-amine or 3- nitro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine of Formula XXIX is first reduced to a quinoline-3,4- diamine or [1 ,5]naphthyridine-3,4-diamine of Formula XXX, which is then treated with a halogen-substituted carboxylic acid equivalent to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XXXI. Steps (2) and (3) of Reaction Scheme II can be carried out according to the methods described in steps (2) and (3) of Reaction Scheme I. In step (4) of Reaction Scheme II, the hydroxy protecting group, P, on a IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XXXI is removed to reveal the hydroxy group in a product of Formula XXXII. The deprotection reaction can be carried out according to the methods described in step (4) of Reaction Scheme I to provide a product of Formula XXXII or XXXIII. In step (5) of Reaction Scheme II, a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or IH- imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XXXII is cyclized by an intramolecular displacement of the halogen under basic conditions. The reaction can be carried out as described in step (5) of Reaction Scheme I.
In steps (6) and (7) of Reaction Scheme II, a compound of Formula XXXIII is first oxidized to a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline-5iV-oxide or 1H-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine-5iV-oxide of Formula XXXIV, which is then aminated to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridin-6-amine of Formula XXXV. Steps (6) and (7) of Reaction Scheme II can be carried out as described in steps (6) and (7) of Reaction Scheme I. The hydroxy-protecting group, P2, may be removed under the animation reaction conditions of step (7) or may need to be removed in a subsequent step depending on the nature of the P2 group. IfP2 is a acetyl group, the deprotection would typically occur under the conditions of the animation reaction. In step (8) of Reaction Scheme II, a hydroxy-substituted compound of Formula
XXXV is chlorinated to provide a chloro-substituted compound of Formula XXXVI. Conventional chlorinating reagents can be used. The reaction is conveniently carried out by combining a compound of Formula XXXV with thionyl chloride in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane and heating. Alternatively, the reaction may be run neat.
In step (9) of Reaction Scheme II, the chloro group on a compound of Formula
XXXVI can be displaced by a thiol under basic conditions to provide a compound of Formula XXXVII where -Y'a - is -S-. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding a thiol to a solution of a compound of Formula XXXVI in the presence of a base such as potassium tert-butoxide in a suitable solvent such as DMF. A compound of Formula
XXXVII where -Y'a- is -S- can then be oxidized to a compound of Formula XXXVII where -Y'a- is -S(O)2- using conventional oxidizing agents. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding peracetic acid to the compound of Formula XXXVII where -Y'a- is -S- in a suitable solvent. The conversion of a compound of Formula XXXVI to a compound of Formula XXXVII where - Y'a- is -S(O)2- can conveniently be carried out in one pot without isolating the thioether from the reaction mixture.
The chloro group on a compound of Formula XXXVI can also be displaced by an amine of Formula
Figure imgf000084_0001
, several of which are commercially available. Other amines of this formula can be prepared by conventional methods. The reaction is conveniently carried out by combining a compound of Formula XXXVI the amine in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate and in a suitable solvent such as DMF. Catalytic sodium iodide can optionally be added. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature, for example a temperature not lower than 45 °C and not higher than 110 °C. These reaction conditions can also be used employing a variety of secondary amines to provide compounds of Formula XXXVII wherein -Y'a- is -N(R8)- or a variety of substituted phenols to provide compounds of Formula XXXVII wherein -Y'a- is -O- and R4 is a substituted phenyl group.
In step (10) of Reaction Scheme II, a hydroxy-substituted compound of Formula XXXV is oxidized to a carboxylic acid of Formula XXXVIII using conventional methods. The oxidation can be carried out with, for example, Jones reagent. The carboxylic acid of Formula XXXVIII can then be converted to an ester or an amide in step (12) using known methods to provide compounds of Formula XXXIX wherein Ri is -Xi-C(EU)-O-R4, -Xi-C(R6)-N(Rs)-R4 or -Xi-R5, wherein R5 is
Figure imgf000085_0001
9 and V is -C(R6)-. Step (12) of Reaction Scheme II can be carried out in two parts by first converting a carboxylic acid of Formula XXXVIII to an acid chloride using conventional methods and then treated with an amine or alcohol to provide an amide or ester. The conversion of the carboxylic acid to an acid chloride is conveniently carried out by slowly adding oxalyl chloride to a solution of the carboxylic acid in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane. The reaction can be carried out at a sub-ambient temperature, such as 0 °C. The resulting acid chloride can then be treated with an amine, for example, of Formula HN(R8)(R4) or
Figure imgf000085_0002
in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane. Numerous amines of these formulas are commercially available; others can be prepared by known synthetic methods. The reaction can be run at ambient temperature. Alternatively a carboxylic acid of Formula XXXVIII can be converted in step (12) to a methyl ester using conventional methods and subsequently converted to an amide by heating the methyl ester in the presence of an amine of Formula HN(RO(Ri") or
Figure imgf000085_0003
at an elevated temperature such as 90 °C - 120 °C. The reaction is conveniently carried out in a high-pressure vessel and can be run neat or in a suitable solvent such as THF.
Step (11) of Reaction Scheme II can be used to convert the hydroxy group in a compound of Formula XXXV into a variety of other functional groups. For example, hydroxy-substituted compound of Formula XXXV can be treated with N- hydroxyphthalimide under Mitsunobu reaction conditions to provide an N-phthalimide- protected hydroxylamine. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding triphenylphosphine and N-hydroxyphthalimide to a solution of the alcohol of Formula XXXV in a suitable solvent such as THF and then slowly adding diisopropyl azodicarboxylate. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature, such as 60 °C. The phthalimide group can then be removed from the resulting JV-phthalimide-protected hydroxylamine by treatment with hydrazine at ambient temperature in a suitable solvent such as ethanol. The resulting hydroxylamine can then be treated with one of numerous commercially available aldehydes or ketones in a suitable solvent such as methanol to provide a compound of Formula XXXIX wherein Rj is -X1-V-R4 or -X1-R5, where Y1 is -O-N=C(R4)-, R5 is
Figure imgf000086_0001
^ Q11^ J^ a^ ^ an(j ^i ^6 as defined above. Alternatively, the hydroxylamine prepared after the hydrazine deprotection may be treated with one of numerous acid chlorides, sulfonyl chlorides, isocyanates, carbamoyl chlorides, or sulfamoyl chlorides as described in step (9) of Reaction Scheme I to provide a compound Formula XXXIX wherein R1 is -X1-Y-R4 where Y is -O-NH-Q-, and Q and R4 are as defined above. In another example, a hydroxy-sbustituted compound of Formula XXXV can be oxidized under Swern conditions to an aldehyde-substituted compound which can optionally be treated with a Grignard reagent of Formula R^Mg-Halide under conventional Grignard conditions to provide a secondary alcohol. The secondary alcohol can then be oxidized under Swern conditions to provide a ketone, which is a compound of Formula XXXIX wherein R1 is -Xi-Y-R4 where Y1 is -C(O)-, and R4 is as defined above. The ketone can then be converted to an oxime by adding an aqueous solution of a hydroxylamine salt of Formula NH2θR8*HCl to a solution of the ketone in a suitable solvent such as methanol or ethanol and then adding a base such as sodium hydroxide and heating at an elevated temperature to provide a compound of the invention, wherein R1 is -X1-Y-R4 where Y' is -C(=N-ORg)-, and R4 and R8 are as defined above. The oxime so prepared may be reduced with sodium cyanoborohydride in a mixture of ethanol or methanol in acetic acid to provide a hydroxylamine, which may be treated with one of numerous acid chlorides, sulfonyl chlorides, isocyanates, carbamoyl chlorides, or sulfamoyl chlorides as described in step (9) of Reaction Scheme I to provide a compound of the invention wherein R1 is -X1-Y-R4 where Y is -CHC-N-(ORs)-Q-R4)-, and Q, R4, and R8 are as defined above.
Reaction Scheme II
NH2 NH0 JL OP -OP
I XXVII XXVI
OH I Oalkyl J (ii)
Figure imgf000087_0001
Compounds of the invention can also be prepared according to Reaction Scheme III, wherein R, Rla, R2, X, X', Xi, Y, Boc, and Hal, are as defined above; E and n are as defined in Reaction Scheme I and II.
In step (1) of Reaction Scheme III, a 4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline or 4-chloro-3- nitro[l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XV is treated with a Boc-protected diamine of
Formula XL to provide a compound of Formula XLI. Boc-protected diamines of Formula XL are available from the corresponding deprotected diamines, which are readily synthesized from amino alcohols of Formula XVI. For example, the secondary amino group in a compound of Formula XVI can be protected with a suitable protecting group, such as a benzyloxy group, using conventional methods. The hydroxy-group can then be revealed by removal of the protecting group, P, and then converted into a leaving group such as a methanesulfonate. The methanesulfonate group can then be displaced with sodium azide, and the resulting azido substituted compound can be reduced to an amine. The amine can then be treated according to one of the methods described in step (9) of Reaction Scheme I to install a -Y-R2 group. The secondary amino group can then be deprotected according to conventional methods. The reaction in step (1) of Reaction Scheme III is conveniently carried out under the conditions described in step (1) of Reaction Scheme I.
In steps (2) and (3) of Reaction Scheme III, a 3-nitroquinolin-4-amine or 3- nitro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine of Formula XLI is first reduced to a quinoline-3,4-diamine or [l,5]naphthyridine-3,4-diamine of Formula XLII, which is then treated with a halogen- substituted carboxylic acid equivalent to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or IH- imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XLIII. Steps (2) and (3) of Reaction Scheme III can be carried out according to the methods described in steps (2) and (3) of Reaction Scheme I.
In step (4) of Reaction Scheme III, a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or IH- imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XLIII is cyclized by an intramolecular displacement of the halogen under basic conditions. The reaction is conveniently carried v out by treating a compound of Formula XLIII with DBU in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane at ambient temperature.
In steps (5) and (6) of Reaction Scheme III, a compound of Formula XLIV is first oxidized to a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline-5iV-oxide or 1H-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine-5iV-oxide of Formula XLV3 which is then animated to provide a IH- imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridin-6-amine of Formula XLVI. Steps (5) and (6) of Reaction Scheme III can be carried out as described in steps (7) and (8) of Reaction Scheme I.
In step (7) of Reaction Scheme III, a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or IH- imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula XLVI treated with acid to effect a removal of the Boc group and an intramolecular displacement of the halogen by the amino group to provide a compound of Formula XLVII. The reaction is conveniently carried out by treating the compound of Formula XLVI with hydrogen chloride in a suitable solvent such as ethanol. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature such as the reflux temperature of the solvent.
In step (8) of Reaction Scheme III, the primary amine of a compound of Formula XLVII or a salt thereof is converted to an amide, sulfonamide, sulfamide, or urea of Formula XLVIII using one of the various methods described in step (9) of Reaction Scheme I.
Reaction Scheme III
Figure imgf000089_0001
For some embodiments, compounds of the invention are prepared according to Reaction Scheme IV, wherein X, X', Z, R and R1 are as defined above; E is as defined in Reaction Scheme I and II, hal is bromo or iodo; n is 0 or 1; R3a is -Z'-Rn,, -Z'-XVR*, -Z'-X'VY'-Rj, or -Z'-X"b-R5; where Z1 is a bond; X"a is alkenylene; X"b is arylene, heteroarylene, and alkenylene interrupted or terminated by arylene or heteroarylene; R4I, is aryl or heteroaryl where the aryl or heteroaryl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted as defined in R4 above; and R4, R5, and Y' are as defined above. Compounds of Formula XLIX can be prepared by the methods shown in Reaction Scheme I, II, or III beginning with a compound of Formula XV wherein n is other than 0 and one of the R groups present is hal.
In Reaction Scheme IV, a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine or 1H-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridin-6-amine of Formula XLIX is coupled with a boronic acid of Formula R33-B(OH)2, an anhydride thereof, or a boronic acid ester of Formula R3a-B(O-alkyl)2 to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridin-6- amine of Formula L, which is a subgenus of Formulas I, II, and Ha. The Suzuki coupling is carried out by combining a compound of Formula XLIX with a boronic acid or an ester or anhydride thereof in the presence of palladium (II) acetate, triphenylphosphine, and a base such as sodium carbonate in a suitable solvent such as «-propanol or solvent mixture such as rø-propanol/water. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature (e.g., 80-100°C). Many boronic acids of Formula R33-B(OH)2, anhydrides thereof, and boronic acid esters of Formula R3a-B(O-alkyl)2 are commercially available; others can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods. See, for example, Li, W. et al, J Org. Chem., 67, 5394-5397 (2002). Other coupling reactions such as the Heck reaction, the Stille coupling, and the
Sonogashira coupling can be used to prepare compounds of Formula L. Also, compounds of Formula L, wherein R3a is -Z'-X'VRj, -Z'-X'VY'-Rj, or -Z'-X"b-R5 in which X"b is alkenylene interrupted or terminated by arylene or heteroarylene, can undergo reduction of the X"a or X"b alkenylene group. The reduction can be carried out by hydrogenation using a conventional heterogeneous hydrogenation catalyst such as palladium on carbon. The reaction can conveniently be carried out on a Parr apparatus in a suitable solvent such as ethanol, methanol, or mixtures thereof. Reaction Scheme IV
Figure imgf000091_0001
Compounds of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme V where R, Rla, P, X, X', X1, Hal, and Boc are as defined above; n is 0 or 1; R3b is -R4,
-X1^R4, -X"-Y'-R4, -X"-Y'-X"-Y'-R4, or -X"-R5, where R4, X", Y1, and R5 are as defined above. In step (1) of Reaction Scheme V, a benzyloxyaniline or benzyloxyaminopyridine of Formula LI is treated with the condensation product generated from 2,2-dimethyl-l,3- dioxane-4,6-dione (Meldrum's acid) and triethyl orthoformate to provide an imine of Formula LII. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding a solution of a compound of Formula LI to a heated mixture of Meldrum's acid and triethyl orthoformate and heating the reaction at an elevated temperature such as 45 °C. Many anilines and aminopyridines of Formula LI are commercially available; others can be prepared by known synthetic methods. For example, benzyloxypyridines of Formula LI can be prepared using the method of Holladay et al, Biorg. Med. Chem. Lett. , 8, pp. 2797-2802, (1998).
In step (2) of Reaction Scheme V, an imine of Formula LII undergoes thermolysis and cyclization to provide a compound of Formula LIII. The reaction is conveniently carried out in a medium such as DOWTHERM A heat transfer fluid at a temperature in the range of 200 and 250 °C. In step (3) of Reaction Scheme V, a compound of Formula LIII is nitrated under conventional nitration conditions to provide a benzyloxy-3-nitroquinolin-4-ol of Formula LIV. The reaction is conveniently carried out by adding nitric acid to the compound of Formula LIII in a suitable solvent such as propionic acid and heating the mixture at an elevated temperature such as 125 °C. In step (4) of Reaction Scheme V, a benzyloxy-3-nitroquinolin-4-ol or benzyloxy-
3-nitro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-ol of Formula LIV is chlorinated using conventional chlorination chemistry to provide a benzyloxy-4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline or benzyloxy-4- chloro-3-nitro[l,5]naphthyridine of Formula LV. The reaction is conveniently carried out by treating the compound of Formula LIV with phosphorous oxychloride in a suitable solvent such as DMF. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature such as 100 °C. In step (5) of Reaction Scheme V, a benzyloxy-4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline or benzyloxy-4-chloro-3-nitro[l,5]naphthyridine of Formula LV is treated with an amino alcohol of Formula XVI to provide a benzyloxy-3-nitroquinolin-4-amine or benzyloxy-3- nitro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine of Formula LVI. The reaction is conveniently carried out according to the methods described in step (1) of Reaction Scheme I. In steps (6) and (7) of Reaction Scheme V, a benzyloxy-3-nitroquinolin-4-amine or benzyloxy-3-nitro[l,5]naphthyridin-4-amine of Formula LVI is reduced to provide a benzyloxyquinoline-3,4-diamine or benzyloxy[l,5]naphthyridine-3,4-diamine of Formula LVII, which is then is treated with a halogen-substituted carboxylic acid equivalent to provide a benzyloxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or benzyloxy-1H-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula LVIII. Steps (6) and (7) of Reaction Scheme V can be carried out according to the methods described in steps (2) and (3) of Reaction Scheme I.
In step (8) of Reaction Scheme V, the hydroxy group of a benzyloxy-1/f- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or a benzyloxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula LVIII is deprotected to provide a compound of Formula LIX or LX. The deprotection can be carried out as described in step (4) of Reaction Scheme I. Step (9) of Reaction Scheme V can be used to cyclize a compound of Formula LIX according to the method described in step (5) of Reaction Scheme I.
In steps (10) and (11) of Reaction Scheme V, the Boc group of a compound of Formula LX is first removed to provide an amino-substituted compound of Formula LXI, which can then be converted to an amide, sulfonamide, sulfamide, or urea of Formula LXII. Steps (10) and (11) of Reaction Scheme V can be carried out according to the methods described in steps (8) and (9) of Reaction Scheme I.
In step (12) of Reaction Scheme V, the benzyl group of a benzyloxy-1H- imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or benzyloxy-1H-imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridine of Formula LXII is cleaved to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolinol or 1H-imidazo[4,5- c][l,5]naphthyridinol of Formula LXIII. The cleavage is conveniently carried out on a Parr apparatus under hydrogenolysis conditions using a suitable heterogeneous catalyst such as palladium on carbon in a solvent such as ethanol. Alternatively, the reaction can be carried out by transfer hydrogenation in the presence of a suitable hydrogenation catalyst. The transfer hydrogenation is conveniently carried out by adding ammonium formate to a solution of a compound of Formula LXII in a suitable solvent such as ethanol in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium on carbon. The reaction is carried out at an elevated temperature, for example, the reflux temperature of the solvent.
In step (13) of Reaction Scheme V a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolinol or IH- imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridinol of Formula LXIII is converted to an ether-substituted 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c][l,5]naphthyridine of Formula LXIV using a Williamson-type ether synthesis. The reaction is effected by treating a compound of Formula LXIII with an alkyl halide of Formula HaMe-R4, Halide-X"-Y'-R4, or Halide-X"-R5 in the presence of a base. The reaction is conveniently carried out by combining the alkyl halide with a compound of Formula LXIII in a solvent such as DMF in the presence of a suitable base such as cesium carbonate. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at an elevated temperature, for example 65 °C or 85 °C. Alternatively, the reaction can be carried out by treating a solution of a compound of Formula LXIII in a solvent such as DMF with sodium hydride and then adding a reagent of Formula HaMe-R4, Halide-X'^Y1-^, or Halide-X"-R5.
Numerous reagents of Formulas HaHdC-R4 and Halide-X"-Y'-R4 are commercially available, for example, substituted benzyl bromides and chlorides, substituted or unsubstituted alkyl or arylalkylenyl bromides and chlorides, substituted fluorobenzenes, bromo-substituted ketones, esters, and heterocycles. Other reagents of Formulas HaHdC-R4, Halide-X"-Y'-R4, and Halide-X"-R5 can be prepared using conventional synthetic methods; for example, a bromo-substituted acid halide of Formula ClC(O)-X"-Br can be treated with a secondary amine in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane to provide a variety of bromo-substituted amides of Formula Br-X"-C(O)-N(R8)-R4 or
Figure imgf000093_0001
The reaction can be run at a sub-ambient temperature such as -25 °C. Also, compounds of Formula I-X"-N(R8)-Boc are readily prepared in two steps from amino alcohols of Formula HO-X"-N(R8)H by first protecting the amine with a Boc group and then converting the hydroxy group to an iodo group. Both reactions can be carried out using conventional methods. The compound of Formula LXIV wherein R3b is -X"- V-R4, wherein Y' is -N(R8)-C(O)-O- and R4 is tert-bntyl thus prepared can be converted into a compound wherein Y' is -N(R8)-Q- and Q and R4 are as defined above using one of the methods described in step (9) of Reaction Scheme I.
Step (13) of Reaction Scheme V can alternatively be carried out by treating a compound of Formula LXIII with an alcohol of Formula HO-X"- Y-R4, HO-X"-R5, or HO-R4 under Mitsunobu reaction conditions. Numerous alcohols of these formulas are commercially available; for example, l-(3-hydroxypropyl)pyrrolidin-2-one, l-(2- hydroxyethyl)pyrrolidin-2-one, and tert-butyl 4-hydroxypiperidine-l-carboxylate. Others can be prepared using conventional synthetic methods. The reaction is conveniently carried out by out by adding triphenylphosphine and an alcohol of Formula HO-X"-Y'-R4, HO-X"-R5, or HO-R4 to a solution of a compound of Formula LXIII in a suitable solvent such as THF and then slowly adding diisopropyl azodicarboxylate or diethyl azodicarboxylate. The reaction can be carried out at ambient temperature or at a sub- ambient temperature, such as 0 °C.
In steps (14) and (15) of Reaction Scheme V, an ether-substituted compound of Formula LXIV is first oxidized to a 5iV-oxide of Formula LXV, which is then aminated to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine or 1H-imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridin-6- amine of Formula LXVI, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, and Ha. Steps (14) and (15) of Reaction Scheme V can be carried out as described in steps (6) and (7) of Reaction Scheme I.
Isomers of the compound of Formula LI or Formula LIII, wherein E is nitrogen, can also be synthesized and can be used to prepare compounds of the invention according to the methods of Reaction Scheme V. Reaction Scheme V
Figure imgf000095_0001
Imidazopyridines of the invention can be prepared according to Reaction Scheme VI, where Boc, P, Rla, RA2, RB2, X, X', and X1 are as defined above. In step (1) of Reaction Scheme VI, a 2,4-dichloro-3-nitropyridine of Formula LXVII is reacted with a compound of Formula XVI to form a 2-chloro-3-nitropyridine of Formula LXVIII. Step (1) of Reaction Scheme VI is conveniently carried out according to the methods described in step (1) of Reaction Scheme I. Many 2,4-dichloro-3-nitropyridines of the Formula LXVII are known and can be readily prepared using known synthetic methods (see, for example, Dellaria et al, U.S. Pat. No. 6,525,064 and the references cited therein).
In step (2) of Reaction Scheme VI3 a 2-chloro-3-nitropyridine of Formula LXVIII is reacted with an alkali metal azide to provide an 8-nitrotetrazolo[l,5-α]pyridin-7-amine of Formula LXIX. The reaction can be carried out by combining the compound of Formula LXVIII with an alkali metal azide, for example, sodium azide, in a suitable solvent such as acetonitrile/water, preferably 90/10 acetonitrile/water, in the presence of cerium(III) chloride, preferably cerium(III) chloride heptahydrate. Optionally, the reaction can be carried out with heating, for example, at the reflux temperature. Alternatively, the reaction can be carried out by combining the compound of Formula LXVIII with an alkali metal azide, for example, sodium azide, in a suitable solvent such as DMF and heating, for example to about 50-60 °C, optionally in the presence of ammonium chloride.
Steps (3) through (8) of Reaction Scheme VI can be carried out according to the methods described in steps (2) through (5), (8), and (9) of Reaction Scheme I.
In step (9) of Reaction Scheme VI, the tetrazolo ring is removed from a compound of Formula LXXV by reaction with triphenylphosphine to form an iV-triphenylphosphinyl intermediate, which is then hydrolyzed to provide a compound of Formula LXXVI, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, Ha, and VII. The reaction with triphenylphosphine can be run in a suitable solvent such as toluene or 1,2-dichlorobenzene under an atmosphere of nitrogen with heating, for example at the reflux temperature. The hydrolysis step can be carried out by general methods well known to those skilled in the art, for example, by heating in a lower alkanol or an alkanol/water solution in the presence of an acid such as trifluoroacetic acid, acetic acid, or hydrochloric acid. Reaction Scheme VI
Figure imgf000097_0001
For some embodiments, naphthyridines of the invention can be prepared from tetrazolo compounds of Formulas LXXVII and LXXXI according to Reaction Schemes VII and VIII, wherein R]3, R, X, X', Xi, and p are as defined above, and -OTf is a trifluoromethanesulfonate group. Compounds of Formulas LXXVII and LXXXI can be prepared by known synthetic routes; see, for example, U.S. Patent 6,194,425 (Gerster et al.). The tetrazolo compounds of Formulas LXXVII and LXXXI can each be treated with a compound of Formula XVI according to the method of step (1) of Reaction Scheme I to provide compounds of Formulas LXXVIII and LXXXII, respectively. A substituted tetrazolonaphthyridine of Formula LXXVIII or LXXXII is converted to a compound of Formula LXXIX or LXXXIII according to the methods of steps (2) through (5), (8), and (9) of Reaction Scheme I.
In step (8) of Reaction Scheme VII and VIII, the tetrazolo group is removed from a compound of Formula LXXIX or LXXXIII to provide a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]naphthyridin- 6-amine of Formula LXXX or Formula LXXXIV. Removal of a tetrazolo group can be carried out in two steps by first treating the compound of Formula LXXIX or LXXXIII with triphenylphosphine and then hydrolyzing the resulting intermediate. The reaction conditions described in U.S. Patent 6,194,425 or the methods described in step (9) of Reaction Scheme VI can be used.
Reaction Scheme VII
Figure imgf000098_0001
Reaction Scheme VIII
Figure imgf000098_0002
Compounds of the invention can also be prepared according to Reaction Scheme IX, wherein X, X', Z, and n are as defined above; Ra is alkyl, alkoxy, hydroxy, or -N(Rg)2; and R10 is a subset OfR1 as defined above that does not include those substituents that one skilled in the art would recognize as being susceptible to reduction under the acidic hydrogenation conditions of the reaction. These susceptible groups include, for example, alkenyl, alkynyl, and aryl groups and groups bearing nitro substituents. Compounds of Formula LXXXV can be prepared according to the methods of Reaction Scheme I, II, or III. In Reaction Scheme IX, a 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine of Formula LXXXV is reduced to a tetrahydro-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine of Formula IVa, a subgenus of Formulas I, II, IIa, and IV. The reaction is conveniently carried out under hetereogeneous hydrogenation conditions by adding platinum (IV) oxide to a solution of the compound of Formula LXXXV in trifluoroacetic acid and placing the reaction under hydrogen pressure. The reaction can be carried out on a Parr apparatus at ambient temperature.
Reaction Scheme IX
Figure imgf000099_0001
The reduction described in Reaction Scheme IX can also be used to prepare a tetrahydro-1H-imidazo[4,5-c] [l,5]naphthyridin-6-amine of Formula Via, as shown in Reaction Scheme X, wherein X, X', p, R3, and Rlc are as defined above. The product of Formula Via is a subgenus of Formulas I, II, Ha, and VI.
Reaction Scheme X
Figure imgf000099_0002
In some embodiments, compounds of the invention can be prepared according to
Scheme XI, wherein R1a, RA2, RB2, X, X', XI, Boc, and P are as described above and Bn is benzyl. In step (1) of Reaction Scheme XI, a 2-chloro-3-nitropyridine of Formula LXVIII is treated with dibenzylamine to provide an N2-dibenzyl-3-nitropyridin-2,4-diamine of Formula LXXXVII. The reaction can be carried out by combining the compound of Formula LXVIII with dibenzylamine and a tertiary amine such as triethylamine in a suitable solvent such as toluene. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature.
In steps (2) through (5) of Reaction Scheme XI, an N2-dibenzyl-3-nitropyridin-2,4- diamine of Formula LXXXVII is converted to a compound of Formula LXXXVIII using the methods described in steps (3) through (6) of Reaction Scheme VI.
In step (6) of Reaction Scheme XI, the benzyl groups of a compound of Formula LXXXVIII are cleaved using transfer hydrogenation to provide a compound of Formula LXXXIX. The reaction can be carried out by adding ammonium formate to a solution of the compound of Formula LXXXVIII in a suitable solvent such as ethanol or methanol in the presence of a catalyst such as palladium on carbon. The reaction can be carried out at an elevated temperature, for example, the reflux temperature of the solvent. In step (7) of Reaction Scheme XI, the Boc group is removed from a compound of
Formula LXXXIX to provide a compound of Formula XC. The reaction can be carried out using the method described in step (8) of Reaction Scheme I.
In step (8) of Reaction Scheme XI, a compound of Formula XC is converted to a compound of Formula LXXVI using the methods described in step (9) of Reaction Scheme I.
Reaction Scheme XI
Figure imgf000101_0001
Compounds of the invention can also be prepared using variations of the synthetic routes shown in Reaction Schemes I through XI that would be apparent to one of skill in the art. For example, the synthetic routes shown in Reaction Scheme V or Reaction Scheme VI for the preparation of compounds wherein Z is -O- can be used to prepare compounds wherein Z is — N(- Y-R2)- by using a compound of Formula XL in lieu of the compound of Formula XVI. If the opposite enantiomer of a compound of Formula XVI, XXVIII, or XL is used, the opposite enantiomer of compounds shown in Reaction Scheme I through X would result. If a racemic compound is used instead of a compound of Formula XVI, XXVIII, or XL, a racemic mixture containing compounds of the invention would result. A racemic mixture thus prepared can be resolved by methods known to one skilled in the art, for example, by reacting the racemic mixture with an enantiomerially pure sulfonic acid or carboxylic acid and selectively crystallizing a salt containing one of the enantiomers from the mixture. Compounds of the invention can also be prepared using the synthetic routes described in the EXAMPLES below.
Prodrugs can be prepared in a variety of ways. For example, a compound with a hydroxy substituent may be converted to an ester, an ether, a carbonate, or a carbamate. For compounds containing an alcohol functional group, a prodrug can be formed by the replacement of the hydrogen atom of the alcohol group with a group such as C1-6 alkanoyloxymethyl, 1-(C1-6 alkanoyloxy)ethyl, 1 -methyl- 1-(C1-6 alkanoyloxy)ethyl, C1-6 alkoxycarbonyloxymethyl, N-(C1-6 alkoxycarbonyl)aminomethyl, succinoyl, C1-6 alkanoyl, α-aminoC1-4 alkanoyl, arylacyl, -P(O)(OH)2, -P(O)(O-C1-6 alkyl)2,
C1-6alkoxycarbonyl, C1-6 alkylcarbamoyl, and α-aminoacyl or α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, where each α-aminoacyl group is independently selected from racemic, D, and L-amino acids. For compounds containing an alcohol functional group, particularly useful prodrugs are esters made from carboxylic acids containing one to six carbon atoms, unsubstituted or substituted benzoic acid esters, or esters made from naturally occurring L-amino acids.
Prodrugs can also be made from a compound containing an amino group by conversion of the amino group to a functional group such as an amide, carbamate, urea, amidine, or another hydroylizable group using conventional methods. A prodrug of this type can be made by the replacement of a hydrogen atom in an amino group, particularly the amino group at the 4-position, with a group such as -C(O)-R", α-aminoacyl, α-aminoacyl-α-aminoacyl, -C(O)-O-R", -C(0)-N(R"')-R", -C(=NY")-R", -CH(OH)-C(O)-OY", -CH(OC1-4 alkyl) Y0, -CH2Yj, or -CH(CH3)Y1; wherein R" and R1" are each independently C1-10 alkyl, C3-7 cycloalkyl, or benzyl, each of which may be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, carboxy, C1-6 alkyl, C1-4 alkoxy, aryl, heteroaryl, arylC1-4 alkylenyl, heteroarylC1-4 alkylenyl, haloC1-4 alkylenyl, haloC1-4 alkoxy, -O-C(O)-CH3, -C(O)-O-CH3, -C(O)-NH2, -O-CH2-C(O)-NH2, -NH2, and -S(O)2-NH2;, with the proviso that R'" may also be hydrogen; each α-aminoacyl group is independently selected from racemic, D, or L-amino acids; Y" is hydrogen, C1-6 alkyl, or benzyl; Y0 is C1-6 alkyl, carboxyC1-6 alkylenyl, aminoCi.4 alkylenyl, mono-N-Ci.6 alkylaminoC1-4 alkylenyl, or di-N,N-C1-6 alkylaminoC1-4 alkylenyl; and Y1 is mono-iV-C1-6 alkylamino, di-N, N- C1-6 alky lamino, morpholin-4-yl, piperidin-1-yl, pyrrolidin-1-yl, or 4-Ci-4 alkylpiperazin-1-yl. For compounds containing an amine functional group, particularly useful prodrugs are amides derived from carboxylic acids containing one to ten carbon atoms, amides derived from amino acids, and carbamates containing one to ten carbon atoms. Pharmaceutical Compositions and Biological Activity
Pharmaceutical compositions of the invention contain a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of the invention as described above in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The terms "a therapeutically effective amount" and "effective amount" mean an amount of the compound or salt sufficient to induce a therapeutic or prophylactic effect, such as cytokine induction, immunomodulation, antitumor activity, and/or antiviral activity. The exact amount of compound or salt used in a pharmaceutical composition of the invention will vary according to factors known to those of skill in the art, such as the physical and chemical nature of the compound or salt, the nature of the carrier, and the intended dosing regimen.
In some embodiments, the compositions of the invention will contain sufficient active ingredient or prodrug to provide a dose of about 100 nanograms per kilogram (ng/kg) to about 50 milligrams per kilogram (mg/kg), preferably about 10 micrograms per kilogram (μg/kg) to about 5 mg/kg, of the compound or salt to the subject.
In other embodiments, the compositions of the invention will contain sufficient active ingredient or prodrug to provide a dose of, for example, from about 0.01 mg/m2 to about 5.0 mg/m2, computed according to the Dubois method, in which the body surface area of a subject (m2) is computed using the subject's body weight: m2 = (wt kg0425 x height cm0 725) x 0.007184, although in some embodiments the methods may be performed by administering a compound or salt or composition in a dose outside this range. In some of these embodiments, the method includes administering sufficient compound to provide a dose of from about 0.1 mg/m2 to about 2.0 mg/ m2 to the subject, for example, a dose of from about 0.4 mg/m2 to about 1.2 mg/m2. A variety of dosage forms may be used, such as tablets, lozenges, capsules, parenteral formulations, syrups, creams, ointments, aerosol formulations, transdermal patches, transmucosal patches and the like. These dosage forms can be prepared with conventional pharmaceutically acceptable carriers and additives using conventional methods, which generally include the step of bringing the active ingredient into association with the carrier.
The compounds or salts of the invention can be administered as the single therapeutic agent in the treatment regimen, or the compounds or salts described herein may be administered in combination with one another or with other active agents, including additional immune response modifiers, antivirals, antibiotics, antibodies, proteins, peptides, oligonucleotides, etc.
Compounds or salts of the invention have been shown to induce, and certain compounds or salts of the invention may inhibit, the production of certain cytokines in experiments performed according to the tests set forth below. These results indicate that the compounds or salts or compositions are useful for modulating the immune response in a number of different ways, rendering them useful in the treatment of a variety of disorders. Cytokines whose production may be induced by the administration of compounds or salts of the invention generally include interferon-α (IFN-α) and tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α) as well as certain interleukins (IL). Cytokines whose biosynthesis may be induced by compounds or salts of the invention include IFN-α, TNF-α, IL-I, IL-6, IL-IO and IL- 12, and a variety of other cytokines. Among other effects, these and other cytokines can inhibit virus production and tumor cell growth, making the compounds or salts useful in the treatment of viral diseases and neoplastic diseases. Accordingly, the invention provides a method of inducing cytokine biosynthesis in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt of the invention to the animal. The animal to which the compound or salt is administered for induction of cytokine biosynthesis may have a disease as described infra, for example a viral disease or a neoplastic disease, and administration of the compound or salt may provide therapeutic treatment. Alternatively, the compound or salt may be administered to the animal prior to the animal acquiring the disease so that administration of the compound or salt may provide a prophylactic treatment. In addition to the ability to induce the production of cytokines, compounds or salts described herein can affect other aspects of the innate immune response. For example, natural killer cell activity may be stimulated, an effect that may be due to cytokine induction. The compounds or salts may also activate macrophages, which in turn stimulate secretion of nitric oxide and the production of additional cytokines. Further, the compounds or salts may cause proliferation and differentiation of B-lymphocytes.
Compounds or salts described herein can also have an effect on the acquired immune response. For example, the production of the T helper type 1 (THI) cytokine IFN- γ may be induced indirectly and the production of the T helper type 2 (TH2) cytokines IL- 4, IL-5 and IL- 13 may be inhibited upon administration of the compounds or salts.
Other cytokines whose production may be inhibited by the administration of compounds or salts of the invention, particularly compounds or salts of Formulas II- 1, II- 1 a, III- 1 , IV- 1 , V- 1 , VI- 1 , and VII- 1 , or compounds or salts of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, and VII wherein Z is -N(- Y-R2)-, include tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α). Among other effects, inhibition of TNF-α production can provide prophylaxis or therapeutic treatment of TNF-α mediated diseases in animals, making the compounds or salt useful in the treatment of, for example, autoimmune diseases. Accordingly, the invention provides a method of inhibiting TNF-α biosynthesis in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt or composition of the invention to the animal. The animal to which the compound or salt or composition is administered for inhibition of TNF-α biosynthesis may have a disease as described infra, for example an autoimmune disease, and administration of the compound or salt may provide therapeutic treatment. Alternatively, the compound or salt may be administered to the animal prior to the animal acquiring the disease so that administration of the compound or salt may provide a prophylactic treatment.
Whether for prophylaxis or therapeutic treatment of a disease, and whether for effecting innate or acquired immunity, the compound or salt or composition may be administered alone or in combination with one or more active components as in, for example, a vaccine adjuvant. When administered with other components, the compound or salt or composition and other component or components may be administered separately; together but independently such as in a solution; or together and associated with one another such as (a) covalently linked or (b) non-covalently associated, e.g., in a colloidal suspension.
Conditions for which compounds or salts or compositions identified herein may be used as treatments include, but are not limited to:
(a) viral diseases such as, for example, diseases resulting from infection by an adenovirus, a herpesvirus (e.g., HSV-I, HSV-II, CMV, or VZV), a poxvirus (e.g., an orthopoxvirus such as variola or vaccinia, or molluscum contagiosum), a picornavirus
(e.g., rhinovirus or enterovirus), an orthomyxovirus (e.g., influenzavirus), a paramyxovirus (e.g., parainfluenzavirus, mumps virus, measles virus, and respiratory syncytial virus (RSV)), a coronavirus (e.g., SARS), a papovavirus (e.g., papillomaviruses, such as those that cause genital warts, common warts, or plantar warts), a hepadnavirus (e.g., hepatitis B virus), a flavivirus (e.g., hepatitis C virus or Dengue virus), or a retrovirus (e.g., a lentivirus such as HIV); (b) bacterial diseases such as, for example, diseases resulting from infection by bacteria of, for example, the genus Escherichia, Enterobacter, Salmonella, Staphylococcus, Shigella, Listeria, Aerobacter, Helicobacter, Klebsiella, Proteus, Pseudomonas, Streptococcus, Chlamydia, Mycoplasma, Pneumococcus, Neisseria, Clostridium, Bacillus, Corynebacterium, Mycobacterium, Campylobacter, Vibrio, Serratia, Providencia, Chromobacterium, Brucella, Yersinia, Haemophilus, or Bordetella;
(c) other infectious diseases, such as chlamydia, fungal diseases including but not limited to candidiasis, aspergillosis, histoplasmosis, cryptococcal meningitis, or parasitic diseases including but not limited to malaria, Pneumocystis carnii pneumonia, leishmaniasis, cryptosporidiosis, toxoplasmosis, and trypanosome infection; (d) neoplastic diseases, such as intraepithelial neoplasias, cervical dysplasia, actinic keratosis, basal cell carcinoma, squamous cell carcinoma, renal cell carcinoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, melanoma, leukemias including but not limited to acute myeloid leukemia, acute lymphocytic leukemia, chronic myeloid leukemia, chronic lymphocytic leukemia, multiple myeloma, Hodgkin's lymphoma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, B-cell lymphoma, and hairy cell leukemia, and other cancers;
(e) TH2 -mediated, atopic diseases, such as atopic dermatitis or eczema, eosinophilia, asthma, allergy, allergic rhinitis, and Ommen's syndrome;
(f) certain autoimmune diseases such as systemic lupus erythematosus, essential thrombocythaemia, multiple sclerosis, discoid lupus, alopecia areata; and (g) diseases associated with wound repair such as, for example, inhibition of keloid formation and other types of scarring (e.g., enhancing wound healing, including chronic wounds).
Additionally, a compound or salt identified herein may be useful as a vaccine adjuvant for use in conjunction with any material that raises either humoral and/or cell mediated immune response, such as, for example, live viral, bacterial, or parasitic immunogens; inactivated viral, tumor-derived, protozoal, organism-derived, fungal, or bacterial immunogens; toxoids; toxins; self-antigens; polysaccharides; proteins; glycoproteins; peptides; cellular vaccines; DNA vaccines; autologous vaccines; recombinant proteins; and the like, for use in connection with, for example, BCG, cholera, plague, typhoid, hepatitis A, hepatitis B, hepatitis C, influenza A, influenza B, parainfluenza, polio, rabies, measles, mumps, rubella, yellow fever, tetanus, diphtheria, hemophilus influenza b, tuberculosis, meningococcal and pneumococcal vaccines, adenovirus, HIV, chicken pox, cytomegalovirus, dengue, feline leukemia, fowl plague, HSV-I and HSV-2, hog cholera, Japanese encephalitis, respiratory syncytial virus, rotavirus, papilloma virus, yellow fever, and Alzheimer's Disease.
Compounds or salts identified herein may be particularly helpful in individuals having compromised immune function. For example, compounds or salts may be used for treating the opportunistic infections and tumors that occur after suppression of cell mediated immunity in, for example, transplant patients, cancer patients and HIV patients. Thus, one or more of the above diseases or types of diseases, for example, a viral disease or a neoplastic disease may be treated in an animal in need thereof (having the disease) by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of the invention to the animal.
An animal may also be vaccinated by administering an effective amount of a compound or salt described herein, as a vaccine adjuvant. In one embodiment, there is provided a method of vaccinating an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt described herein to the animal as a vaccine adjuvant.
An amount of a compound or salt effective to induce or inhibit cytokine biosynthesis is an amount sufficient to cause one or more cell types, such as monocytes, macrophages, dendritic cells and B-cells to produce an amount of one or more cytokines such as, for example, IFN-α, TNF-α, IL-I, IL-6, IL-IO and IL- 12 that is increased (induced) or decreased (inhibited) over a background level of such cytokines. The precise amount will vary according to factors known in the art but is expected to be a dose of about 100 ng/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably about 10 μg/kg to about 5 mg/kg. In other embodiments, the amount is expected to be a dose of, for example, from about 0.01 mg/m2 to about 5.0 mg/m2, (computed according to the Dubois method as described above) although in some embodiments the induction or inhibition of cytokine biosynthesis may be performed by administering a compound or salt in a dose outside this range. In some of these embodiments, the method includes administering sufficient compound or salt or composition to provide a dose of from about 0.1 mg/m2 to about 2.0 mg/ m2 to the subject, for example, a dose of from about 0.4 mg/m to about 1.2 mg/m .
The invention also provides a method of treating a viral infection in an animal and a method of treating a neoplastic disease in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt of the invention to the animal. An amount effective to treat or inhibit a viral infection is an amount that will cause a reduction in one or more of the manifestations of viral infection, such as viral lesions, viral load, rate of virus production, and mortality as compared to untreated control animals. The precise amount that is effective for such treatment will vary according to factors known in the art but is expected to be a dose of about 100 ng/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably about 10 μg/kg to about 5 mg/kg. An amount of a compound or salt effective to treat a neoplastic condition is an amount that will cause a reduction in tumor size or in the number of tumor foci. Again, the precise amount will vary according to factors known in the art but is expected to be a dose of about 100 ng/kg to about 50 mg/kg, preferably about 10 μg/kg to about 5 mg/kg. In other embodiments, the amount is expected to be a dose of, for example, from about 0.01 mg/m2 to about 5.0 mg/m2, (computed according to the Dubois method as described above) although in some embodiments either of these methods may be performed by administering a compound or salt in a dose outside this range. In some of these embodiments, the method includes administering sufficient compound or salt to provide a dose of from about 0.1 mg/m to about 2.0 mg/ m to the subject, for example, a dose of from about 0.4 mg/m2 to about 1.2 mg/m2.
In addition to the formulations and uses described specifically herein, other formulations, uses, and administration devices suitable for compounds of the present invention are described in, for example, International Publication Nos. WO 03/077944 and WO 02/036592, U.S. Patent No. 6,245,776, and U.S. Publication Nos. 2003/0139364, 2003/185835, 2004/0258698, 2004/0265351, 2004/076633, and 2005/0009858.
Objects and advantages of this invention are further illustrated by the following examples, but the particular materials and amounts thereof recited in these examples, as well as other conditions and details, should not be construed to unduly limit this invention. EXAMPLES
For examples 1 through 4 and 6 below, the enantiomer of the compound was prepared in a separate experiment; see Examples 67 through 71. A mixture of the two enantiomers was prepared and analyzed by chiral stationary phase high-performance liquid chromatography using a Chiralcel OD-RH column, 0.46 mm x 15 cm, eluting with 30% methanol in pentane/methanol/triethylamine 90:10:0.2 (v/v/v) at a flow rate of 1.0 mL/min. Each of examples 1 through 6 below was analyzed in comparison to the mixture of the two enantiomers, and the ratio favoring the enantiomer shown was, for each example, greater than 99:1.
Example 1
_V-{[(1 lS)-6-Amino-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l 1- yl]methyl}methanesulfonarnide
Figure imgf000109_0001
Part A tert-Butyl (25)-3-hydroxy-2-(tritylamino)propylcarbamate (5.38 g, 12.5 mmol), prepared from D-serine by the method of Rapoport J Org. Chem., 65, 4048-4057, (2000) was dissolved in 150 mL of dry CH2Cl2 and treated with triethylamine (2.25 niL, 16.2 mmol), tert-butyldimethylsilyl cholide (2.45 g, 16.2 mmol) and 4-dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) (305 mg, 2.5 mmol) and the reaction mixture was stirred under N2 overnight. The reaction mixture was then treated with a 0.5 M solution OfNa2CO3 and the layers were separated. The organic portion was washed with more 0.5 M Na2Cθ3 solution, H2O and brine. The organic portion was then dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 7% ethyl acetate/hexanes) gave tert-butyl (2S)- 3-{[te/'t-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-2-(tritylamino)propylcarbamate (6.19 g) as a colorless syrup. Part B tert-Butyl (25)-3-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-2-(tritylamino)propylcarbamate (6.19 g, 11.3 mmol) was dissolved in 115 niL of anhydrous CH2Cl2 and 18.2 niL of glacial acetic acid. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C under an atmosphere of N2 and boron trifluoride diethyl etherate (1.51 mL, 11.9 mmol) was added dropwise over several minutes. After stirring for 5 hours, the reaction mixture was treated with 183 mL of cold, aqueous 10% NaOH solution. The reaction mixture was extracted into 200 mL of a 3:1 chloroform/2-propanol mixture and the layers were separated. The aqueous portion was extracted with two additional portions of the chloroform/2-propanol mixture. The organic phases were combined and dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 5% -10% methanol/CHCl3) gave fert-butyl (2S)-2- amino-3-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}propylcarbamate (3.43 g) as a colorless syrup. Part C tert-Butyl (2ιS)-2-amino-3-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}propylcarbamate (3.43 g, 11.3 mmol) was dissolved in 110 mL of dry CH2Cl2. Triethylamine (3.14 mL, 22.6 mmol) and 4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline (2.35 g, 11.3 mmol) were then added and the reaction was stirred under N2 overnight. The reaction mixture was then treated with 100 mL ofH2O and 100 mL of CH2Cl2. The layers were separated and the organic portion was washed successively with H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give yellow solid. Chromatography (SiO2, 0-20% ethyl acetate/CH2Cl2) gave tert-bntyl (2S)-3-{[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-2-[(3-nitroquinolin-4-yl)amino]propylcarbamate (4.84 g) as a yellow solid. Part D tert-Butyl (2S)-3-{ [tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy }-2-[(3-nitroquinolin-4- yl)amino]propylcarbamate (4.84 g, 10.1 mmol) was dissolved in 150 mL of toluene and the solution was placed in a pressure bottle. Platinum on carbon (5%, 680 mg) was then added and the reaction mixture was shaken under H2 at 52 PSI (3.6 x 105 Pa). After 8 hours, the reaction mixture was then filtered through a pad of CELITE filter agent. The pad was rinsed with 2-propanol and the combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure to give tert-butyl (25)-2-[(3-aminoquinolin-4-yl)amino]-3-{[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}propylcarbamate (4.51 g) as a brown foam. Part E fe^Butyl (2S>2-[(3-aminoquinolin-4-yl)amino]-3-{[fert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}propylcarbamate (4.51 g, 10.1 mmol) was dissolved in 80 niL of anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane and the solution was stirred under N2. Ethyl 2- chloroethanimidoate hydrochloride (2.39 g, 15.1 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated to 65 °C. After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was cooled and treated with 100 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate (NaHCO3) solution and 100 mL of CHCl3. The layers were separated and the organic portion was washed successively with H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 50% ethyl acetate/hexanes) gave tert- butyl (25)-3 - { [tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy } -2- [2-(chloromethyl)- 1 H-imidazo [4,5 - c]quinolin-l-yl]propylcarbamate (3.11 g) as a golden foam. Part F ført-Butyl (25)-3-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-2-[2-(chloromethyl)-1H- imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl]propylcarbamate (3.11 g, 6.16 mmol) was dissolved in 60 mL of tetrahydrofuran (THF) and the solution was cooled to -78 °C under N2. A 1.0 M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in THF (6.8 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to -10 °C over 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then treated with 50 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and 200 mL OfCH2Cl2. The layers were separated and the organic portion was washed with H2O (50 mL) and brine (4 x 25 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a golden syrup. The syrup was concentrated from toluene (3X) to give a pale yellow foam. This material was dissolved in 70 mL of anhydrous THF and the solution was stirred under N2. Solid potassium feτt-butoxide (507 mg, 6.18 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was allowed to stir for 2.5 hours. A solution of 50 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate was then added and the THF was then removed under reduced pressure. The resulting material was treated with 150 mL Of CH2Cl2 and layers were separated. The organic portion was washed with H2O and brine. The organic portion was then dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced to give brown foam. Chromatography (SiO2, 20% 80: 18:2 CHCl3/methanol/concentrated NH4OH (CMA)/CHC13) gave tert-butyl (1 IS)-IO,! l-dihydro-8#- [^^oxazino^'^'il^limidazo^^-cjquinolin-l l-ylmethylcarbamate (1.62 g) as a light yellow foam. Part G fert-Butyl (1 IJS)-I 0,1 l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin- 11-ylmethylcarbamate (1.62 g, 4.58 mmol) was dissolved in 40 niL of CH2Cl2 and treated with 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (MCPBA) (1.23 g, 77% maximum purity). After stirring for 2 hours, the reaction mixture was treated with 40 mL of 2% Na2CO3 solution and 40 mL of CH2Cl2 and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was then extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 10 mL of brine. The organic portion was then dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give tert-butyl [(115)-5-oxido-10,l l-dihydro-8H-
[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l l-yl]methylcarbamate (1.69 g) as a crusty, off-white solid. Part H tert-Butyl [(115)-5-oxido-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-l l-yl]methylcarbamate (1.69 g, 4.57 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL Of CH2Cl2 and treated with 2 mL of concentrated NH4OH solution. The mixture was stirred rapidly and then />-toluenesulfonyl chloride (958 mg, 5.02 mmol) was carefully added. Rapid stirring was continued for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was treated with 25 mL of CH2Cl2 and 25 mL of H2O. The layers were separated and the organic portion was washed with 2% Na2CO3 solution (3 x 20 mL), H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 10- 30% CMA/CHC13) gave tert-butyl [(115)-6-amino- 10,11 -dihydro-8H- [l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l l-yl]methylcarbamate (1.39 g) as a salmon colored foam. Part i fert-Butyl [(115)-6-amino-10,l l-dihydro-8#-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-l l-yl]methylcarbamate (1.39 g, 3.77 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of ethanol and 3 mL of a 4.3 M solution of HCl in ethanol was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 85 °C. After 1 hour, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was treated with 40 mL of H2O and 20 mL of CHCl3. The layers were separated and the organic portion was discarded. The aqueous layer was then made basic by addition of 5 mL of concentrated NH4OH solution. The aqueous portion was then extracted with CHCl3 (15 x 20 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated under reduced pressure to give (1 IS)-I l-(arninomethyl)-10,l l-dihydro-8H- [l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine (778 mg) as a pumpkin colored solid. Part J
(1 IS)-I l-(Aminomethyl)-10,l l-dihydro-8H"-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-6-amine (778 mg, 2.89 mmol) was dissolved in 60 mL Of CH2Cl2 and treated with triethylamine (804 μL, 5.78 mmol). The solution was cooled to 0 °C under N2. Methanesulfonyl chloride (224 μL, 2.89 mmol) was then added dropwise. After 75 minutes, the reaction was treated with H2O and extracted repeatedly with 10% methanol/CHCl3. The combined organic layers were washed successively with H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 10-15% methanol/CHCl3) gave an off-white solid. Crystallization from methanol gave N-{[(1 l>S)-6-amino-10,l l-dihydro-8H-
[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l l-yl]methyl}methanesulfonamide (487 mg) as white, powdery crystals, mp 285-288 °C.
1H NMR (300 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 8.14 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (m, 1H), 7.62 (d, J = 7.5 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (X, J = 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (t, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 6.57 (s, 2H), 5.11 (d, J = 15.7 Hz, 1H), 4.97 (d, J = 15.7 Hz, 1H), 4.90 (m, 1H), 4.43 (d, J = 12.2 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (m, 1H), 3.45-3.16 (m, 2H), 2.94 (s, 3H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 152.1, 145.5, 145.1, 131.9, 127.0, 126.7, 126.5, 121.7, 121.0, 114.7, 65.1, 63.7, 54.3, 42.6; MS m/z 348 (M + H)+. Anal, calcd for C15H17N5O3S: C, 51.86; H, 4.93; N, 20.16. Found: C, 51.76; H, 4.71; N, 20.13.
Example 2
N-IS-Kl l^-o-Amino-lOJ l-dihydro-SH-tl^Joxazino^'^'il^imidazot^S-clquinolin-
11 -yl]propyl}methanesulfonamide
Figure imgf000114_0001
Part A
N2-[(Benzyloxy)carbonyl]-N5-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-ornithine (27.6 g, 75.4 mmol), prepared from L-ornithine by the method of Masiukiewicz, Org. Prep. Proced. Int. 34, 531-537, (2002) was dissolved in 300 mL of anhydrous THF and the solution was cooled to 0 °C under N2. Triethylamine (13.6 mL, 98.0 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred for 30 min. Ethyl chloroformate (8.65 mL, 90.5 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 75 minutes. The reaction mixture was then cooled back to 0 °C and treated with a solution OfNaBH4 (5.73 g, 151 mmol) dissolved in 125 mL of H2O. The reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was then carefully treated with IN HCl until the pH reached 5 to 6. The THF was removed under reduced pressure and the remaining aqueous portion was extracted with 300 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic portion was washed successively with 10% NaOH solution, H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (50- 100% ethyl acetate/hexanes gave [4-tert-butoxycarbony lamino-15'- (hydroxymethyl)butyl]carbamic acid benzyl ester (11.9 g) as a white solid. Part B
^-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-lSKhydroxymethytybutylJcarbamic acid benzyl ester (5.38 g, 15.3 mmol) was dissolved in 150 mL Of CH2Cl2 and treated with triethylamine (2.55 mL, 18.3 mmol), tert-butyldimethylsilyl chloride (2.76 g, 18.3 mmol) and DMAP (187 mg, 1.53 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred under N2 for 2 days. The reaction mixture was then treated with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and the layers were separated. The organic portion was washed successively with 3.5% NaH2PO4 solution, H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (33% ethyl acetate/hexanes) gave [4-tert- butoxycarbonylamino-lS-(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxymethyl)butyl]carbamic acid benzyl ester (5.26 g) as a colorless oil that solidified on standing. Part C
[4-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino- 1 S-(tert- butyldimethylsilanyloxymethyl)butyl]carbamic acid benzyl ester (5.26 g, 11.3 mmol) was dissolved in 100 mL of methanol and the solution was placed in a pressure bottle. Palladium on carbon (10%, 500 mg) was then added and the reaction mixture was shaken under H2 at 50 PSI (3.4 x 10s Pa). After 8 hours, the reaction mixture was then filtered through a pad of CELITE filter agent. The pad was rinsed with methanol and the combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure to give tert-butyl (4<S)-4- amino-5-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}pentylcarbamate (3.76 g) as a colorless oil. Part D tert-Butyl (4<S)-4-amino-5- { [tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}pentylcarbamate (3.76 g, 11.3 mmol) was dissolved in 100 mL of dry CH2Cl2 and the solution was cooled to 0 °C under N2. Triethylamine (3.10 mL, 22.3 mmol) and 4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline (2.36 g, 11.3 mmol) were then added and the reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 2 days. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure to give a yellow solid. The solid was dissolved in 200 mL of CH2Cl2 and was washed successively with H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give yellow solid. Chromatography (SiO2, 20- 35% ethyl acetate/hexanes) gave tert-butyl (45)-5-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-4-[(3- nitroquinolin-4-yl)amino]pentylcarbamate (5.65g) as a yellow syrup. Part E tert-Butyl (4S)-5-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-4-[(3-nitroquinolin-4- yl)amino]pentylcarbamate (5.65 g, 11.2 mmol) was dissolved in 100 mL of acetonitrile and the solution was placed in a pressure bottle. Platinum on carbon (5%, 1.2 g) was then added and the reaction mixture was shaken under H2 at 50 PSI (3.4 x 105 Pa). After 4 hours, an additional 500 mg of platinum on carbon was added and shaking was continued for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was then filtered through a pad of CELITE filter agent. The pad was rinsed with acetonitrile and the combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure to give tert-butyl (4>S)-4-[(3-aminoquinolin-4-yl)amino]-5-{[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}pentylcarbamate (4.61 g) as an orange foam. Part F tert-Butyl (41S)-4-[(3-aminoquinolin-4-yl)amino]-5-{[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}pentylcarbamate (1.65 g, 3.48 mmol) was dissolved in 35 mL of anhydrous 1,2-dichloroethane and the solution was stirred under N2. Ethyl 2- chloroethanimidoate hydrochloride (1.18 g, 7.47 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated to 65 °C. After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was cooled and treated with 100 mL of saturated NaHCO3 solution and 100 mL of CHCl3. The layers were separated and the organic portion was washed successively with H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 25-100% ethyl acetate/hexanes) gave tert-butyl (45)-5-{[tert- butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-4-[2-(chloromethyl)-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l- yl]pentylcarbamate (1.36 g) as a golden foam. Part G tert-Butyl (45)-5-{[tert-butyl(dimethyl)silyl]oxy}-4-[2-(chloromethyl)-1H- imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl]pentylcarbamate (1.28 g, 2.40 mmol) was dissolved in 200 mL of CH2Cl2 and the solution was cooled to -78 °C under N2. A 1.0 M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in THF (2.88 mL) was added and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature. After 4 days, the reaction mixture was then treated with 50 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution. The layers were separated and the organic portion was washed with H2O (50 mL) and brine (4 x 25 mL). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 4% methanol/CHCl3) gave tert-butyl 3-[(l IS)-IO,I l-dihydro-8H- [l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l l-yl]propylcarbamate (820 mg) as a light yellow foam. Part Η tert-Butyl 3-[(l IS)-IO,I l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-l l-yl]propylcarbamate (820 mg, 2.15 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL of
CH2Cl2 and treated with 3-chloroperoxybenzoic acid (648 mg, 57-86%). After stirring for 2 h, the reaction mixture was treated with 20 mL of 2% Na2CO3 solution and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was then extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure to give ført-butyl 3- [(1 lS)-5-oxido-10,l l-dihydro-SH-tl^oxazino^'^'il^imidazof^S-^quinolin-l 1- yljpropylcarbamate (850 mg) as a crusty, off-white solid. Part i tert-Butyl 3-[(l 15)-5-oxido-10,l l-dihydro-8//-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l32]imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-l l-yl]propylcarbamate (850 mg, 2.15 mmol) was dissolved in 25 mL of CH2Cl2 and treated with 3 mL of concentrated NH4OH solution. The mixture was stirred rapidly and then p-toluenesulfonyl chloride (451 mg, 2.37 mmol) was carefully added. Rapid stirring was continued for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was treated with 25 mL of CH2Cl2 and 25 mL of H2O. The layers were separated and the organic portion was washed with 2% Na2CO3 solution (3 x 25 mL), H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 4% methanol/CHCl3 with 0.4% concentrated NH4OH) gave tert-butyl 3-[(l 1,S>6- amino-10,1 l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l 1- yl]propylcarbamate (734 mg) as an off-white foam. Part J tert-Butyl 3-[(l 15)-6-amino-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-l l-yl]propylcarbamate (689 mg, 1.74 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of ethanol and 2 mL of a 4.0 M solution of HCl in ethanol was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 75 °C. After 1 hour, the reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was treated with 25 mL H2O and 20 mL of CHCl3. The layers were separated and the organic portion was discarded. The aqueous layer was then made basic by addition of 5 mL of concentrated NH4OH solution. The aqueous portion was then extracted with CHCl3 (6 x 10 mL). The combined organic extracts were concentrated under reduced pressure to give (1 IS)-I l-(3-aminopropyl)-10,l l-dihydro-8H- [l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine (469 mg) as a white foam. Part K
(1 IS)-I l-(3-Aminopropyl)-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-6-amine (870 mg, 2.93 mmol) was dissolved in 30 mL OfCH2Cl2 and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C under N2. Triethylamine (815 μL, 2.93) was added followed by methanesulfonyl chloride (227 μL, 2.93 mmol). After stirring for 90 minutes, the reaction mixture was treated with 10% methanol/CHCl3 and was washed successively with H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 10% methanol/CHCl3 with 0.5% concentrated NH4OH) gave a white solid. Crystallization from methanol gave N-{3- [(115)-6-amino-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l 1- yl]propyl}methanesulfonamide (452 mg) as colorless needles, mp 249.0-250.0 °C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 7.94 (d, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J = 1.0, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (ddd, J = 1.1, 7.2, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (ddd, J = Ll, 7.2, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.99 (t, J= 5.9 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (s, 2H), 5.10 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 4.97 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (m, 1H), 4.29 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.09 (dd, J = 2.4, 12.4 Hz, 1H), 2.96 (q, J = 6.4 Hz, 2 H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 1.94 (m, 2H), 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.64 (m, 1H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 152.2, 145.5, 145.0, 131.6, 126.9, 126.8, 126.5, 121.7, 120.6, 114.9, 65.0, 54.2, 42.7, 29.8, 25.9; MS m/z 376 (M + H)+. Anal, calcd for C17H21N5O3S: C, 54.38; H, 5.64; N, 18.65. Found: C, 54.04; H, 5.65; N, 18.45.
Example 3
N-{3-[(US)-6-Ammo-2,3AA^0M-hexahydro-lH-[l,4]oxazmo[4\3':l,2]imidazo[4,5- cjquinolin- 11 -yl]propyl}methanesulfonamide
Figure imgf000118_0001
N-IS-Kl l^-o-Amino-lOa i-dihydro-SH-tl^oxazino^'^M^imidazo^^- c]quinolin-l l-yl]propyl}methanesulfonamide (254 mg, 0.667 mmol) was dissolved in about 3 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and the solution was placed in a pressure bottle. Platinum oxide (154 mg) was then added and the reaction mixture was shaken under H2 at 50 PSI (3.4 x 105 Pa). After 24 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of CELITE filter agent. The pad was rinsed with a mixture of 2-propanol and CH2Cl2 and the combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure to give a syrup. The syrup was partitioned between H2O and CHCl3. The aqueous layer was made basic by addition of concentrated NH4OH solution until the pH was approximately 12. The layers were separated and the organic portion was washed successively with concentrated NH4OH, H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 25-33% CMA/CHC13) gave a white solid. Crystallization from methanol/ethyl acetate gave N-{3-[(l l>S)-6-amino- 2,3,4,8,10,1 l-hexahydro-1H-tl^oxazino^'^'a^imidazo^S-cJquinolin-l l- yl]propyl}methanesulfonamide (85 mg) as white crystals, mp 197-200 °C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 7.01 (t, J = 5.9 Hz, 1H), 5.77 (s, 2H), 4.96 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 4.83 (d, J = 15.5 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (m, 1H), 4.15 (d, J = 12.5 Hz, 1H), 3.93 (d, J = 11.2 Hz, 1H), 3.05-2.80 (m, 4 H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.67 (m, 2H), 1.93-1.60 (m, 8H); 13C NMR (75 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 149.2, 146.0, 144.5, 136.7, 124.4, 105.2, 65.1, 64.5, 53.5, 42.2, 32.1, 30.8, 25.6, 22.6; MS m/z 380 (M + H)+. Anal, calcd for C17H25N5O3S: C, 53.81; H, 6.64; N, 18.46. Found: C, 53.61; H, 6.53; N, 18.54.
Example 4
N-IS-Kl l^-o-Amino-lOJ l-dihydro-SH-tl^oxazino^'^M^Jimidazo^^-cJquinolin-
11 -yl]propyl}morpholine-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000119_0001
(115)-1 l-(3-Aminopropyl)-10,l l-dihydro-8#-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-6-amine (180 mg, 0.606 mmol) was dissolved in 8 mL Of CH2Cl2 and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C under N2. Triethylamine (337 μL, 2.42 mmol) was added followed by morpholinecarbonyl chloride (71 μL, 0.611 mmol). After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was treated with 10% methanol/CHCl3 and was washed successively with saturated NaHCO3 solution, H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 10-12% methanol/CHCl3) gave 100 mg of a white foam. Crystallization from methanol/propyl acetate gave N-{3-[(\ 15)-6-amino-10,l l-dihydro-8H- [l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l l-yl]propyl}morpholine-4-carboxamide (50 mg) as colorless needles, mp 220-222 °C.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-cfc) δ 7.88 (d, J = 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (t, J = 7.1 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (s, 2H), 6.50 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 4.99 (d, J = 15.7 Hz, 1H)3 4.90 (m, 1H), 4.27 (d, J = 12.4 Hz, 1H), 4.08 (dd, J = 2.5, 12.4 Hz, 1H), 3.44 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.15 (t, J = 5.0 Hz, 4H), 3.05 (m, 2 H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 1.72 (m, 1H), 1.57 (m, 1H); MS rn/z 411 (M + H)+; Anal, calcd for C21H26N6O3: C, 61.45; H, 6.38; N, 20.47. Found: C, 61.25; H, 6.53; N, 20.32.
Example 5 iV-IS-Kl l^-δ-Amino-^S^^^OU l-hexahydro-1H-tl^oxazinoμ'^M^imidazot^S- c] quinolin- 11 -yl]propyl } morpholine-4-carboxamide
Figure imgf000120_0001
N-{3-[(115)-6-Amino-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5- c] quinolin- l l-yl]propyl} morpholine-4-carboxamide (698 mg, 1.70 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and the solution was placed in a pressure bottle. Platinum oxide (386 mg) was then added and the reaction mixture was shaken under H2 at 50 PSI (3.4 x 105 Pa). After 2 days, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of CELITE filter agent. The pad was rinsed with a mixture of methanol and CH2Cl2 and the combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure to give a syrup. The syrup was portioned between 20 mL of concentrated NH4OH solution and 50 mL of CHCI3. The layers were separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with an additional 50 mL of CHCl3. The combined organic portions were washed successively with concentrated NH4OH, H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 20% CMA/CHC13) gave a fluffy, white solid. Crystallization from methanol/propyl acetate gave iV-{3-[(l lS)-6- amino-2,3,4,8, 10, 11 -hexahydro- IH-[1 ,4]oxazino[4',3': 1 ,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l 1 - yl]propyl}morpholine-4-carboxarnide (395 mg) as fluffy, white needles, mp 154 - 156 °C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3) δ 5.07 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (d, J = 15.8 Hz, 1H), 4.87 (s, 2H), 4.55 (t, J = 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.43 (m, 1H), 4.22 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H), 3.95 (dd, J = 1.5, 12.3 Hz, 1H), 3.67 (t, J = 4.9 Hz, 4H), 3.32-3.23 (m, 6H), 3.00-2.83 (m, 4H), 2.05 (m, 1H), 1.90-1.71 (m, 6H), 1.60 (m, 1H); 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 157.8, 148.7, 147.5, 145.2, 137.5, 125.2, 106.9, 66.5, 65.8, 65.6, 54.8, 44.0, 40.6, 32.5, 31.3, 26.5, 23.9, 23.1, 22.9; MS (ESI) m/z 415 (M + H)+; Anal, calcd for C21H30N6O3O.67H2O: C, 59.13; H, 7.41; N, 19.70. Found: C, 59.13; H, 7.61; N, 19.70.
Example 6 JV-{3-[(l 15)-6-Amino-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4'33':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-
11 -yljpropyl} -2-methylpropanamide
Figure imgf000121_0001
(1 IS)-I l-(3-Aminoρropyl)-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3': l,2]imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-6-amine (190 mg, 0.640 mmol) was dissolved in 8 mL Of CH2Cl2 and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C under N2. Triethylamine (356 μL, 2.56 mmol) was added followed by wø-butyryl chloride (67 μL, 0.643 mmol). After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was diluted with 20 mL of CH2Cl2 and was washed successively with saturated NaHCO3 solution, H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 10% methanol/CHCl3) gave a white solid. Crystallization from ethyl acetate gave iV-{3-[(l IS)- 6-amino-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3': l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l l-yl]propyl}-2- methylpropanamide (80 mg) as a white solid, mp 207-208 °C.
1H NMR (300 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 7.88 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.69 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J - 0.8, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (ddd, J = 0.8, 7.2, 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (ddd, J = 1.0, 7.0, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.56 (s, 2H), 5.09 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 4.96 (d, J = 15.7 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (m, 1H), 4.26 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (dd, J= 2.1, 12.3 Hz, 1H), 3.05 (m, 2 H), 2.21 (m, 1H), 1.88 (m, 2H), 1.71 (m, 1H), 1.56 (m, 1H), 0.89 (d, J= 6.8 Hz, 3H), 0.86 (d, J = 6.8 Hz, 3H); MS m/z 368 (M + H)+; Anal, calcd for C20H25N5O2: C, 65.37; H, 6.86; N, 19.06. Found: C, 65.14; H, 6.90; N, 18.82.
Examples 7 - 18
A reagent from the table below (0.11 mmol) was added to a test tube containing a solution of (1 IS)-I l-(3-aminopropyl)-10,l l-dihydro-8H- [l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine (26.8 mg, 1.0 equivalent, 0.090 mmol) and triethylamine (0.0157 mL, 0.11 mmol) in chloroform (1 mL). The test tube was capped and placed on a shaker at ambient temperature overnight (approximately 18 hours). The solvent was removed from the test tube by vacuum centrifugation. For Examples 11, 12, 17, and 18, additional chloroform (1 mL), triethylamine (0.035 mL, 0.25 mmol), and reagent from the table below (0.11 mmol) were added, and each reaction was sonicated with heating for 30 minutes. The solvent was removed from the test tube by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified by reversed phase preparative high performance liquid chromatography (prep HPLC) using a Waters FractionLynx automated purification system. The prep HPLC fractions were analyzed using a Waters LC/TOF- MS, and the appropriate fractions were centrifuge evaporated to provide the trifluoroacetate salt of the desired compound. Reversed phase preparative liquid chromatography was performed with non-linear gradient elution from 5-95% B where A is 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid/water and B is 0.05% trifluoroacetic acid/acetonitrile. Fractions were collected by mass-selective triggering. The table below shows the reagent used for each example, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt. Examples 7-18
Figure imgf000123_0001
Figure imgf000124_0001
Examples 19 - 28
(1 IS)-I l-(3-Aminopropyl)-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]irnidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-6-amine was reduced according to the method of Example 3 to provide (HiS)- 11 -(3-aminopropyl)-2,3,4,8, 10, 11 -hexahydro-8H-[l ,4]oxazino[4',3': 1 ,2]imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-6-amine dihydrochloride. A reagent from the table below (0.11 mmol) was added to a test tube containing a solution of (1 IS)-I l-(3-aminopropyl)-2,3,4,8,10,l 1- hexahydro-8/f-[l ,4]oxazino[4',3': 1 ,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine dihydrochloride (38.5 mg, 1.0 equivalent, 0.10 mmol), l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) (0.0308 mL, 0.20 mmol), andN.iV-diisopropylethylainine (0.0269 mL, 0.15 mmol) in N1N- dimethylacetamide (DMA) (1 mL). The test tube was capped and placed on a shaker at ambient temperature overnight (approximately 18 hours). Two drops of water were added to each tube, and the solvent was removed from the test tube by vacuum centrifugation. The compounds were purified by reversed phase prep HPLC according to the method described in Examples 7 - 18. The table below shows the reagent used for each example, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.
Examples 19 - 28
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000126_0002
Example 29
N-{3-[(l lS)-6-Amino-9-(methylsulfonyl)-8,9,10,l 1- tetrahydropyrazino[r,2':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l l-yl]propylmethanesulfonamide
Figure imgf000126_0001
Part A
^-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-lS'-^ydroxymethy^butylJcarbamic acid benzyl ester
(10.97 g, 31.2 mmol) was dissolved in 400 niL of CH2Cl2 and treated with triethylamine (8.68 niL, 62.4 mmol), methanesulfonyl chloride (3.93 g, 34.3 mmol) and DMAP (100 mg, 0.82 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred stir under N2 for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was then treated with 200 mL of saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and the layers were separated. The organic portion was washed successively with 3.5% NaH2PO4 solution (3 x 100 mL), H2O (100 mL) and brine (100 mL). The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give methanesulfonic acid (25'-benzyloxycarbonylamino-5-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)pentyl ester (13.21 g) as a pink solid.
Part B
Methanesulfonic acid (25r-benzyloxycarbonylamino-5-tert- butoxycarbonylamino)pentyl ester (13.21 g, 30.7 mmol) was dissolved in 100 mL of N, N- dimethylformamide (DMF) and treated with sodium azide (2.40 g, 36.9 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 60 °C and stirred under N2 overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to give a white, sticky foam which was dissolved in 250 mL of ethyl acetate and washed successively with H2O (3 x 100 mL) and brine (100 mL). The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a colorless syrup. Chromatography (SiO2, 25-50% ethyl acetate/hexanes) gave [(l<S'-azidomethyl-4-ter^-butoxycarbonylamino)butyl]carbamic acid benzyl ester (10.13 g) as a colorless syrup. Part C
[(16'-Azidomethyl-4-ført-butoxycarbonylamino)butyl]carbamic acid benzyl ester (10.13 g, 26.9 mmol) was dissolved in 200 mL of THF and the solution was treated with 5 mL ofH2O. Triphenylphosphine (7.39 g, 28.2 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated to reflux overnight. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 33-50% CMA/CHCI3) gave [(lS-aminomethyl- 4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino)butyl]carbamic acid benzyl ester (9.13 g) as a colorless syrup. Part D
[(liS'-Aminomethyl-4-ter/l-butoxycarbonylamino)butyl]carbamic acid benzyl ester (9.45 g, 26.8 mmol) was dissolved in 270 mL of anhydrous CH2Cl2. The solution was treated with triethylamine (7.47 mL, 53.6 mmol) and cooled to 0 °C under N2. Methanesulfonyl chloride (2.08 mL, 26.8 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was then treated with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and the layers were separated. The organic portion was washed successively with H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give {[4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino-lS'- (methanesulfonylamino)methyl]butyl}carbamic acid benzyl ester (10.25 g) as white solid. Part E
{[4-ført-Butoxycarbonylamino-liS'-(methanesulfonylamino)methyl]butyl}carbamic acid benzyl ester (10.25 g, 23.9 mmol) was dissolved in 150 mL of methanol and the solution was placed in a pressure bottle. Palladium on carbon (10%, 1.0 g) was then added and the reaction mixture was shaken under H2 at 50 PSI (3.4 x 105 Pa). After 7 hours, the reaction mixture was treated with an additional 1.0 g of catalyst and shaking was continued overnight. The reaction mixture was then filtered through a pad of CELITE filter agent. The pad was rinsed with methanol and the combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure to give tert-butyl (4S)-4-amino-5- [(methylsulfonyl)amino]pentylcarbamate (6.88 g) as a white solid. Part F tert-Butyl (4iS)-4-amino-5-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]pentylcarbamate (6.88 g, 23.3 mmol) was dissolved in 100 mL of dry CH2Cl2 and the solution was cooled to 0 °C under N2. Triethylamine (6.49 mL, 46.6 mmol) and 4-chloro-3-nitroquinoline (4.85 g, 23.3 mmol) were then added and the reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirred for 2 days. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure to give a yellow solid. The solid was triturated with 100 mL of hot H2O with stirring. The suspension was cooled and filtered to give 12.O g of a pasty, yellow solid. The pasty solid was dissolved in methanol and CHCl3 and concentrated to give a yellow solid. The solid was then stirred in 100 mL of hot CHCl3, cooled and the solid was collected by filtration to give tert-butyl (45)-5-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]-4-[(3-nitroquinolin-4- yl)amino]pentylcarbamate (8.00 g) as a yellow powder. Part G tert-Butyl (4.S)-5-[(methylsulfonyl)amino]-4-[(3-nitroquinolin-4- yl)amino]pentylcarbamate (8.00 g, 17.1 mmol) was dissolved in 150 mL of acetonitrile and the solution was placed in a pressure bottle. Platinum on carbon (5%, 2.0 g) was then added and the reaction mixture was shaken under H2 at 50 PSI (3.4 x 105 Pa). After 2 hours, the reaction mixture was then filtered through a pad of CELITE filter agent. The pad was rinsed with acetonitrile and the combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure to give tert-butyl (4£)-4-[(3-aminoquinolin-4-yl)amino]-5- [(methylsulfonyl)amino]pentylcarbamate (7.13 g) as an orange foam. Part H tert-Butyl (4£)-4-[(3-aminoquinolin-4-yl)amino]-5-
[(methylsulfonyl)amino]pentylcarbamate (7.13 g, 16.3 mmol) was dissolved in 100 mL of anhydrous 1 ,2-dichloroethane and the solution was stirred under N2. Ethyl 2- chloroethanimidoate hydrochloride (7.73 g, 48.9 mmol) was then added and the reaction mixture was heated to 65 °C. After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was cooled and treated with 100 mL of saturated NaHCO3 solution and 200 mL of CHCl3. The layers were separated and the organic portion was washed successively with H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give tert-butyl (4S)-4-[2-(chloromethyl)-l/-r-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl]-5- [(methylsulfonyl)amino]pentylcarbamate (8.08 g) as an orange foam. The crude material was used in the next step without further purification. Part i tert-Butyl (45)-4-[2-(chloromethyl)-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl]-5-
[(methylsulfonyl)amino]pentylcarbamate (8.08 g, 16.3 mmol) was dissolved in 200 mL of CH2Cl2 and treated with l,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) (2.91 mL, 19.5 mmol) After 1 hour, the reaction mixture was washed successively with H2O and brine and the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 3% methanol/CHCl3) gave tert-butyl 3-[(l lS)-9-(methylsulfonyl)- 8,9, 10, 11 -tetrahydropyrazino[r,2': 1 ,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l l-yl]propylcarbamate (6.16 g) as a light yellow foam. Part J tert-Butyl 3-[(l lS>9-(methylsulfonyl)-8,9,10,l 1- tetrahydropyrazino[r,2':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l l-yl]propylcarbamate (6.16 g, 13.4 mmol) was dissolved in 110 mL OfCH2Cl2 and treated with MCPBA (4.05 g, 57-86% pure material). After stirring for 1 hour, the reaction mixture was treated with 100 mL of 5% Na2CO3 solution and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was then extracted with CH2Cl2 (2 x 50 mL). The combined organic layers were concentrated under reduced pressure to give tert-butyl 3-[(l l.S)-9-(methylsulfonyl)-5-oxido-8,9,10,l 1- tetrahydropyrazino[r,2':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l l-yl]propylcarbamate (6.37 g) as a golden foam. Part K tert-Butyl 3-[(l 16)-9-(methylsulfonyl)-5-oxido-8,9,10,l 1- tetrahydropyrazinofr^^l^Jimidazo^jS-cJquinolin-l l-ylJpropylcarbamate (6.37 g, 13.4 mmol) was dissolved in 120 mL OfCH2Cl2 and treated with 12 mL of concentrated NH4OH solution. The mixture was stirred rapidly and then^-toluenesulfonyl chloride (2.81 g, 14.7 mmol) was carefully added. Rapid stirring was continued for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was treated with 100 mL OfCH2Cl2 and 25 mL of H2O. The layers were separated and the organic portion was washed successively with 2% Na2CO3 solution (3 x 50 mL), H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 33% CMA/CHC13) gave tert-butyl 3-[(l l£)-6-amino-9-(methylsulfonyl)-8,9,10,l 1- tetrahydropyrazino[r,2':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l l-yl]propylcarbamate (5.41 g) as light-orange foam. Part L tert-BvLtyl 3-[(l lS)-6-amino-9-(methylsulfonyl)-8,9,10,l 1- tetrahydropyrazino[r,2':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l l-yl]propylcarbamate (5.41 g, 11.4 mmol) was dissolved in 25 niL of ethanol and 25 mL of a 1.8 M solution of HCl in ethanol was added. The reaction mixture was heated to 75 °C. After 1 hour, the reaction mixture was cooled and filtered to give a white solid. The resulting solid was stirred in refluxing ethanol for 30 minutes. The suspension was cooled and filtered to give a white solid. The solid was washed with a small portion of cold ethanol and then dried by suction to give (1 IS)-I l-(3-aminopropyl)-9-(methylsulfonyl)-8,9,10,l 1- tetrahydropyrazino[l',2': l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine dihydrochloride hydrate (2.98 g) as an off-white powder (Anal, calcd for C17H22N6O2S2 «2.0 HCM.0 H2O: C, 43.87; H, 5.63; N, 18.06. Found: C, 43.83; H, 5.53; N, 17.99). The free base could be prepared by dissolving the material in dilute NH4OH solution and extraction into CHCI3. Part M
(1 IS)-I l-(3-Aminopropyl)-9-(methylsulfonyl)-8,9,10,l 1- tetrahydropyrazino[r,2':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine (400 mg, 1.07 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of CH2Cl2 and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C under N2.
Triethylamine (298 μL, 2.14 mmol) was added followed by methanesulfonyl chloride (91 μL, 1.08 mmol). After stirring for 60 minutes, the reaction mixture was treated with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and 5 mL of methanol. The layers were separated and the aqueous portion was extracted with 10% methanol/CHCl3 (3 x 20 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with 10 mL of brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 50% CMA/CHCI3) gave the desired material as a white powder. Crystallization from propyl acetate/methanol gave JV-{3-[(l 15)-6-amino-9-(methylsulfonyl)-8,9,10,l 1- tetrahydropyrazino[r,2':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l l-yl]propylmethanesulfonamide (239 mg) as an amber solid, mp 224-226 °C.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d*) δ 7.98 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J = 1.0, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (ddd, J = 1.0, 7.0, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (ddd, J = 1.1, 7.0, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 7.03 (t, J = 5.9 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (s, 2H), 5.19 (m, 1H), 4.79 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H)3 4.62 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 4.04 (d, J = 13.6 Hz3 1H), 3.58 (dd, J= 2.7, 13.0 Hz, 1H)3 3.11 (s, 3H)3 2.98 (m, 2 H)3 2.93 (s, 3H), 2.00-1.65 (m, 4H); 13C NMR (125 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 152.1, 145.2, 143.9, 131.6, 127.1, 127.1, 126.6, 121.8, 120.7, 114.8, 54.4, 49.0, 45.2, 45.1, 42.6, 35.7, 29.7, 25.7; MS m/z 453 (M + H)+. Anal, calcd for C18H24N6O4S2 «0.25 H2O: C, 47.30; H, 5.40; N, 18.39. Found: C, 46.93; H, 5.00; N, 18.02.
Example 30 iV-{3-[(l lS)-6-Amino-9-(methylsulfonyl)-8,9,10,l 1- tetrahydropyrazino[l',2':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-ll-yl]propyl}morpholine-4- carboxamide
Figure imgf000131_0001
(1 IS)-I l-(3-Aminopropyl)-9-(methylsulfonyl)-8,9,10,l 1- tetrahydropyrazino[l ',2': 1 ,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-arnine dihydrochloride hydrate (465 mg, 1.00 mmol) was suspended in 20 rnL Of CH2Cl2 and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C under N2. Triethylamine (696 μL, 5.0 mmol) was added followed by morpholinecarbonyl chloride (128 μL3 1.10 mmol). After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was treated with DBU (448 μL, 3.0 mmol) and an additional 83 μL of morpholinecarbonyl chloride and stirring was continued at 0 °C for 4 hours. An additional 50 μL of morpholinecarbonyl chloride was added and stirring was continued at 0 °C overnight. The reaction mixture was then treated with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and 5 mL of methanol. The layers were separated, and the organic layer was washed successively with H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 50%
CMA/CHCI3) gave the desired material as a white solid with a minor impurity. Additional column chromatography (15-20% methanol/CHCl3) gave the purified product as a white solid. Crystallization from propyl acetate/methanol gave N-{3-[(l liS)-6-amino-9- (methylsulfonyl)-8,9, 10, 11 -tetrahydropyrazino[l',2': 1 ,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin- 11- yl]propyl}morpholine-4-carboxamide(293 mg) as a white solid, mp 175-176 °C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d*) δ 7.90 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (dd, J = 1.0, 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (ddd, J = 1.0, 7.2, 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (ddd, J = Ll, 7.1, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.61 (s, 2H), 6.52 (t, J = 5.4 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (m, 1H), 4.77 (d, J= 15.4 Hz, 1H), 4.61 (d, J= 15.6 Hz, 1H), 4.02 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.56 (dd, J = 3.0, 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.44 (t, J = 4.8 Hz, 4H), 3.13 (s, 3H), 3.01-3.17 (m, 6 H), 2.00-1.56 (m, 4H); 13C NMR (125 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 157.9, 152.1, 145.2, 143.9, 131.6, 127.1, 127.0, 126.7, 121.7, 120.5, 114.8, 66.2, 54.7, 45.2, 45.1, 44.1, 35.7, 29.8, 26.2; MS m/z 488 (M + H)+. Anal, calcd for C22H29N7O4S»0.4 H2O: C, 53.40; H, 6.07; N, 19.82. Found: C, 53.68; H, 6.15; N, 19.42.
Example 31 _V-{3-[(l 15)-6-Amino-9-(methylsulfonyl)-l,2,3,4,8,9,10,l 1- octahydropyrazino[r,2':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]qumolin-l l-yl]propyl}methanesulfonamide
Figure imgf000132_0001
Part A
(1 IS)-I l-(3-Aminoproρyl)-9-(methylsulfonyl)-8,9,10,l 1- tetrahydropyrazino[l',2': 1 ,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine dihydrochloride hydrate (1.30 g, 2.80 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL of trifluoroacetic acid and the solution was placed in a pressure bottle. Platinum oxide (635 mg) was then added and the reaction mixture was shaken under H2 at 50 PSI (3.4 x 105 Pa). After 2 days, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of CELITE filter agent. The pad was rinsed with ethanol and the combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting residue was concentrated with 2 N HCl in ethanol three times to give white solid. The white solid was treated with hot 2 N HCl in ethanol and the solution was allowed to cool, leaving a white solid. The solid was isolated by filtration and rinsed with ethanol and dried under vacuum at 80 °C to give (l li^-l l^-aminopropy^-^meihylsulfonylJ-lAaΛSAlO.l l- octahydropyrazino[r,2':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine dihydrochloride hydrate (800 mg) as an off-white powder.
Anal, calcd for C17H22N6O2S2-2.0 HCM.5 H2O: C, 42.68; H, 6.53; N, 17.57. Found: C, 42.86; H, 6.56; N, 16.96. Part B
(1 IS)-I l-(3-Aminopropyl)-9-(methylsulfonyl)-l,2,3,4,8,9,10,l 1- octahydropyrazino[l',2': l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine dihydrochloride hydrate (235 mg, 0.49 mmol) was dissolved in 10 mL Of CH2Cl2 and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C under N2. Triethylamine (362 μL, 2.60 mmol) and DBU (155 μL, 1.04 mmol) were added followed by methanesulfonyl chloride (40 μL, 0.57 mmol). After stirring for 90 minutes, the reaction mixture was treated with an additional 20 μL of methanesulfonyl chloride and the reaction was stirred overnight. An additional 40 μL of methanesulfonyl chloride was added and stirring was continued for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was treated with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and 50 mL of 10% methanol/CHCl3. The organic layer was washed successively with H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 50% CMA/CHCI3) gave the desired material as a light-yellow powder. Crystallization from propyl acetate/methanol gave JV-{3-[(l lιS)-6-amino-9- (methylsulfonyl)-l ,2,3,4,8,9, 10, 11 -octahydropyrazino[l',2': 1 ,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l 1- yl]propyl}rnethanesulfonamide (239 mg) as light-yellow crystals, mp 148-153 °C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 7.02 (t, J = 5.9 Hz, 1H), 5.89 (s, 2H), 4.80 (m, 1H), 4.65 (d, J = 15.5 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 3.90 (d, J = 13.0 Hz, 1H), 3.42 (m, 1H), 3.11 (s, 3H), 3.10-2.80 (m, 4H), 2.86 (s, 3H), 2.67 (m, 2H), 1.86-1.55 (m, 8H); 13C NMR (125 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 149.5, 146.6, 143.4, 137.2, 125.2, 105.7, 53.9, 45.2, 45.0, 42.5, 35.5, 32.4, 31.2, 25.9, 23.1, 23.0; MS m/z 457 (M + H)+. Anal, calcd for Ci8H28N6O4S2OJO H2O: C, 46.08; H, 6.32; N, 17.91. Found: C, 45.77; H, 6.29; N, 18.11. Example 32
_V-{3-[(l lS)-6-Amino-9-(methylsulfonyl)-l,2,3,4,8,9,10,l 1- octahydropyrazinofr^MjlJimidazo^jS-clquinolin-l l-ylJpropylJmorpholine^- carboxamide
Figure imgf000134_0001
(1 IS)-I l-(3-Aminopropyl)-9-(methylsulfonyl)-l,2,3 ,4,8,9,10,11- octahydropyrazino[r,2':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine dihydrochloride hydrate (300 mg, 0.63 mmol) was dissolved in 10 niL Of CH2Cl2 and the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 °C under N2. Triethylamine (463 μL, 3.33 mmol) and DBU (199 μL, 1.33 mmol) were added followed by morpholine carbonyl chloride (232 μL, 2.00 mmol). After stirring overnight, the reaction mixture was treated with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and 50 niL of 10% methanol/CHCl3. The organic layer was washed successively with H2O and brine. The organic portion was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. Chromatography (SiO2, 50% CMA/CHCI3) gave the desired material as a light-yellow solid. A second column chromatography (7:2:0.25 CHCl3/MeOH/H2O) gave _V-{3-[(l 15)-6-amino-9-(methylsulfonyl)-l, 2,3,4,8,9,10,11- octahydropyrazinofl ',2': 1 ,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l l-yl]propyl}morpholine-4- carboxamide (112 mg) as an off-white powder, mp 149-160 °C. 1B NMR (300 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 6.57 (t, J = 5.5 Hz, 1H), 5.88 (s, 2H), 4.75 (m, 1H), 4.65 (d, J = 15.6 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J = 15.5 Hz, 1H), 3.89 (d, J = 12.8 Hz, 1H), 3.52 (m, 4H), 3.35 (m, 1H), 3.21 (m, 4H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 3.12-2.80 (m, 4H), 2.75 (m, 2H), 1.90-1.52 (m, 8H); 13C NMR (125 MHz, OMSO-d6) δ 158.0, 149.6, 146.5, 143.4, 137.2, 125.2, 105.6, 66.3, 54.2, 45.2, 45.0, 44.2, 35.5, 32.4, 31.4, 26.2, 23.1, 23.0; MS m/z 492 (M + H)+. Anal, calcd for C22H33N7O4SOJ H2O: C, 52.41; H, 6.88; N, 19.45. Found: C, 52.40; H, 6.86; N, 19.34.
Examples 33 - 53
A reagent from the table below (0.11 mmol, 1.1 equivalents) was added to a test tube containing a solution of (1 IS)-I l-(3-aminopropyl)-9-(methylsulfonyl)-8,9,10,l 1- tetrahydropyrazino[r,2':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine dihydrochloride (45.5 mg, 0.10 mmol), DBU (0.029 mL, 0.20 mmol), andΛζiV-diisopropylethylamine (0.0255 mL, 0.15 mmol) in DMA (1 mL). The reaction was shaken at room temperature for four hours. Two drops of water were added to each tube, and the solvent was removed by vacuum centrifugation. The examples were purified by prep HPLC according to the method described in Examples 7 - 18. The table below shows the reagent used for each example, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.
Examples 33 - 53
Figure imgf000135_0001
Figure imgf000136_0001
Figure imgf000137_0001
Examples 54 - 66
(1 IS)-I l-(3-Aminopropyl)-9-(methylsulfonyl)-l,2J3,4,8,9,10,l 1- octahydropyrazino[r,2':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine dihydrochloride hydrate was treated according to the reaction and purification methods described in Examples 19 - 28. The table below shows the reagent used for each example, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt.
Examples 54 - 66
Figure imgf000138_0001
Figure imgf000139_0001
Examples 67 - 71
The methods described in Examples 1 through 4 and 6 were followed using the opposite enantiomer of the relevant reagent described in those examples. The table below shows the structure of the resultant compound and its characterization data.
Figure imgf000139_0002
Figure imgf000140_0001
Examples 72-82
The methods described in Examples 7 - 18 were followed using (1 li?)-l l-(3- aminopropyl)-l 0, 11 -dihydro-8H-[l ,4]oxazino[4',3': 1 ,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine, prepared according a modification of the method of Example 2, as the starting material. The table below shows the reagent used for each example, the structure of the resulting compound, and the observed accurate mass for the isolated trifluoroacetate salt. Examples 72 - 82
Figure imgf000141_0001
Figure imgf000142_0002
Example 83
(1 IJZ)-I l-[(Methylthio)methyl]-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-6-amine
Figure imgf000142_0001
Part A
Chlorotriphenylmethane (265 g, 950 mmol) dissolved in 750 niL of dichloromethane was added dropwise to a stirred solution of L-serine methyl ester hydrochloride (148 g, 950 mmol) and triethylamine (260 mL, 1900 mmol) in 1.5 L of CH2Cl2 at 0 °C. The cloudy yellow solution was stirred for 18 hours at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was filtered to remove solids and the filtrate was washed with water. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a yellow oil. The oil was concentrated from acetonitrile and then stirred in hexanes until a precipitate formed. The resulting solid was filtered to afford 310 g of methyl N-trityl-L-serinate as an off white powder. Part B
Methyl N-trityl-L-serinate (136 g, 376 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (230 mL) and added dropwise to a stirred mixture of NaH (60% oil dispersion, 30.0 g, 752 mmol) and benzyl bromide (67.0 mL, 564 mmol) in 700 mL of DMF at 0 °C. The resulting white suspension was stirred at 0 °C for 1 hour followed by the addition of saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution. The reaction mixture was diluted with H2O and extracted repeatedly with Et2O. The combined organic layers were washed successively with H2O and brine, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give 137 g of methyl O- benzyl-iV-trityl-L-threoninate as a cloudy oil. Part C
Methyl O-benzyl-iV-trityl-L-threoninate (137 g, 304 mmol) was dissolved in a minimal amount OfEt2O and added dropwise to a mixture of lithium aluminum hydride (12.0 g, 333 mmol) and Et2O (1.5 L) at 0 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 0 °C. Ethyl acetate was then carefully added to the reaction mixture at 0 °C until no further gas evolution was observed and then the reaction mixture was treated with methanol until no further gas evolution was observed. The reaction mixture was then treated sequentially with H2O (12 mL), 6 M aqueous NaOH solution (12 mL), and H2O (36 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes. The resulting slurry was filtered through a pad of CELITE filter agent. The pad was rinsed repeatedly with Et2O and the combined filtrates were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a colorless oil. The oil was dissolved in 90 mL of methanol and treated with 4M HCl in dioxane (227 mL, 908 mmol). The resulting homogeneous solution was stirred for 2 hours at ambient temperature. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to afford a yellow solid. The yellow solid was stirred in Et2O (500 mL) and filtered to give 43 g of (2i?)-2- amino-3-(benzyloxy)proρan-l-ol hydrochloride as a white crystalline solid. Part D 4-Chloro-3-nitroquinoline (41.O g, 197 mmol) was added to a mixture of (2R)-2- amino-3-(benzyloxy)propan-l-ol hydrochloride (43.0 g, 197 mmol) and triethylamine (69.0 mL, 494 mmol) dissolved in 985 mL OfCH2Cl2 at 0 °C. The resulting yellow mixture was stirred for 18 hours at ambient temperature. The solvent was then removed under reduced pressure to afford a yellow solid. The solid was stirred in H2O (100 mL) and filtered to give 57 g of (2i?)-3-(benzyloxy)-2-[(3-nitroquinolin-4-yl)amino]propan-l-ol as a bright yellow solid. Part E
(2i?)-3-(benzyloxy)-2-[(3-nitroquinolin-4-yl)amino]propan-l-ol (31 g, 87 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of acetonitrile (810 mL) and isopropyl alcohol (90 mL) and the solution was placed in a pressure bottle. Platinum on carbon (5%, 3.1 g) was then added and the reaction mixture was shaken under H2 at 48 PSI (3.3 x 105 Pa). After 2 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of CELITE filter agent. The pad was rinsed with acetonitrile and the combined filtrates were concentrated under reduced pressure to give (2i?)-2-[(3-aminoquinolin-4-yl)amino]-3-(benzyloxy)propan-l-ol (28 g) as an orange oil. Part F Chloroacetyl chloride (14.8 mL, 186 mol) was added to a mixture of (2Λ)-2-[(3- aminoquinolin-4-yl)amino]-3-(benzyloxy)propan-l-ol (28 g, 86 mmol) and triethylamine (12.0 mL, 86.5 mmol) dissolved in 432 mL Of CH2Cl2 at 0 °C. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at ambient temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the resulting dark, oily solid was treated with acetic acid (400 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux for 6 hours. The reaction was cooled to ambient temperature and the acetic acid was removed under reduced pressure. The resulting dark brown oil was concentrated from toluene (2x) and then from ethanol to afford a dark brown oil. The oil was dissolved in a mixture of ethanol (400 mL) and water (60 mL) and treated with potassium carbonate (60 g). The reaction mixture was heated at 60 °C and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction was then cooled to ambient temperature and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a dark oil. Chromatography (SiO2, 0-30% CMA/CHCI3) gave 17 g of (1 IS)-I l-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5- cjquinoline as a light brown oil. Part G A solution of (1 IS)-I l-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-10,l 1-dihydro-SH-
[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline (3.7 g, 10 mmol) dissolved in CHCl3 was treated with mCPBA (50% purity, 4.8 g, 13 mmol). The reaction was stirred at ambient temperature for 18 hours. Saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (100 mL) and H2O (50 mL) were then added to the reaction and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with additional CHCl3.The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a black oil. The oil was dissolved in methanol (53 mL) and treated with concentrated NH4OH solution (3.6 mL, 53 mmol). The solution was stirred and benzene sulfonyl chloride (2.9 mL, 53 mmol) was carefully added. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours before adding additional concentrated NH4OH solution (3.6 mL, 53 mmol) and benzene sulfonyl chloride (2.9 mL, 53 mmol). Stirring was continued for 18 hours and then reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. The resulting material was treated with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (50 mL) and H2O (50 mL), and then extracted with CHCl3. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to give a brown oil. The oil was treated with Et2O and the mixture was stirred until a precipitate formed. The solid was isolated by filtration to give 3. I g of (11 S)- 11- [(benzyloxy)methyl]-l 0, 11 -dihydro-8H-[l ,4]oxazino[4',3': 1 ,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6- amine as a tan solid. Part H
(1 IS)-I l-[(benzyloxy)methyl]-10,l l-dihydro-8H- [l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine (4.5 g, 12 mmol) was added to a mixture of methanol (177 mL) and acetyl chloride (1.3 mL, 19 mmol) in a pressure bottle. Palladium on carbon (10%, 900 mg) was then added and the reaction mixture was shaken under H2 at 48 PSI (3.3 x 105 Pa). After 4 days, the reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of CELITE filter agent. The pad was rinsed with methanol and the combined filtrates were treated with 2 mL of 50% aqueous NaOH solution and the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford an oily solid. Chromatography (SiO2, 0-
30% CMA/CHC13) afforded an oil that was concentrated with acetonitrile to give 1.6 g of [(I l.S)-6-amino-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l 1- yl]methanol as a tan solid. Part i Thionyl chloride (1.5 mL, 20.7 mmol) was added neat to [(1 lS)-6-amino-10,l l-dihydro- SH-tMJoxazinoμ^^l^limidazo^S-clqumolin-l l-ylJmem^ (280 mg, 1.03 mmol). The nearly homogeneous yellow reaction mixture was heated to 70 °C for 2 hours and turned dark red. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and poured over ice. While maintaining the temperature at 0 °C, the pH of the mixture was brought to 14 with 50% aqueous NaOH. The resulting white suspension was extracted with CHCl3. The layers were separated and the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a tan foam. The tan foam was slurried with acetonitrile and filtered to give 185 mg of (1 Ii-)- 1 l-(chloromethyl)-10,l l-dihydro-8H- [l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine as a white solid. Part J
Sodium methyl thiolate (140 mg, 2.0 mmol) was added to a solution of (1 li?)-l 1- (chloromethyl)- 10,11 -dihydro-8H-[l ,4]oxazino[4',3 ': 1 ,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine (300 mg, 1.0 mmol) dissolved in 5 mL of DMF. The reaction was heated to 80 °C and maintained at this temperature for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and treated with 25 mL of H2O. The resulting solid was isolated by filtration to give 150 mg of (1 IR)A l-[(methylthio)methyl]-10,l l-dihydro-8H- [1 ,4]oxazino[4',3': 1 ,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine as a white solid. The remaining filtrate was then extracted with CHCl3 and the organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and then concentrated under reduced pressure to give a yellow oil. The oil was purified by chromatography (SiO2, 0-30% CMA/CHCI3) and the isolated material was slurried in acetonitrile and filtered to provide an additional 100 mg of desired product as a white solid, mp 105-108 °C.
1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 7.92 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J = 1.1 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (ddd, J = 1.2, 6.8 and 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.28 (ddd, J = 1.2, 7.0, and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.59 (s, 2H), 5.13-5.19 (m, 1H), 5.09 (d, J= 16 Hz, 1H), 5.00 (d, J = 16 Hz, 1H), 4.48 (d, J = 13 Hz, 1H), 4.12 (bd, J = 13 Hz, 1H), 2.93-3.0 (m, 2H); 13C NMR (125 MHz, DMSO-dβ) δ 151.8, 145.0, 144.6, 131.1, 126.6, 126.3, 126.2 121.0, 120.0, 114.3, 64.7, 64.5, 53.3,
34.6, 15.5; MS (APCI) m/z 301 (M + H)+. Anal, calcd for C15H16N4OS: C, 59.98; H, 5.37; N, 18.65. Found: C, 59.69; H, 5.28; N, 18.88.
Example 84 (1 IR)-I l-[(methylsulfonyl)methyl]-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-6-amine
Figure imgf000146_0001
A solution of (11 j?)-l l-[(methylthio)methyl]-10,l l-dihydro-8H-
[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-6-amine (640 mg, 2.1 mmol) dissolved in 10 mL of CHCl3 was cooled to 0 °C and treated with MCPBA (50% purity, 1.2 g, 4.3 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to ambient temperature over 1 hour. The resulting light brown reaction mixture was treated with 2 N aqueous Na2CO3 solution, diluted with water, and extracted with CHCI3. The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, filtered and then concentrated under reduced pressure to give a brown oil. Chromatography (SiO2, 0-30% CMA/CHCI3) gave the desired product as an oil. The oil was slurried in acetonitrile to produce a solid which was isolated by filtration to give 250 mg of the title compound as a white solid, mp 158-161 °C. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 8.17 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.64 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.45 (ddd, J = 1.4, 7.0 and 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (ddd, J = 1.2, 7.0, 8.1 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (s, 2H), 5.59 (br d, J = 11.2 Hz, 1H), 5.13 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H), 5.02 (d, J = 16.0 Hz, 1H), 4.59 (d, J = 12.3 Hz, 1H), 4.19 (br d, J = 12.5 Hz, 1H), 4.00 (dd, J = 11.2, 14.0 Hz, 1H), 3.68 (dd, J = 13.9 Hz, 1H); 13C NMR (125 MHz, DMSO-^) δ 152.1, 145.4, 145.2, 131.3, 127.2, 126.8, 126.5, 121.7, 120.9, 114.8, 66.1, 65.2, 53.3, 49.2, 42.6; MS (APCI) m/z 333 (M + H)+. Anal, calcd for C15H16N4O3S'0.5 H2O: C, 52.77; H, 5.02; N, 16.41. Found: C, 52.54; H, 4.85; N, 16.41.
Example 85 (1 \R)-\ l-(Phenoxymethyl)-10,l l-dihydro-8#-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5- c]quinolin-6-amine
Figure imgf000147_0001
[(115)-6-Amino-10,l l-dihydro-8H-[l,4]oxazino[4',3':l,2]imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin- 1 l-yl]methanol (358 mg, 1.32 mmol) was suspended in 10 mL of dry THF and cooled to 0 °C under N2. Triphenylphosphine (383 mg, 1.46 mmol) and phenol (137 mg, 1.46 mmol) were then added and the white slurry was stirred for 20 minutes. Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (DIAD, 287 μL, 1.46 mmol) was then slowly added. After 1.5 hours, the reaction was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stirring was continued overnight. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by column chromatography (SiO2, EtOAc then 10-30% CMA/CHC13) to give a white solid. A second column chromatography (SiO2, 0-20% CMA/CHCI3) gave the product as a glassy solid. The solid was stirred in Et2O and filtered to give 62 mg of the title compound as a white powder, mp 189 - 195 °C.
1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.94 (d, J= 8.2 Hz, 1H), 7.84 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.53 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 3H), 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.91 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 5.37 (s, 2H), 5.22 (d, J= 15.8 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (m, 1H), 5.02 (d, J= 15.8 Hz, 1H), 4.68 (d, J= 12.3 Hz, 1H), 4.44 (m, 2H), 4.13 (dd, J= 12.3, 2.7 Hz, 1H); MS (ESI) 347 m/z (M + H)+.
Exemplary Compounds
Certain exemplary compounds, including some of those described above in the Examples, have the following Formulas (HIb, IVb, Vb, VIb, or VIIb,) and the following X1 and Rib substituents, wherein each line of the table is matched with Formula 1Hb, IVb, Vb, VIb, or VIIb to represent a specific embodiment of the invention.
Figure imgf000148_0001
Figure imgf000148_0002
Figure imgf000149_0001
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000151_0002
Certain exemplary compounds, including some of those described above in the Examples, have the following Formulas (HIb3 IVb, Vb, VIb, or VIIb,) and the following X1 and Rib substituents, wherein each line of the table is matched with Formula 1Hb, IVb, Vb, VIb, or VIIb to represent a specific embodiment of the invention.
Figure imgf000151_0001
Figure imgf000152_0001
Figure imgf000152_0002
Figure imgf000153_0002
Certain exemplary compounds, including some of those described above in the Examples, have the following Formulas (IHc, IVc, or Vc) and the following X1 and R^ substituents, wherein each line of the table is matched with Formula 1Hc, IVc, or Vc to represent a specific embodiment of the invention.
Figure imgf000153_0001
1Hc IVc Vc
Figure imgf000153_0003
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000155_0001
Certain exemplary compounds, including some of those described above in the Examples, have the following Formulas (HId, IVd, or Vd) and the following X1 and Rϊb substituents, wherein each line of the table is matched with Formula 1Hd, IVd, or Vd to represent a specific embodiment of the invention.
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000156_0002
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
CYTOKINE INDUCTION IN HUMAN CELLS
Compounds of the invention, particularly compounds or salts of the Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, and VII wherein Z is -O-, have been found to induce cytokine biosynthesis when tested using the method described below.
An in vitro human blood cell system is used to assess cytokine induction. Activity is based on the measurement of interferon (α) and tumor necrosis factor (α) (IFN-α and TNF-α, respectively) secreted into culture media as described by Testerman et. al. in "Cytokine Induction by the Immunomodulators Imiquimod and S-27609", Journal of Leukocyte Biology, 58, 365-372 (September, 1995).
Blood Cell Preparation for Culture
Whole blood from healthy human donors is collected by venipuncture into vacutainer tubes or syringes containing EDTA. Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) are separated from whole blood by density gradient centrifugation using HISTOPAQUE- 1077 (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) or Ficoll-Paque Plus (Amersham Biosciences Piscataway, NJ). Blood is diluted 1:1 with Dulbecco's Phosphate Buffered Saline (DPBS) or Hank's Balanced Salts Solution (HBSS). Alternately, whole blood is placed in Accuspin (Sigma) or LeucoSep (Greiner Bio-One, Inc., Longwood, FL) centrifuge frit tubes containing density gradient medium. The PBMC layer is collected and washed twice with DPBS or HBSS and re-suspended at 4 x 106 cells/mL in RPMI complete. The PBMC suspension is added to 96 well flat bottom sterile tissue culture plates containing an equal volume of RPMI complete media containing test compound.
Compound Preparation
The compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). The DMSO concentration should not exceed a final concentration of 1% for addition to the culture wells. The compounds are generally tested at concentrations ranging from 30-0.014 μM. Controls include cell samples with media only, cell samples with DMSO only (no compound), and cell samples with reference compound. Incubation
The solution of test compound is added at 60 μM to the first well containing RPMI complete and serial 3 fold dilutions are made in the wells. The PBMC suspension is then added to the wells in an equal volume, bringing the test compound concentrations to the desired range (usually 30-0.014 μM). The final concentration of PBMC suspension is 2 x 106 cells/mL. The plates are covered with sterile plastic lids, mixed gently and then incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37°C in a 5% carbon dioxide atmosphere.
Separation Following incubation the plates are centrifuged for 10 minutes at 1000 rpm
(approximately 200 x g) at 4°C. The cell-free culture supernatant is removed and transferred to sterile polypropylene tubes. Samples are maintained at -30 to -7O°C until analysis. The samples are analyzed for IFN-α by ELISA and for TNF-α by
IGEN/BioVeris Assay.
Interferon (α) and Tumor Necrosis Factor (α) Analysis
IFN-α concentration is determined with a human multi-subtype colorimetric sandwich ELISA (Catalog Number 41105) from PBL Biomedical Laboratories,
Piscataway, NJ. Results are expressed in pg/mL. The TNF-α concentration is determined by ORIGEN M-Series Immunoassay and read on an IGEN M-8 analyzer from BioVeris Corporation, formerly known as IGEN
International, Gaithersburg, MD. The immunoassay uses a human TNF-α capture and detection antibody pair (Catalog Numbers AHC3419 and AHC3712) from Biosource
International, Camarillo, CA. Results are expressed in pg/mL.
Assay Data and Analysis
In total, the data output of the assay consists of concentration values of TNF-α and
IFN-α (y-axis) as a function of compound concentration (x-axis).
Analysis of the data has two steps. First, the greater of the mean DMSO (DMSO control wells) or the experimental background (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN-α and 40 pg/mL for TNF-α) is subtracted from each reading. If any negative values result from background subtraction, the reading is reported as " * ", and is noted as not reliably detectable. In subsequent calculations and statistics, " * ", is treated as a zero. Second, all background subtracted values are multiplied by a single adjustment ratio to decrease experiment to experiment variability. The adjustment ratio is the area of the reference compound in the new experiment divided by the expected area of the reference compound based on the past 61 experiments (unadjusted readings). This results in the scaling of the reading (y-axis) for the new data without changing the shape of the dose-response curve. The reference compound used is 2-[4-amino-2-ethoxymethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-α,α- dimethyl-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl]ethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91) and the expected area is the sum of the median dose values from the past 61 experiments.
The minimum effective concentration is calculated based on the background- subtracted, reference-adjusted results for a given experiment and compound. The minimum effective concentration (μmolar) is the lowest of the tested compound concentrations that induces a response over a fixed cytokine concentration for the tested cytokine (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN-α and 40 pg/mL for TNF-α). The maximal response is the maximal amount of cytokine (pg/ml) produced in the dose-response.
CYTOKINE INDUCTION IN HUMAN CELLS
(High Throughput Screen) The CYTOKINE INDUCTION IN HUMAN CELLS test method described above was modified as follows for high throughput screening.
Blood Cell Preparation for Culture
Whole blood from healthy human donors is collected by venipuncture into vacutainer tubes or syringes containing EDTA. Peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMC) are separated from whole blood by density gradient centrifugation using HISTOPAQUE- 1077 (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) or Ficoll-Paque Plus (Amersham Biosciences Piscataway, NJ). Whole blood is placed in Accuspin (Sigma) or LeucoSep (Greiner Bio-One, Inc., Longwood, FL) centrifuge frit tubes containing density gradient medium. The PBMC layer is collected and washed twice with DPBS or HBSS and re- suspended at 4 x 106 cells/mL in RPMI complete (2-fold the final cell density). The PBMC suspension is added to 96-well flat bottom sterile tissue culture plates. Compound Preparation
The compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). The compounds are generally tested at concentrations ranging from 30 - 0.014 μM. Controls include cell samples with media only, cell samples with DMSO only (no compound), and cell samples with a reference compound 2-[4-amino-2-ethoxymethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-α,α-dimethyl- lH-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl]ethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91) on each plate. The solution of test compound is added at 7.5 mM to the first well of a dosing plate and serial 3 fold dilutions are made for the 7 subsequent concentrations in DMSO. RPMI Complete media is then added to the test compound dilutions in order to reach a final compound concentration of 2-fold higher (60 - 0.028 μM) than the final tested concentration range. Incubation
Compound solution is then added to the wells containing the PBMC suspension bringing the test compound concentrations to the desired range (usually 30 - 0.014 μM) and the DMSO concentration to 0.4 %. The final concentration of PBMC suspension is 2x106 cells/mL. The plates are covered with sterile plastic lids, mixed gently and then incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37°C in a 5% carbon dioxide atmosphere.
Separation
Following incubation the plates are centrifuged for 10 minutes at 1000 rpm
(approximately 200 g) at 4°C. 4-plex Human Panel MSD MULTI-SPOT 96-well plates are pre-coated with the appropriate capture antibodies by MesoScale Discovery, Inc.
(MSD, Gaithersburg, MD). The cell-free culture supernatants are removed and transferred to the MSD plates. Fresh samples are typically tested, although they may be maintained at
-30 to -70°C until analysis.
Interferon-α and Tumor Necrosis Factor-α Analysis
MSD MULTI-SPOT plates contain within each well capture antibodies for human TNF-α and human IFN-α that have been pre-coated on specific spots. Each well contains four spots: one human TNF-α capture antibody (MSD) spot, one human IFN- α capture antibody (PBL Biomedical Laboratories, Piscataway, NJ) spot, and two inactive bovine serum albumin spots. The human TNF-α capture and detection antibody pair is from MesoScale Discovery. The human IFN-α multi-subtype antibody (PBL Biomedical Laboratories) captures all IFN-α subtypes except IFN-α F (IFNA21). Standards consist of recombinant human TNF-α (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, MN) and IFN-α (PBL Biomedical Laboratories). Samples and separate standards are added at the time of analysis to each MSD plate. Two human IFN-α detection antibodies (Cat. Nos. 21112 & 21100, PBL) are used in a two to one ratio (weight: weight) to each other to determine the IFN-α concentrations. The cytokine-specific detection antibodies are labeled with the SULFO-TAG reagent (MSD). After adding the SULFO-TAG labeled detection antibodies to the wells, each well's electrochemoluminescent levels are read using MSD's SECTOR HTS READER. Results are expressed in pg/mL upon calculation with known cytokine standards.
Assay Data and Analysis In total, the data output of the assay consists of concentration values of TNF-α or
IFN-α (y-axis) as a function of compound concentration (x-axis).
A plate-wise scaling is performed within a given experiment aimed at reducing plate-to-plate variability associated within the same experiment. First, the greater of the median DMSO (DMSO control wells) or the experimental background (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN-α and 40 pg/mL for TNF-α) is subtracted from each reading. Negative values that may result from background subtraction are set to zero. Each plate within a given experiment has a reference compound that serves as a control. This control is used to calculate a median expected area under the curve across all plates in the assay. A plate- wise scaling factor is calculated for each plate as a ratio of the area of the reference compound on the particular plate to the median expected area for the entire experiment. The data from each plate are then multiplied by the plate-wise scaling factor for all plates. Only data from plates bearing a scaling factor of between 0.5 and 2.0 (for both cytokines IFN-α, TNF-α) are reported. Data from plates with scaling factors outside the above mentioned interval are retested until they bear scaling factors inside the above mentioned interval. The above method produces a scaling of the y-values without altering the shape of the curve. The reference compound used is 2-[4-amino-2-ethoxymethyl-6,7,8,9- tetrahydro-α,α-dimethyl-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l-yl]ethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91). The median expected area is the median area across all plates that are part of a given experiment.
A second scaling may also be performed to reduce inter-experiment variability (across multiple experiments). All background-subtracted values are multiplied by a single adjustment ratio to decrease experiment-to-experiment variability. The adjustment ratio is the area of the reference compound in the new experiment divided by the expected area of the reference compound based on an average of previous experiments (unadjusted readings). This results in the scaling of the reading (y-axis) for the new data without changing the shape of the dose-response curve. The reference compound used is 2-[4- amino-2-ethoxymethyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydro-α,α-dimethyl-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-l- yljethanol hydrate (U.S. Patent No. 5,352,784; Example 91) and the expected area is the sum of the median dose values from an average of previous experiments.
The minimum effective concentration is calculated based on the background- subtracted, reference-adjusted results for a given experiment and compound. The minimum effective concentration (μmolar) is the lowest of the tested compound concentrations that induces a response over a fixed cytokine concentration for the tested cytokine (usually 20 pg/mL for IFN-α and 40 pg/mL for TNF-α). The maximal response is the maximal amount of cytokine (pg/ml) produced in the dose-response.
Certain compounds of the invention, paricularly compounds or salts of Formulas II- 1, IMa, III-l, IV-I, V-I, VI-I, and VII-I, or compounds or salts of Formulas II, Ha, III, IV, V, VI, and VII wherein Z is -N(- Y-R2)-, may modulate cytokine biosynthesis by inhibiting production of tumor necrosis factor α (TNF-α) when tested using the method described below.
TNF-α INHIBITION IN MOUSE CELLS
The mouse macrophage cell line Raw 264.7 is used to assess the ability of compounds to inhibit tumor necrosis factor-α (TNF-α) production upon stimulation by lipopolysaccharide (LPS). Single Concentration Assay: Blood Cell Preparation for Culture
Raw cells (ATCC) are harvested by gentle scraping and then counted. The cell suspension is brought to 3 x 105 cells/mL in RPMI with 10 % fetal bovine serum (FBS). Cell suspension (100 μL) is added to 96-well flat bottom sterile tissues culture plates
(Becton Dickinson Labware, Lincoln Park, NJ). The final concentration of cells is 3 x 104 cells/well. The plates are incubated for 3 hours. Prior to the addition of test compound the medium is replaced with colorless RPMI medium with 3 % FBS.
Compound Preparation
The compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). The DMSO concentration should not exceed a final concentration of 1% for addition to the culture wells. Compounds are tested at 5μM. LPS (Lipopolysaccaride from Salmonella typhimurium, Sigma- Aldrich) is diluted with colorless RPMI to the EC70 concentration as measured by a dose response assay.
Incubation
A solution of test compound (lμl) is added to each well. The plates are mixed on a microtiter plate shaker for 1 minute and then placed in an incubator. Twenty minutes later the solution of LPS (1 μL, EC70 concentration ~ 10 ng/ml) is added and the plates are mixed for 1 minute on a shaker. The plates are incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37 °C in a 5 % carbon dioxide atmosphere.
TNF-α Analysis Following the incubation the supernatant is removed with a pipet. TNF-α concentration is determined by ELISA using a mouse TNF- α kit (from Biosource International, Camarillo, CA). Results are expressed in pg/mL. TNF-α expression upon LPS stimulation alone is considered a 100% response. Dose Response Assay:
Blood Cell Preparation for Culture
Raw cells (ATCC) are harvested by gentle scraping and then counted. The cell suspension is brought to 4 x 105 cells/mL in RPMI with 10 % FBS. Cell suspension (250 μL) is added to 48-well flat bottom sterile tissues culture plates (Costar, Cambridge, MA). The final concentration of cells is 1 x 105 cells/well. The plates are incubated for 3 hours. Prior to the addition of test compound the medium is replaced with colorless RPMI medium with 3 % FBS.
Compound Preparation
The compounds are solubilized in dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO). The DMSO concentration should not exceed a final concentration of 1% for addition to the culture wells. Compounds are tested at 0.03, 0.1, 0.3, 1, 3, 5 and 10 μM. LPS (Lipopolysaccaride from Salmonella typhimurium, Sigma- Aldrich) is diluted with colorless RPMI to the EC70 concentration as measured by dose response assay.
Incubation
A solution of test compound (200 μl) is added to each well. The plates are mixed on a microtiter plate shaker for 1 minute and then placed in an incubator. Twenty minutes later the solution of LPS (200 μL, EC7O concentration ~ 10 ng/ml) is added and the plates are mixed for 1 minute on a shaker. The plates are incubated for 18 to 24 hours at 37 °C in a 5 % carbon dioxide atmosphere.
TNF-α Analysis Following the incubation the supernatant is removed with a pipet. TNF-α concentration is determined by ELISA using a mouse TNF- α kit (from Biosource International, Camarillo, CA). Results are expressed in pg/mL. TNF-α expression upon LPS stimulation alone is considered a 100% response. The complete disclosures of the patents, patent documents, and publications cited herein are incorporated by reference in their entirety as if each were individually incorporated. Various modifications and alterations to this invention will become apparent to those skilled in the art without departing from the scope and spirit of this invention. It should be understood that this invention is not intended to be unduly limited by the illustrative embodiments and examples set forth herein and that such examples and embodiments are presented by way of example only with the scope of the invention intended to be limited only by the claims set forth herein as follows.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound of the Formula I :
Figure imgf000168_0001
wherein:
X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms; X' is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3; Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-X1-Y'-R4, -X1-Y'-X"-Y'-R4, and
-X1-R5; RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(R9)2; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the fused aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R' groups; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R9)2; R' is a non-interfering substituent;
Xi is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O)2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(R6)-C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-S(O)2-, and
-C(R6)-O-; Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -O-,
-S(O)0-2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-, -C(Rg)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-,
-N(Rs)-Q-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -O-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(R8)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-,
-C(=N-O-R8)-, -CHC-NC-O-Re)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000170_0001
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000171_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S;
R7 is C2-7 alkylene; R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-I0 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-C1-10 alkylenyl, C1-I0 alkoxy-C^o alkylenyl, aryl-C1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroary 1-C1-10 alkylenyl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R1O is C3-8 alkylene;
A is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and
-NC-Q-R4)-;
A1 is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O)0-2-, -NO-Q-R4)-, and -CH2-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-,
-C(R6)-N(Rs)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)S-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9)-;
V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(Rg)-C(R6)-, and -S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that X1 can also be a bond when:
Y1 is bonded to X1 and Y1 is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -CC=N-O-R8)-, -CHC-NC-O-Rg)-Q-R4)-,
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000172_0001
R5 is bonded to X1 and R5 is
Figure imgf000172_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The compound or salt of claim 1 wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
3. A compound of the Formula II:
Figure imgf000173_0001
wherein: X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X' is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-; R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -X1-V-R4,
-Xi-Y1-X"-Yl-R4, and -Xi-R5; RA and RB are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R6)2; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, wherein the fused aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R' groups; or when taken together, RA and RB form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups;
R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(R9)2;
R' is a non-interfering substituent;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(Rg)-C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(Rs)-S(O)2-, and -C(R6)-O-; Y' is selected from the group consisting of:
-O-, -S(O)0-2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-,
-N(R8)-Q-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-, -O-C(Rg)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(R8)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-, -C(HST-O-R8)-, -CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000175_0001
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino;
(dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of
Figure imgf000176_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R7 is C2-7 alkylene;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Ci.10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-Ci-io alkylenyl, Ci.io alkoxy-C1-10 alkylenyl, aryl-d.jo alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-C1-10 alkylenyl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
R10 is C3-8 alkylene;
A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -NC-Q-R4)-;
A1 is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O)0-2-, -NC-Q-R4)-, and -CH2-;
Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R6)-N(R6)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-S-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9)-; V is selected from the group consisting Of -C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(Rs)-C(R6)-, and
-S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that X1 can also be a bond when: Y1 is bonded to X1 and Y1 is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(Rg)-N(OR9)-, -Q=N-O-R8)-, -CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000177_0001
R5 is bonded to X1 and R5 is
Figure imgf000177_0002
wherein V is -C(R6)- or
Figure imgf000177_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
4. The compound or salt of claim 3 wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
5. A compound of the Formula Ha:
Figure imgf000178_0001
wherein: X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X1 is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-; R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -X1-T-R4,
-X1-Yl-X"-Y'-R4, and
-Xi-R5; RA1 and RBI are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R9)2; or when taken together, RAI and RBI form a fused aryl ring or heteroaryl ring containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S3 wherein the aryl or heteroaryl ring is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups, or substituted by one R3 group, or substituted by one R3 group and one R group; or when taken together, RA1 and RB1 form a fused 5 to 7 membered saturated ring, optionally containing one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N and S, and unsubstituted or substituted by one or more R groups; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R6)2;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
-Z-R4, -Z1OC-R4, -Z'-X'-Y'-R^ -Z'-X'-Y'-X'-Y'-R^ and
-Z'-X"-R5;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group; X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond,
-S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(R6)-C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-S(O)2-; and -C(Rs)-O-; lected from the group consisting of:
-O-,
-S(O)0-2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-,
-N(R8)-Q-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-O-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(Rg)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-, -Q=N-O-R8)-,
-CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000180_0001
Figure imgf000181_0001
Z' is a bond or -O-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000182_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R7 is C2-7 alkylene; R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-Ci_10 alkylenyl, C1-I0 alkoxy-C^o alkylenyl, aryl-C1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-C]-10 alkylenyl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R10 is C3-8 alkylene; A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and
-NC-Q-R4)-;
A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O)0-2-, -NC-Q-R4)-, and -CH2-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -CCRe)-N(Rs)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)S-, and -C(Rg)-N(OR9)-; V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(Rg)-C(R6)-, and
-S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that X1 can also be a bond when: Y1 is bonded to X1 and Y' is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -CC=N-O-R8)-, -CHC-NC-O-Rs)-Q-R4)-,
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000182_0002
R5 is bondedto X1 and R5 is
Figure imgf000183_0002
wherdn v is .C(R6). or
Figure imgf000183_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
6. The compound or salt of claim 5 wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
7. A compound of the Formula III:
Figure imgf000183_0001
wherein:
X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms; X' is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3; Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -X1-Y-R4,
-Xi-Yl-X"-YI-R4j and -Xi-R5; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(RJO2; R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
-Z'-R-t, -Z'-X"-R4,
-Z'-X"-Y'-R4, .Z'-X"-Y'-X"-Y'-R4, and -Z'-X"-R5; n is an integer from 0 to 4; m is 0 or 1 ; with the proviso that when m is 1 , then n is 0 or 1 ;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O)2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(R6)-C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-S(O)2-, and
-C(R6)-O-; Y1 is selected from the group consisting of: -O-,
-S(O)0-2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-3 -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-,
-N(Rs)-Q-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -O-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(Rg)-N(OR9)-,
-O-N(R8)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-,
-CC=N-O-R8)-, -CHC-NC-O-Re)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000185_0001
Z' is a bond or -O-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy ; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000186_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R7 is C2-7 alkylene;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-CMoalkylenyl, Ci-10 alkoxy-Cϊ.ioalkylenyl, aryl-Ci-ioalkylenyl, and heteroaryl-Ci-io alkylenyl; R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R10 is C3-8 alkylene;
A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -NC-Q-R4)-; A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O)0-2-, -N^Q-R4)-, and -CH2-;
Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)~, -S(O)2-, -CCRe)-N(Rs)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-S-, and -C(Rg)-N(OR9)-;
V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(R8)-C(R6)-, and -S(O)2-; W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that X1 can also be a bond when:
Y' is bonded to X1 and Y' is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(Rg)-N(R8)-, -C(Rg)-N(OR9)-, -CC=N-O-R8)-, -CHC-NC-O-Rg)-Q-R4)-,
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000187_0001
R5 is bonded to Xi and R5 is
Figure imgf000187_0002
wherein V is -C(R6)- or
Figure imgf000187_0003
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
8. The compound or salt of claim 7 wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
9. A compound of the Formula IV:
Figure imgf000188_0001
wherein: X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X' is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-; R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -Xi-V-R4,
-Xi-V-X"- V-R4, and
-Xi-R5; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(R9)2; n is an integer from 0 to 4; X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O)2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-, -C(Ra)-N(R*)-, -C(R6)-N(R6)-C(R6)-, -C(Rg)-N(R8)-S(O)2-, and
-C(R6)-O-;
Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -O-,
-S(O)0-2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-, -C(Rg)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-, -N(R8)-Q-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -O-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(EU)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(R8)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-,
-C(=N-O-Rg)-, -CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000190_0001
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino;
(dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000191_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R7 is C2-7 alkylene; R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C^10 alkyl, C2-I0 alkenyl, hydroxy-C1-10 alkylenyl, Ci-I0 alkoxy-Q.io alkylenyl, aryl-CMo alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-Ci-io alkylenyl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; Ri0 is C3-8 alkylene; A is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and
-NC-Q-R4)-;
A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O)0-2-, -NC-Q-R4)-, and -CH2-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R6)-NCRe)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(Rg)-O-, -C(Rg)-S-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9)-; V is selected from the group consisting Of-C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(Rs)-C(R6)-, and
-S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that X1 can also be a bond when: Y1 is bonded to X1 and Y1 is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)O-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(Rg)-N(OR9)-, -C(=N-O-R8)-, -CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-, wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000192_0001
R5 is bonded to X1 and R5 is
Figure imgf000192_0003
wherein v is _C(R6). or
Figure imgf000192_0004
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
10. The compound or salt of claim 9 wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
11. A compound of the Formula V :
Figure imgf000192_0002
wherein: X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X' is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X and X' are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X1 is 1, 2, or 3; Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-; R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-Xi-Y-R4,
-X1-Y-X"- Y-R4, and -X1-R5;
R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R9)2; R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
-Z'-R4, -Z'-X'-R^ -Z'-X'-Y'-R^ -Z'-X'-Y'-X'-Y'-Rt, and -Z'-X"-R5; p is an integer from 0 to 3; m is 0 or 1 ; with the proviso that when m is 1 , then p is 0 or 1 ; X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(R6)-C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-S(O)2-, and
-C(R6)-O-; lected from the group consisting of: -O-,
-S(O)0-2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-, -N(R8)-Q-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-, -O-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(R6)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-,
-C(=N-O-Rs)-,
-CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000194_0001
Figure imgf000195_0001
Z' is a bond or -O-;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy; R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000196_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R7 is C2-7 alkylene; R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-Io alkenyl, hydroxy-d.io alkylenyl, C1-10 alkoxy-C1-10 alkylenyl, aryl-C1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroary 1-C1-10 alkylenyl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R10 is C3-8 alkylene; A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and
-Nt-Q-R4)-;
A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(0)o-2-, -N^Q-R4)-, and -CH2-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-S-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9)-; V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(R8)-C(R6)-, and
-S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that X1 can also be a bond when: Y' is bonded to X1 and Y' is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -C(=N-O-R8)-, -CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000196_0002
R5 is bonded to X1 and R5 is
Figure imgf000197_0003
Figure imgf000197_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
12. The compound or salt of claim 11 wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
13. A compound of the Formula VI :
Figure imgf000197_0001
wherein:
X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms; X' is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X and X1 are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X1 is 1, 2, or 3; Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -Xi-Y-R4,
-X1-Y'-X"-Y1-R4, and -Xi-R5; R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(Rg)2; p is an integer from 0 to 3;
X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-,
-C(Rg)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(R6)-C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(Rg)-S(O)2-, and -C(R6)-O-; Y' is selected from the group consisting of: -O-,
-S(O)0-2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-, -N(Rg)-Q-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-O-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(R6)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-,
-C(=N-O-Rg)-,
-CH(-N(-O-Rβ)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000199_0001
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy ; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000200_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S;
R7 is C2-7 alkylene;
R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-Cϊ-K) alkylenyl, C1-10 alkoxy-Q.jo alkylenyl, aryl-C1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-C1-10 alkylenyl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl;
R10 is C3-8 alkylene;
A is selected from the group consisting Of -CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -Nt-Q-R4)-;
A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O)0-2-, -Nt-Q-R4)-, and -CH2-;
Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(Rg)-O-, -C(Rg)-S-, and -C(R6)-N(OR9)-; V is selected from the group consisting Of-C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(R8)-C(R6)-, and -S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that X1 can also be a bond when:
Y' is bonded to X1 and Y' is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-N(R8>, -C(Rg)-N(OR9)-, -CC=N-O-R8)-, -CHC-NC-O-Re)-Q-R4)-,
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000201_0001
R5 is bonded to X1 and R5 is
Figure imgf000201_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
14. The compound or salt of claim 13 wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
15. A compound of the Formula VII :
Figure imgf000201_0003
wherein: X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X' is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X and X1 are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X' is 1, 2, or 3;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-; R1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-Xi-V-R4, -Xi-V-X"-V-R4, and
-Xi-R5;
RA2 and RB2 are each independently selected from the group consisting of: hydrogen, halogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and
-N(R6)2;
XI is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group; X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups;
Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond,
-S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-,
-C(Rg)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(R8)-C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-N(R6)-S(O)2-, and -C(R6)-O-; lected from the group consisting of:
-O-,
-S(O)0-2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-,
-C(R6)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-,
-N(Rs)-Q-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-O-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(OR9)-,
-O-N(R8)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-, -Q=N-O-R8)-,
-CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000203_0001
Figure imgf000204_0001
R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000205_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R7 is C2-7 alkylene; R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-10 alkyl, C2-I0 alkenyl, hydroxy-C1-10 alkylenyl, C1-10 alkoxy-Ci-10 alkylenyl, aryl-C1-10 alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-Ci.io alkylenyl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R1O is C3-8 alkylene; A is selected from the group consisting of -CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and
-Nt-Q-R4)-;
A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O)0-2-, -N(-Q-R4)-, and -CH2-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(Rg)-S-, and -C(Rg)-N(OR9)-; V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(Rs)-C(R6)-, and
-S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that X1 can also be a bond when: Y1 is bonded to X1 and Y1 is -C(R6)-, -C(Rg)-O-, -C(Rg)-N(R8)-,
-C(Rg)-N(OR9)-, -C(=N-O-R8)-, -CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000205_0002
R5 is bonded to X1 and R5 is
Figure imgf000206_0001
wherein V is -C(R6)- or
Figure imgf000206_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
16. The compound or salt of claim 15 wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
17. The compound or salt of claim 15 or 16 wherein RA2 and RB2 are each methyl.
18. The compound or salt of claim 7, 8, 9, or 10 wherein n is 0.
19. The compound or salt of claim 11, 12, 13, or 14 wherein p is 0.
20. The compound or salt of claim 7 or 8 wherein n and m are 0.
21. The compound or salt of claim 11 or 12 wherein p and m are 0.
22. The compound or salt of any one of claims 5, 6, 7, 8 11 and 12 wherein R3 is benzyloxy.
23. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 14 wherein R is halogen or hydroxy.
24. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 23 wherein Z is -N(- Y-R2)-.
25. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 23 wherein Z is -O-.
26. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 24 wherein Y is -C(O)-, -S(O)2-, or -C(O)NH-.
27. The compound or salt of claim 26 wherein Y is -S(O)2-, and R2 is methyl.
28. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 27 wherein R1 is -X1-Y-R4.
29. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 27 wherein R1 is -X1-Y-X^Y-R4.
30. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 27 wherein R1 is -X1-R5.
31. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 30 wherein X1 is CJ-4 alky lene.
32. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 28, or 31 as dependent on any one of claims 1 through 28 wherein Y' is -C(O)-, -S(O)2-, -N(Rs)-Q-, or -C(O)-NH-.
33. The compound or salt of claim 32 wherein Q is -C(O)-, -S(O)2, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, or -C(O)-N(R8)-.
34. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 28, 31 as dependent on any one of claims 1 through 28, 32, or 33 wherein R4 is alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, or heteroaryl, wherein aryl, arylalkylenyl, and heteroaryl are optionally substituted by alkyl.
35. The compound or salt of claim 28 wherein Y' is -S-, -S(O)2-, or N(Rg)-Q- wherein Q is a bond, -S(O)2-, -C(O)-, -C(O)-O-, -C(O)-N(R8)-, -C(S)-N(R8)-, or -S(O)2-N(R8)-; each R8 is independently selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, Cj-4 alkyl, hydroxyC i-4 alkyl, and C1-4 alkoxyC1-4 alkyl; and R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, haloalkyl, and dialkylamino.
36. The compound or salt of claim 35 wherein Y1 is -NH-S(O)2-, -NH-C(O)-, -NH-S(O)2-N(R8)-, -NH-C(O)-N(R8)-, -NH-C(S)-N(R8)-, -NH-C(O)-O-, or -N(R8)-; and Rg is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, or 2-methoxyethyl.
37. The compound or salt of claim 35 wherein Y' is -S- or -S(O)2-; and R4 is alkyl or aryl.
38. The compound or salt of claim 35, 36, or 37 except as dependent on claim 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, or 16 wherein X1 is C1-3 alkylene optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group.
39. The compound or salt of claim 38 wherein X1 is -(CH2)1-3-.
40. The compound or salt of claim 38 wherein X1 is C2-3 alkylene substituted by one hydroxy group.
41. The compound or salt of claim 28 wherein Y' is
Figure imgf000208_0001
or ; Q is a bond, -C(O)-, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-C(O)-N(R8)-, C(S)-N(R8)-, or -C(O)-O-; R7 is C2-3 alkylene; R8 is hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl; R10 is C4-6 alkylene; and R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, alkenyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, and haloalkyl.
42. The compound or salt of claim 41 wherein Y1 is
Figure imgf000208_0002
43. The compound or salt of claim 42 wherein X1 is a bond or -CH2-, and Y' is
Figure imgf000208_0003
44. The compound or salt of claim 42 wherein X1 is a -CH2- or -(CH2)2-, and Y1 is
Figure imgf000209_0002
45. The compound or salt of claim 28 or claim 31 as dependent on claim 28 wherein Y' is -O-, and R4 is aryl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, and dialkylamino.
46. The compound or salt of claim 28 or claim 31 as dependent on claim 28 wherein Y1 is -C(O)-; and R4 is alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, or heterocyclyl wherein alkyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, heteroaryl, and heterocyclyl are unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of hydroxy, halogen, alkoxy, alkyl, haloalkyl, and dialkylamino.
47. The compound or salt of claim 46 as dependent on claim 28 wherein X1 is a bond.
48. The compound or salt of claim 29 or claim 31 as dependent on claim 29 wherein Ri is -Xi-V8-X11- Vb-R4; γ'a is -O-; X" is arylene; Y'b is -C(O)-N(R8)-; R4 is hydrogen, alkyl, or aryl which is unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl, alkoxy, halogen, and dialkylamino; and R8 is hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl.
49. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 27, 30, or 31 as dependent on any one of claims 1 through 27 or 30 wherein R5 is
Figure imgf000209_0001
50. The compound or salt of claim 49 wherein V is -C(O)- and A is -CH2-, -O-, or -NC-Q-R4)-.
51. The compound or salt of claim 49 wherein V is N(Rs)-C(R6)-; A is -O-; a and b are each 2 or 3; and R8 is hydrogen or C1-4 alkyl.
52. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 51 wherein X is a bond.
53. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 52 wherein X1 contributes one ring carbon atom.
54. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 53 wherein X' is C1-2 alkylene.
55. The compound or salt of claim 54 wherein X' is methylene.
56. The compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 52 wherein X' contributes two ring carbon atoms.
57. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of claims 1 through 56 and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
58. A method of inducing cytokine biosynthesis in an animal comprising administering an effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of claims 3 through 22 and 23 through 56 except as dependent on claim 1 or 2 or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 57 comprising a compound or salt of any one of claims 3 through 22 and 23 through 56 except as dependent on claim lor 2 to the animal.
59. A method of treating a viral disease in an animal in need thereof comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of claims 3 through 22 and 23 through 56 except as dependent on claim 1 or 2 or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 57 comprising a compound or salt of any one of claims 3 through 22 and 23 through 56 except as dependent on claim lor 2 to to the animal.
60, A method of treating a neoplastic disease in an animal in need thereof comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of a compound or salt of any one of claims 3 through 22 and 23 through 56 except as dependent on claim 1 or 2 or the pharmaceutical composition of claim 57 comprising a compound or salt of any one of claims 3 through 22 and 23 through 56 except as dependent on claim lor 2 to to the animal.
61. A compound of the Formula X:
Figure imgf000211_0001
wherein: E is selected from the group consisting of CH, CR, CR3, and N, with the proviso that when E is CR3, m is 0, and p is 0 or 1, and with the further proviso that when E is CR and m is 1 , p is 0;
X is a bond or a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
XI is a straight or branched chain C1-8 alkylene optionally having a substituent at a carbon atom other than a carbon atom adjacent to a heteroatom, wherein the substituent is hydroxy, alkoxy, or one or more halogen atoms;
X and X1 are further characterized in that the sum of the ring carbon atoms contributed by X and X1 is 1 , 2, or 3 ;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -O- and -N(- Y-R2)-; R1 is selected from the group consisting of: -X1-Y-R4, -X1-Y-X1^Y-R4, and -X1-R5;
R is selected from the group consisting of: halogen, hydroxy, alkyl, alkenyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, alkylthio, and -N(R6)2;
R3 is selected from the group consisting of: -Z'-Rt, -Z'-X"-R4, -Z'-X'^Y'^, -Z'-X^Y'-X'^Y'^, and
-Z'-X"-R5; p is an integer from 0 to 3; m is 0 or 1 ; with the proviso that when m is 1 , then p is 0 or 1 ; X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups, and optionally substituted by a hydroxy or methoxy group;
X" is selected from the group consisting of alkylene, alkenylene, alkynylene, arylene, heteroarylene, and heterocyclylene wherein the alkylene, alkenylene, and alkynylene groups can be optionally interrupted or terminated by arylene, heteroarylene or heterocyclylene and optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups; Y is selected from the group consisting of: a bond, -S(O)2-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-,
-C(Rg)-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-N(R6)-C(R6)-, -C(R6)-N(R6)-S(O)2-, and
-C(R6)-O-; Y1 is selected from the group consisting of:
-O-, -S(O)0-2-,
-S(O)2-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-,
-C(Rg)-O-, -O-C(R6)-, -O-C(O)-O-,
-N(R8)-Q-,
-C(Rs)-N(R8)-,
-O-C(R6)-N(R8)-,
-C(R6)-N(OR9)-, -O-N(R8)-Q-, -O-N=C(R4)-,
-C(=N-O-Rβ)-,
-CH(-N(-O-Rs)-Q-R4)-,
Figure imgf000213_0001
Z' is a bond or -O-; R2 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; alkylthio; alkanoyl; alkanoyloxy; alkoxycarbonyl; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylthio; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino;
(dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo; and, in the case of aryl, methylenedioxy;
R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl wherein the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkylenyl, aryloxyalkylenyl, alkylarylenyl, heteroaryl, heteroarylalkylenyl, heteroaryloxyalkylenyl, alkylheteroarylenyl, and heterocyclyl groups can be unsubstituted or substituted by one or more substituents independently selected from the group consisting of alkyl; alkoxy; hydroxyalkyl; haloalkyl; haloalkoxy; halogen; nitro; hydroxy; mercapto; cyano; aryl; aryloxy; arylalkyleneoxy; heteroaryl; heteroaryloxy; heteroarylalkyleneoxy; heterocyclyl; amino; alkylamino; dialkylamino; (dialkylamino)alkyleneoxy; and, in the case of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, and heterocyclyl, oxo;
R5 is selected from the group consisting of:
Figure imgf000214_0001
R6 is selected from the group consisting of =0 and =S; R7 is C2-7 alkylene; R8 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, C1-1O alkyl, C2-10 alkenyl, hydroxy-C1-10 alkylenyl, C1-10 alkoxy-d-io alkylenyl, aryl-Ci.^ alkylenyl, and heteroaryl-d-io alkylenyl;
R9 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen and alkyl; R10 is C3-8 alkylene;
A is selected from the group consisting Of-CH2-, -O-, -C(O)-, -S(O)0-2-, and -NC-Q-R4)S
A' is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S(O)0-2-, -N^Q-R4)-, and -CH2-; Q is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-C(R6)-, -S(O)2-, -C(R6)-N(Rg)-W-, -S(O)2-N(R8)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)S-, and -C(Rg)-N(OR9)-;
V is selected from the group consisting of -C(R6)-, -O-C(R6)-, -N(Rg)-C(R6)-, and -S(O)2-;
W is selected from the group consisting of a bond, -C(O)-, and -S(O)2-; and a and b are independently integers from 1 to 6 with the proviso that a + b is < 7; with the proviso that Xj can also be a bond when:
Y' is bonded to X1 and Y1 is -C(R6)-, -C(R6)-O-, -C(R6)-N(R8)-, -C(Rg)-N(OR9)-, -Q=N-O-R8)-, -CH(-N(-O-R8)-Q-R4)-,
wherein V is -C(R6)-, or
Figure imgf000215_0001
R5 is bonded to X1 and R5 is
Figure imgf000215_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
62. The compound or salt of claim 61 wherein X1 is selected from the group consisting of alkylene and alkenylene, wherein the alkylene and alkenylene are optionally interrupted by one or more -O- groups.
PCT/US2005/047297 2004-12-30 2005-12-29 Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds WO2006083440A2 (en)

Priority Applications (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2005326708A AU2005326708C1 (en) 2004-12-30 2005-12-29 Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds
ES05857242T ES2392648T3 (en) 2004-12-30 2005-12-29 Substituted chiral compounds containing a condensed 1,2-imidazo-4,5-c core
EP05857242A EP1831221B1 (en) 2004-12-30 2005-12-29 Substituted chiral fused 1,2 imidazo 4,5-c ring compounds
CA2594674A CA2594674C (en) 2004-12-30 2005-12-29 Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds
US11/813,052 US8034938B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2005-12-29 Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds
JP2007549597A JP5313502B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2005-12-29 Substituted chiral condensed [1,2] imidazo [4,5-c] cyclic compounds
US13/196,131 US8350034B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2011-08-02 Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-C] ring compounds

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US64044004P 2004-12-30 2004-12-30
US60/640,440 2004-12-30
US69725605P 2005-07-07 2005-07-07
US60/697,256 2005-07-07

Related Child Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/813,052 A-371-Of-International US8034938B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2005-12-29 Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds
US13/196,131 Continuation US8350034B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2011-08-02 Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-C] ring compounds
US13/196,131 Division US8350034B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2011-08-02 Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-C] ring compounds

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006083440A2 true WO2006083440A2 (en) 2006-08-10
WO2006083440A3 WO2006083440A3 (en) 2007-06-21

Family

ID=36777701

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2005/047297 WO2006083440A2 (en) 2004-12-30 2005-12-29 Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds

Country Status (7)

Country Link
US (2) US8034938B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1831221B1 (en)
JP (1) JP5313502B2 (en)
AU (1) AU2005326708C1 (en)
CA (1) CA2594674C (en)
ES (1) ES2392648T3 (en)
WO (1) WO2006083440A2 (en)

Cited By (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7879849B2 (en) 2003-10-03 2011-02-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Pyrazolopyridines and analogs thereof
US7897767B2 (en) 2003-11-14 2011-03-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Oxime substituted imidazoquinolines
US7897597B2 (en) 2003-08-27 2011-03-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Aryloxy and arylalkyleneoxy substituted imidazoquinolines
US7906506B2 (en) 2006-07-12 2011-03-15 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted chiral fused [1,2] imidazo [4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
US7915281B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2011-03-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Isoxazole, dihydroisoxazole, and oxadiazole substituted imidazo ring compounds and method
US7923429B2 (en) 2003-09-05 2011-04-12 3M Innovative Properties Company Treatment for CD5+ B cell lymphoma
US7943609B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2011-05-17 3M Innovative Proprerties Company Chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-C] ring compounds
US7943610B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2011-05-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Pyrazolopyridine-1,4-diamines and analogs thereof
US7943636B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2011-05-17 3M Innovative Properties Company 1-substituted pyrazolo (3,4-C) ring compounds as modulators of cytokine biosynthesis for the treatment of viral infections and neoplastic diseases
US7968563B2 (en) 2005-02-11 2011-06-28 3M Innovative Properties Company Oxime and hydroxylamine substituted imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
US8034938B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2011-10-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds
US8598192B2 (en) 2003-11-14 2013-12-03 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydroxylamine substituted imidazoquinolines
US8673932B2 (en) 2003-08-12 2014-03-18 3M Innovative Properties Company Oxime substituted imidazo-containing compounds
WO2014107663A2 (en) 2013-01-07 2014-07-10 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Compositions and methods for treating cutaneous t cell lymphoma
US8871782B2 (en) 2003-10-03 2014-10-28 3M Innovative Properties Company Alkoxy substituted imidazoquinolines
US9248127B2 (en) 2005-02-04 2016-02-02 3M Innovative Properties Company Aqueous gel formulations containing immune response modifiers
EP3085373A1 (en) 2006-02-22 2016-10-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Immune response modifier conjugates
EP3153180A1 (en) 2011-06-03 2017-04-12 3M Innovative Properties Company Heterobifunctional linkers with polyethylene glycol segments and immune response modifier conjugates made therefrom
US10005772B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2018-06-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Immune response modifier compositions and methods
CN109641920A (en) * 2016-08-26 2019-04-16 3M创新有限公司 Condensed [1,2] imidazo [4,5-c] cycle compound replaced by guanidino group
WO2019166946A1 (en) 2018-02-28 2019-09-06 Pfizer Inc. Il-15 variants and uses thereof
WO2019224715A1 (en) 2018-05-23 2019-11-28 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies specific for cd3 and uses thereof
WO2019224716A2 (en) 2018-05-23 2019-11-28 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies specific for gucy2c and uses thereof
US10526309B2 (en) 2015-10-02 2020-01-07 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Pan-TAM inhibitors and Mer/Axl dual inhibitors
WO2020128893A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 Pfizer Inc. Combination treatments of cancer comprising a tlr agonist
WO2021124073A1 (en) 2019-12-17 2021-06-24 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies specific for cd47, pd-l1, and uses thereof
WO2022013775A1 (en) 2020-07-17 2022-01-20 Pfizer Inc. Therapeutic antibodies and their uses

Families Citing this family (27)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040265351A1 (en) 2003-04-10 2004-12-30 Miller Richard L. Methods and compositions for enhancing immune response
WO2005079195A2 (en) 2003-10-03 2005-09-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Pyrazolopyridines and analogs thereof
CA2547020C (en) 2003-11-25 2014-03-25 3M Innovative Properties Company 1h-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine-4-amine derivatives as immune response modifier
WO2005066170A1 (en) 2003-12-29 2005-07-21 3M Innovative Properties Company Arylalkenyl and arylalkynyl substituted imidazoquinolines
JP2007517044A (en) 2003-12-30 2007-06-28 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Imidazoquinolinyl, imidazopyridinyl, and imidazonaphthyridinylsulfonamide
WO2005094531A2 (en) 2004-03-24 2005-10-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Amide substituted imidazopyridines, imidazoquinolines, and imidazonaphthyridines
US8017779B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2011-09-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Nitrogen containing heterocyclyl substituted imidazoquinolines and imidazonaphthyridines
US8541438B2 (en) * 2004-06-18 2013-09-24 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted imidazoquinolines, imidazopyridines, and imidazonaphthyridines
US8026366B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2011-09-27 3M Innovative Properties Company Aryloxy and arylalkyleneoxy substituted thiazoloquinolines and thiazolonaphthyridines
WO2006038923A2 (en) 2004-06-18 2006-04-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Aryl substituted imidazonaphthyridines
US8378102B2 (en) 2005-02-09 2013-02-19 3M Innovative Properties Company Oxime and hydroxylamine substituted thiazolo[4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
WO2006086449A2 (en) * 2005-02-09 2006-08-17 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Alkyloxy substituted thiazoloquinolines and thiazolonaphthyridines
US8658666B2 (en) 2005-02-11 2014-02-25 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted imidazoquinolines and imidazonaphthyridines
CA2598639A1 (en) 2005-02-23 2006-08-31 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Hydroxyalkyl substituted imidazonaphthyridines
EP1851224A2 (en) * 2005-02-23 2007-11-07 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydroxyalkyl substituted imidazoquinolines
WO2006091567A2 (en) * 2005-02-23 2006-08-31 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Hydroxyalkyl substituted imidazoquinoline compounds and methods
CA2598437A1 (en) * 2005-02-23 2006-08-31 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Method of preferentially inducing the biosynthesis of interferon
ZA200803029B (en) 2005-09-09 2009-02-25 Coley Pharm Group Inc Amide and carbamate derivatives of alkyl substituted /V-[4-(4-amino-1H-imidazo[4,5-c] quinolin-1-yl)butyl] methane-sulfonamides and methods
EP1922317A4 (en) 2005-09-09 2009-04-15 Coley Pharm Group Inc Amide and carbamate derivatives of n-{2-ý4-amino-2- (ethoxymethyl)-1h-imidazoý4,5-c¨quinolin-1-yl¨-1,1-dimethylethyl}methanesulfonamide and methods
US8088790B2 (en) 2005-11-04 2012-01-03 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydroxy and alkoxy substituted 1H-imidazoquinolines and methods
WO2007106852A2 (en) 2006-03-15 2007-09-20 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Substituted fused[1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
US8329721B2 (en) * 2006-03-15 2012-12-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydroxy and alkoxy substituted 1H-imidazonaphthyridines and methods
WO2008030511A2 (en) * 2006-09-06 2008-03-13 Coley Pharmaceuticial Group, Inc. Substituted 3,4,6,7-tetrahydro-5h, 1,2a,4a,8-tetraazacyclopenta[cd]phenalenes
PL2491035T3 (en) 2009-10-22 2018-01-31 Gilead Sciences Inc Derivatives of purine or deazapurine useful for the treatment of (inter alia) viral infections
MX359517B (en) 2010-08-17 2018-10-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Star Lipidated immune response modifier compound compositions, formulations, and methods.
US9475804B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2016-10-25 3M Innovative Properties Company Heterobifunctional linkers with polyethylene glycol segments and immune response modifier conjugates made therefrom
CA3086439A1 (en) 2017-12-20 2019-06-27 3M Innovative Properties Company Amide substitued imidazo[4,5-c]quinoline compounds with a branched chain linking group for use as an immune response modifier

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5352784A (en) 1993-07-15 1994-10-04 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Fused cycloalkylimidazopyridines
US6194425B1 (en) 1997-12-11 2001-02-27 3M Innovative Properties Company Imidazonaphthyridines

Family Cites Families (337)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3314941A (en) 1964-06-23 1967-04-18 American Cyanamid Co Novel substituted pyridodiazepins
DE1645976A1 (en) 1966-06-18 1971-01-21 Ajinomoto Kk Process for the preparation of adenosine and 2 ', 3'-O-isopropylidene adenosine
ZA704419B (en) 1969-07-21 1971-04-28 Ici Australia Ltd Injectable aqueous solutions of tetramisole
US3692907A (en) 1970-10-27 1972-09-19 Richardson Merrell Inc Treating viral infections with bis-basic ethers and thioethers of fluorenone and fluorene and pharmaceutical compositons of the same
US3917624A (en) 1972-09-27 1975-11-04 Pfizer Process for producing 2-amino-nicotinonitrile intermediates
US4006237A (en) 1973-10-11 1977-02-01 Beecham Group Limited Tetrahydrocarbostyril derivatives for the prophylaxis of asthma, hayfever and rhinitis
US3891660A (en) 1974-02-07 1975-06-24 Squibb & Sons Inc Derivatives of 1H-imidazo{8 4,5-c{9 pyridine-7-carboxylic acids and esters
US3899508A (en) 1974-04-12 1975-08-12 Lilly Co Eli 5-(2-Aminophenyl)pyrazole-3-carboxylic acids and esters thereof
DE2423389A1 (en) 1974-05-14 1975-12-04 Hoechst Ag PSYCHOTROPIC MEDICINAL PRODUCTS AND THE METHOD OF MANUFACTURING THEREOF
JPS6016438B2 (en) 1976-10-14 1985-04-25 ウェルファイド株式会社 Imidazoquinoline derivatives
US4381344A (en) 1980-04-25 1983-04-26 Burroughs Wellcome Co. Process for producing deoxyribosides using bacterial phosphorylase
DE3204126A1 (en) 1982-02-06 1983-08-11 Bayer Ag, 5090 Leverkusen PYRAZOLOXAZINE, -THIAZINE, -CHINOLINE, METHOD FOR THE PRODUCTION THEREOF AND THEIR USE AS A MEDICINAL PRODUCT
US4758574A (en) 1982-05-03 1988-07-19 Eli Lilly And Company 2-phenylimidazio (4,5-c) pyridines
US4563525A (en) 1983-05-31 1986-01-07 Ici Americas Inc. Process for preparing pyrazolopyridine compounds
ZA848968B (en) 1983-11-18 1986-06-25 Riker Laboratories Inc 1h-imidazo(4,5-c)quinolines and 1h-imidazo(4,5-c)quinolin-4-amines
CA1271477A (en) 1983-11-18 1990-07-10 John F. Gerster 1h-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines
IL73534A (en) 1983-11-18 1990-12-23 Riker Laboratories Inc 1h-imidazo(4,5-c)quinoline-4-amines,their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing certain such compounds
JPS61112075A (en) 1984-11-05 1986-05-30 Shionogi & Co Ltd Thienylpyrazoloquinoline derivative
US4593821A (en) 1985-04-25 1986-06-10 Laros Equipment Company, Inc. Belt separator for blow molding parts
US4668686A (en) 1985-04-25 1987-05-26 Bristol-Myers Company Imidazoquinoline antithrombrogenic cardiotonic agents
US4698346A (en) 1985-05-08 1987-10-06 Usv Pharmaceutical Corporation Thiazolo[5,4-h]quinoline compounds useful as anti-allergy agents
US4826830A (en) 1985-07-31 1989-05-02 Jui Han Topical application of glyciphosphoramide
CA1306260C (en) 1985-10-18 1992-08-11 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Condensed imidazopyridine derivatives
HU197019B (en) 1985-11-12 1989-02-28 Egyt Gyogyszervegyeszeti Gyar Process for producing thiqzolo (4,5-c) quinoline derivatives and pharmaceuticals comprising same
US4837378A (en) 1986-01-15 1989-06-06 Curatek Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Topical metronidazole formulations and therapeutic uses thereof
JPS6310787A (en) 1986-03-06 1988-01-18 Takeda Chem Ind Ltd Nucleotide analog, production thereof and antiviral agent
US4775674A (en) 1986-05-23 1988-10-04 Bristol-Myers Company Imidazoquinolinylether derivatives useful as phosphodiesterase and blood aggregation inhibitors
CA1287061C (en) 1986-06-27 1991-07-30 Roche Holding Ltd. Pyridine ethanolamine derivatives
US5500228A (en) 1987-05-26 1996-03-19 American Cyanamid Company Phase separation-microencapsulated pharmaceuticals compositions useful for alleviating dental disease
US4880779A (en) 1987-07-31 1989-11-14 Research Corporation Technologies, Inc. Method of prevention or treatment of AIDS by inhibition of human immunodeficiency virus
US4774339A (en) 1987-08-10 1988-09-27 Molecular Probes, Inc. Chemically reactive dipyrrometheneboron difluoride dyes
JPH01180156A (en) 1988-01-12 1989-07-18 Nec Corp Packet switching circuit
US5536743A (en) 1988-01-15 1996-07-16 Curatek Pharmaceuticals Limited Partnership Intravaginal treatment of vaginal infections with buffered metronidazole compositions
US5225183A (en) 1988-12-06 1993-07-06 Riker Laboratories, Inc. Medicinal aerosol formulations
US5238944A (en) 1988-12-15 1993-08-24 Riker Laboratories, Inc. Topical formulations and transdermal delivery systems containing 1-isobutyl-1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
US5736553A (en) 1988-12-15 1998-04-07 Riker Laboratories, Inc. Topical formulations and transdermal delivery systems containing 1-isobutyl-1H-imidazo 4,5-C!quinolin-4-amine
DK0385630T3 (en) 1989-02-27 1997-05-12 Riker Laboratories Inc 1H-imidazo (4,5-c) quinoline-4-amines as antivirals
US5756747A (en) 1989-02-27 1998-05-26 Riker Laboratories, Inc. 1H-imidazo 4,5-c!quinolin-4-amines
US5457183A (en) 1989-03-06 1995-10-10 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Hydroxylated texaphyrins
US5037986A (en) 1989-03-23 1991-08-06 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Olefinic 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines
US4929624A (en) 1989-03-23 1990-05-29 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Olefinic 1H-imidazo(4,5-c)quinolin-4-amines
NZ232740A (en) 1989-04-20 1992-06-25 Riker Laboratories Inc Solution for parenteral administration comprising a 1h-imidazo(4,5-c) quinolin-4-amine derivative, an acid and a tonicity adjuster
US4988815A (en) 1989-10-26 1991-01-29 Riker Laboratories, Inc. 3-Amino or 3-nitro quinoline compounds which are intermediates in preparing 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolines
US5750134A (en) 1989-11-03 1998-05-12 Riker Laboratories, Inc. Bioadhesive composition and patch
EP0507863A4 (en) 1989-12-28 1993-07-07 Virginia Commonwealth University Sigma receptor ligands and the use thereof
US5274113A (en) 1991-11-01 1993-12-28 Molecular Probes, Inc. Long wavelength chemically reactive dipyrrometheneboron difluoride dyes and conjugates
AU649673B2 (en) 1990-04-30 1994-06-02 Isis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Oligonucleotide modulation of arachidonic acid metabolism
AU653524B2 (en) 1990-06-08 1994-10-06 Roussel-Uclaf New imidazole derivatives, their preparation process, the new intermediates obtained, their use as medicaments and the pharmaceutical compositions containing them
JP2660086B2 (en) 1990-07-03 1997-10-08 明治製菓株式会社 Agent for improving brain and cardiac dysfunction
CA2093132C (en) 1990-10-05 2002-02-26 John F. Gerster Process for the preparation of imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines
MX9203481A (en) 1990-10-18 1992-07-01 Minnesota Mining & Mfg FORMULATIONS.
US5248782A (en) 1990-12-18 1993-09-28 Molecular Probes, Inc. Long wavelength heteroaryl-substituted dipyrrometheneboron difluoride dyes
US5175296A (en) 1991-03-01 1992-12-29 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines and processes for their preparation
US5389640A (en) 1991-03-01 1995-02-14 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company 1-substituted, 2-substituted 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines
JPH04327587A (en) 1991-04-26 1992-11-17 Asahi Chem Ind Co Ltd 6'-c-alkyl-3-deazaneplanocin a derivative, its production and use
US5187288A (en) 1991-05-22 1993-02-16 Molecular Probes, Inc. Ethenyl-substituted dipyrrometheneboron difluoride dyes and their synthesis
US5268376A (en) 1991-09-04 1993-12-07 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company 1-substituted 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines
TW300219B (en) 1991-09-14 1997-03-11 Hoechst Ag
PH31245A (en) 1991-10-30 1998-06-18 Janssen Pharmaceutica Nv 1,3-Dihydro-2H-imidazoÄ4,5-BÜ-quinolin-2-one derivatives.
US5266575A (en) 1991-11-06 1993-11-30 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company 2-ethyl 1H-imidazo[4,5-ciquinolin-4-amines
US5378848A (en) 1992-02-12 1995-01-03 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Condensed imidazopyridine derivatives
IL105325A (en) 1992-04-16 1996-11-14 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Immunogen/vaccine adjuvant composition
DK0641192T3 (en) 1992-05-18 1998-03-02 Minnesota Mining & Mfg Transmucosal drug delivery device
US5352680A (en) 1992-07-15 1994-10-04 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Delta opioid receptor antagonists to block opioid agonist tolerance and dependence
US6608201B2 (en) 1992-08-28 2003-08-19 3M Innovative Properties Company Process for preparing 1-substituted, 2-substituted 1H-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amines
US5395937A (en) 1993-01-29 1995-03-07 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Process for preparing quinoline amines
ES2122261T3 (en) 1993-03-17 1998-12-16 Minnesota Mining & Mfg AEROSOL FORMULATION CONTAINING A DISPERSION ADJUVANT DERIVED FROM AN ESTER, AMIDA OR MERCAPTOESTER.
DE4309969A1 (en) 1993-03-26 1994-09-29 Bayer Ag Substituted hetero-fused imidazoles
DE69314318T2 (en) 1993-04-27 1998-04-09 Agfa Gevaert Nv Method for inserting a water-soluble compound into a hydrophilic layer
US5648516A (en) 1994-07-20 1997-07-15 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Fused cycloalkylimidazopyridines
DE69425661T2 (en) 1993-07-15 2001-04-19 Minnesota Mining & Mfg IMIDAZO [4,5-c] PYRIDINE-4-AMINE
CA2131680C (en) 1993-09-17 2006-11-07 Gerhard Stucky Process for preparing imidazopyridine derivatives
US5837809A (en) 1995-08-11 1998-11-17 Oregon Health Sciences University Mammalian opioid receptor ligand and uses
JPH07163368A (en) 1993-12-15 1995-06-27 Hayashibara Biochem Lab Inc Recombinant dna and transformant containing the same recombinant dna
TW530047B (en) 1994-06-08 2003-05-01 Pfizer Corticotropin releasing factor antagonists
US6239116B1 (en) 1994-07-15 2001-05-29 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Immunostimulatory nucleic acid molecules
EP0772619B2 (en) 1994-07-15 2010-12-08 The University of Iowa Research Foundation Immunomodulatory oligonucleotides
US6207646B1 (en) 1994-07-15 2001-03-27 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Immunostimulatory nucleic acid molecules
US5612377A (en) 1994-08-04 1997-03-18 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Method of inhibiting leukotriene biosynthesis
US5644063A (en) 1994-09-08 1997-07-01 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-amine intermediates
GB9420168D0 (en) 1994-10-06 1994-11-23 Boots Co Plc Therapeutic agents
US5571819A (en) 1994-11-22 1996-11-05 Sabb; Annmarie L. Imidazopyridines as muscarinic agents
US5482936A (en) * 1995-01-12 1996-01-09 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Imidazo[4,5-C]quinoline amines
US6071949A (en) 1995-03-14 2000-06-06 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Use of lipoxygenase inhibitors as anti-cancer therapeutic and intervention agents
US5585612A (en) 1995-03-20 1996-12-17 Harp Enterprises, Inc. Method and apparatus for voting
FR2732605B1 (en) 1995-04-07 1997-05-16 Pasteur Merieux Serums Vacc COMPOSITION FOR INDUCING MUCOSAL IMMUNE RESPONSE
US5766789A (en) 1995-09-29 1998-06-16 Energetics Systems Corporation Electrical energy devices
ES2200039T3 (en) 1995-12-08 2004-03-01 Pfizer Inc. HETEROCICLIC DERIVATIVES REPLACED AS CRF ANTAGONISTS.
JPH09208584A (en) 1996-01-29 1997-08-12 Terumo Corp Amide derivative, pharmaceutical preparation containing the same, and intermediate for synthesizing the same
US5939047A (en) 1996-04-16 1999-08-17 Jernberg; Gary R. Local delivery of chemotherapeutic agents for treatment of periodontal disease
US5861268A (en) 1996-05-23 1999-01-19 Biomide Investment Limited Partnership Method for induction of tumor cell apoptosis with chemical inhibitors targeted to 12-lipoxygenase
US5741908A (en) 1996-06-21 1998-04-21 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Process for reparing imidazoquinolinamines
US5693811A (en) 1996-06-21 1997-12-02 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Process for preparing tetrahdroimidazoquinolinamines
CA2230808C (en) 1996-07-03 2006-08-15 Japan Energy Corporation A novel purine derivative
US6387938B1 (en) 1996-07-05 2002-05-14 Mochida Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Benzimidazole derivatives
KR100518903B1 (en) 1996-10-25 2005-10-06 미네소타 마이닝 앤드 매뉴팩춰링 캄파니 Immune response modifier compounds for treatment of the th2 mediated and related diseases
US5939090A (en) 1996-12-03 1999-08-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Gel formulations for topical drug delivery
JP4101302B2 (en) 1997-01-09 2008-06-18 テルモ株式会社 Novel amide derivatives and synthetic intermediates
US6406705B1 (en) 1997-03-10 2002-06-18 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Use of nucleic acids containing unmethylated CpG dinucleotide as an adjuvant
US6426334B1 (en) 1997-04-30 2002-07-30 Hybridon, Inc. Oligonucleotide mediated specific cytokine induction and reduction of tumor growth in a mammal
US6303347B1 (en) 1997-05-08 2001-10-16 Corixa Corporation Aminoalkyl glucosaminide phosphate compounds and their use as adjuvants and immunoeffectors
US6113918A (en) 1997-05-08 2000-09-05 Ribi Immunochem Research, Inc. Aminoalkyl glucosamine phosphate compounds and their use as adjuvants and immunoeffectors
CA2301575C (en) 1997-05-20 2003-12-23 Ottawa Civic Hospital Loeb Research Institute Vectors and methods for immunization or therapeutic protocols
US6123957A (en) 1997-07-16 2000-09-26 Jernberg; Gary R. Delivery of agents and method for regeneration of periodontal tissues
US6077349A (en) 1997-08-20 2000-06-20 Sony Corporation Method and apparatus for manufacturing disc-shaped recording medium
US6309623B1 (en) 1997-09-29 2001-10-30 Inhale Therapeutic Systems, Inc. Stabilized preparations for use in metered dose inhalers
EP1035123B1 (en) 1997-11-28 2003-08-20 Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Company, Limited Novel heterocyclic compounds
US6121323A (en) 1997-12-03 2000-09-19 3M Innovative Properties Company Bishydroxyureas
TW572758B (en) 1997-12-22 2004-01-21 Sumitomo Pharma Type 2 helper T cell-selective immune response inhibitors comprising purine derivatives
JPH11222432A (en) 1998-02-03 1999-08-17 Terumo Corp Preparation for external use containing amide derivative inducing interferon
US6114058A (en) 1998-05-26 2000-09-05 Siemens Westinghouse Power Corporation Iron aluminide alloy container for solid oxide fuel cells
US6110929A (en) 1998-07-28 2000-08-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Oxazolo, thiazolo and selenazolo [4,5-c]-quinolin-4-amines and analogs thereof
US5962636A (en) 1998-08-12 1999-10-05 Amgen Canada Inc. Peptides capable of modulating inflammatory heart disease
JP2000119271A (en) 1998-08-12 2000-04-25 Hokuriku Seiyaku Co Ltd 1h-imidazopyridine derivative
US6518280B2 (en) 1998-12-11 2003-02-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Imidazonaphthyridines
SK287112B6 (en) 1999-01-08 2009-12-07 3M Innovative Properties Company Use of immune response modifiying compound for cervical dysplasias treatment
US6486168B1 (en) 1999-01-08 2002-11-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Formulations and methods for treatment of mucosal associated conditions with an immune response modifier
US20020058674A1 (en) 1999-01-08 2002-05-16 Hedenstrom John C. Systems and methods for treating a mucosal surface
EP1495758A3 (en) 1999-01-08 2005-04-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Formulations and methods for treatment of mucosal associated conditions with an immune response modifier
US6558951B1 (en) 1999-02-11 2003-05-06 3M Innovative Properties Company Maturation of dendritic cells with immune response modifying compounds
US6294271B1 (en) 1999-02-12 2001-09-25 Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd. Flip-chip type semiconductor device sealing material and flip-chip type semiconductor device
JP2000247884A (en) 1999-03-01 2000-09-12 Sumitomo Pharmaceut Co Ltd Arachidonic acid-induced skin disease-treating agent
US6582957B1 (en) 1999-04-12 2003-06-24 Lexicon Genetics Incorporated Lipoxygenase proteins and polynucleotides encoding the same
US6756382B2 (en) 1999-06-10 2004-06-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Amide substituted imidazoquinolines
US6573273B1 (en) 1999-06-10 2003-06-03 3M Innovative Properties Company Urea substituted imidazoquinolines
US6451810B1 (en) 1999-06-10 2002-09-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Amide substituted imidazoquinolines
US6331539B1 (en) 1999-06-10 2001-12-18 3M Innovative Properties Company Sulfonamide and sulfamide substituted imidazoquinolines
US6541485B1 (en) 1999-06-10 2003-04-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Urea substituted imidazoquinolines
US6315985B1 (en) 1999-06-18 2001-11-13 3M Innovative Properties Company C-17/21 OH 20-ketosteroid solution aerosol products with enhanced chemical stability
DE60017259T2 (en) 1999-08-13 2005-12-08 Hybridon, Inc., Cambridge Modulation of CPG oligonucleotide-mediated immune stimulation by positional modification of nucleosides
US6432989B1 (en) 1999-08-27 2002-08-13 Pfizer Inc Use of CRF antagonists to treat circadian rhythm disorders
PT1666028E (en) 1999-10-29 2010-06-15 Novartis Ag Dry powder compositions having improved dispersivity
IL139197A0 (en) 1999-10-29 2001-11-25 Pfizer Prod Inc Use of corticotropin releasing factor antagonists and related compositions
US6916925B1 (en) 1999-11-05 2005-07-12 3M Innovative Properties Co. Dye labeled imidazoquinoline compounds
US6376669B1 (en) 1999-11-05 2002-04-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Dye labeled imidazoquinoline compounds
US6313156B1 (en) 1999-12-23 2001-11-06 Icos Corporation Thiazole compounds as cyclic-AMP-specific phosphodiesterase inhibitors
US20040023870A1 (en) 2000-01-21 2004-02-05 Douglas Dedera Methods of therapy and diagnosis using targeting of cells that express toll-like receptor proteins
GB0001704D0 (en) 2000-01-25 2000-03-15 Glaxo Group Ltd Protein
US20040054182A1 (en) 2000-02-09 2004-03-18 Hideo Kato 1h-imidazopyridine derivatives
AU2001245823A1 (en) 2000-03-17 2001-10-03 Corixa Corporation Novel amphipathic aldehydes and their use as adjuvants and immunoeffectors
US20010046968A1 (en) 2000-03-23 2001-11-29 Zagon Ian S. Opioid growth factor modulates angiogenesis
BR0109643A (en) 2000-03-30 2003-04-22 Shionogi & Co Synthetic process and crystal form of condensed imidazopyridine derivatives
US6894060B2 (en) 2000-03-30 2005-05-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Method for the treatment of dermal lesions caused by envenomation
DE10020465A1 (en) 2000-04-26 2001-11-08 Osram Opto Semiconductors Gmbh Radiation-emitting semiconductor component with luminescence conversion element
AU2001264753A1 (en) 2000-05-19 2001-12-03 Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 46638, a putative family member of human lipoxygenase
DE10029580C1 (en) 2000-06-15 2002-01-10 Ferton Holding Sa Device for removing body stones with an intracorporeal lithotripter
US6387383B1 (en) 2000-08-03 2002-05-14 Dow Pharmaceutical Sciences Topical low-viscosity gel composition
US6900016B1 (en) 2000-09-08 2005-05-31 Applera Corporation Polymorphisms in known genes associated with inflammatory autoimmune disease, methods of detection and uses thereof
US20020055517A1 (en) 2000-09-15 2002-05-09 3M Innovative Properties Company Methods for delaying recurrence of herpes virus symptoms
US6943240B2 (en) 2000-09-15 2005-09-13 Coley Pharmaceuticals Gmbh Nucleic acids for high throughput screening of CpG-based immuno-agonist/antagonist
GB0023008D0 (en) 2000-09-20 2000-11-01 Glaxo Group Ltd Improvements in vaccination
CZ20031587A3 (en) 2000-12-07 2004-01-14 Aoyama Seisakusho Co., Ltd. Method for baking steel parts of a product
US6664265B2 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-12-16 3M Innovative Properties Company Amido ether substituted imidazoquinolines
US6667312B2 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-12-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Thioether substituted imidazoquinolines
EP1360486A2 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-11-12 3M Innovative Properties Company Screening method for identifying compounds that selectively induce interferon alpha
WO2006091720A2 (en) 2000-12-08 2006-08-31 3M Innovative Properties Company Compositions and methods for targeted delivery of immune response modifiers
US6664260B2 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-12-16 3M Innovative Properties Company Heterocyclic ether substituted imidazoquinolines
US6525064B1 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-02-25 3M Innovative Properties Company Sulfonamido substituted imidazopyridines
UA74852C2 (en) 2000-12-08 2006-02-15 3M Innovative Properties Co Urea-substituted imidazoquinoline ethers
UA74593C2 (en) 2000-12-08 2006-01-16 3M Innovative Properties Co Substituted imidazopyridines
US6660735B2 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-12-09 3M Innovative Properties Company Urea substituted imidazoquinoline ethers
US6660747B2 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-12-09 3M Innovative Properties Company Amido ether substituted imidazoquinolines
US6677348B2 (en) 2000-12-08 2004-01-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Aryl ether substituted imidazoquinolines
US6677347B2 (en) 2000-12-08 2004-01-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Sulfonamido ether substituted imidazoquinolines
US6664264B2 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-12-16 3M Innovative Properties Company Thioether substituted imidazoquinolines
US6545016B1 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-04-08 3M Innovative Properties Company Amide substituted imidazopyridines
US20020107262A1 (en) 2000-12-08 2002-08-08 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted imidazopyridines
US6545017B1 (en) 2000-12-08 2003-04-08 3M Innovative Properties Company Urea substituted imidazopyridines
KR100455713B1 (en) 2001-01-29 2004-11-06 호남석유화학 주식회사 Multinuclear metallocene catalysts for olefin polymerization and process for olefin polymerization using the same
US20020182274A1 (en) 2001-03-21 2002-12-05 Kung-Ming Lu Methods for inhibiting cancer growth, reducing infection and promoting general health with a fermented soy extract
CN1250548C (en) 2001-04-17 2006-04-12 大日本住友制药株式会社 Novel adenine derivatives
US20020193729A1 (en) 2001-04-20 2002-12-19 Cormier Michel J.N. Microprojection array immunization patch and method
DE60141773D1 (en) 2001-04-20 2010-05-20 Inst Systems Biology GREAT SIMILAR RECEPTOR 5-LIGANDS AND USE PROCESS
US6627639B2 (en) 2001-04-26 2003-09-30 Wyeth Uses for indoletetrahydropyridine derivatives of 2,3-dihydro-7H-[1,4]dioxino-[2,3-e]indole
US7226928B2 (en) 2001-06-15 2007-06-05 3M Innovative Properties Company Methods for the treatment of periodontal disease
US6756399B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2004-06-29 The United States Of America As Represented By The Department Of Health And Human Services Use of lipoxygenase inhibitors and PPAR ligands as anti-cancer therapeutic and intervention agents
MXPA04000449A (en) 2001-07-16 2004-03-18 Shionogi & Co Process for preparation of amidine derivatives.
US20030133913A1 (en) 2001-08-30 2003-07-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Methods of maturing plasmacytoid dendritic cells using immune response modifier molecules
WO2003030902A1 (en) 2001-10-09 2003-04-17 Tularik Inc. Imidazole derivates as anti-inflammatory agents
AU2002360278A1 (en) 2001-10-12 2003-11-11 Coley Pharmaceutical Gmbh Methods and products for enhancing immune responses using imidazoquinoline compounds
DE60230340D1 (en) 2001-11-16 2009-01-22 3M Innovative Properties Co N-Ä4- (4-amino-2-ethyl-1H-imidazoÄ4,5-quinolin-1-yl) -butyl-methanesulfonamide, pharmaceutical composition containing the same and their use
WO2003045494A2 (en) 2001-11-17 2003-06-05 Martinez-Colon Maria Imiquimod therapies
DE60234376D1 (en) 2001-11-27 2009-12-24 Anadys Pharmaceuticals Inc 3-BETA-D-RIBOFURANOSYLTHIAZOLO (4,5-DELTA) PYRIDIMINE NUCLEOSIDE AND ITS USE
KR100962751B1 (en) 2001-11-29 2010-06-09 쓰리엠 이노베이티브 프로퍼티즈 컴파니 Pharmaceutical Formulations Comprising an Immune Response Modifier
US6677349B1 (en) 2001-12-21 2004-01-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Sulfonamide and sulfamide substituted imidazoquinolines
US6775514B2 (en) 2002-01-11 2004-08-10 Xerox Corporation Substrate size monitoring system for use in copier/printers
US6525028B1 (en) 2002-02-04 2003-02-25 Corixa Corporation Immunoeffector compounds
US20050281813A1 (en) 2002-02-14 2005-12-22 Nuvelo, Inc. Methods of therapy and diagnosis using targeting of cells that express toll-like receptor proteins
BR0307788A (en) 2002-02-22 2006-04-04 3M Innovative Properties Co reduction method and treatment of uv-b-induced immunosuppression
ATE491471T1 (en) 2002-03-19 2011-01-15 Powderject Res Ltd ADJUVANTS FOR DNA VACCINES BASED ON IMIDAZOCINOLINE
US20030185835A1 (en) 2002-03-19 2003-10-02 Braun Ralph P. Adjuvant for vaccines
NZ573064A (en) 2002-04-04 2011-02-25 Coley Pharm Gmbh Immunostimulatory G,U-containing oligoribonucleotides
CN100544715C (en) 2002-04-30 2009-09-30 尤尼根制药公司 As there not being the compositions that replaces B lopps flavone and flavane mixture comprising of therapeutic agent
GB0211649D0 (en) 2002-05-21 2002-07-03 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
US6743920B2 (en) 2002-05-29 2004-06-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Process for imidazo[4,5-c]pyridin-4-amines
MXPA04012199A (en) 2002-06-07 2005-02-25 3M Innovative Properties Co Ether substituted imidazopyridines.
DK1543002T3 (en) 2002-07-23 2006-12-27 Teva Gyogyszergyar Zartkoeruee Preparation of 1H-imidazo (4,5-c) quinoline-4-amines via 1H-imidazo (4,5-c) quinoline-4-phthalimide intermediates
CA2493158A1 (en) 2002-07-26 2004-02-05 Biogal Gyogyszergyar Rt. Preparation of 1h-imidazo [4,5-c] quinolin-4-amines via novel 1h-imidazo [4,5-c] quinolin-4-cyano and 1h-imidazo [4,5-c] quinolin-4-carboxamide intermediates
MXPA05001647A (en) 2002-08-15 2005-04-19 3M Innovative Properties Co Immunostimulatory compositions and methods of stimulating an immune response.
EP1542688A4 (en) 2002-09-26 2010-06-02 3M Innovative Properties Co 1h-imidazo dimers
JP2006512313A (en) 2002-10-31 2006-04-13 アムジェン インコーポレイテッド Anti-inflammatory agent
US20040166137A1 (en) 2002-11-08 2004-08-26 Lackey John William Hetero-substituted benzimidazole compounds and antiviral uses thereof
AU2003287324A1 (en) 2002-12-11 2004-06-30 3M Innovative Properties Company Gene expression systems and recombinant cell lines
AU2003287316A1 (en) 2002-12-11 2004-06-30 3M Innovative Properties Company Assays relating to toll-like receptor activity
CA2510375A1 (en) 2002-12-20 2004-07-15 3M Innovative Properties Company Aryl / hetaryl substituted imidazoquinolines
AU2003300184B8 (en) 2002-12-30 2009-12-03 3M Innovative Properties Company Immunostimulatory combinations
EP1592302A4 (en) 2003-02-13 2007-04-25 3M Innovative Properties Co Methods and compositions related to irm compounds and toll-like receptor 8
WO2004075865A2 (en) 2003-02-27 2004-09-10 3M Innovative Properties Company Selective modulation of tlr-mediated biological activity
WO2004078138A2 (en) 2003-03-04 2004-09-16 3M Innovative Properties Company Prophylactic treatment of uv-induced epidermal neoplasia
US7163947B2 (en) 2003-03-07 2007-01-16 3M Innovative Properties Company 1-Amino 1H-imidazoquinolines
EP1605943A4 (en) 2003-03-07 2008-01-16 3M Innovative Properties Co 1-amino 1h-imidazoquinolines
EP1608282A4 (en) 2003-03-13 2010-12-08 3M Innovative Properties Co Methods for diagnosing skin lesions
WO2004080292A2 (en) 2003-03-13 2004-09-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Method of tattoo removal
ATE556711T1 (en) 2003-03-13 2012-05-15 3M Innovative Properties Co METHOD FOR IMPROVING SKIN QUALITY
US20040192585A1 (en) 2003-03-25 2004-09-30 3M Innovative Properties Company Treatment for basal cell carcinoma
EP1613956A2 (en) 2003-03-25 2006-01-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Selective activation of cellular activities mediated through a common toll-like receptor
US7893096B2 (en) 2003-03-28 2011-02-22 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics, Inc. Use of small molecule compounds for immunopotentiation
WO2004091500A2 (en) 2003-04-10 2004-10-28 3M Innovative Properties Company Delivery of immune response modifier compounds
US20040265351A1 (en) 2003-04-10 2004-12-30 Miller Richard L. Methods and compositions for enhancing immune response
EP1617845A4 (en) 2003-04-28 2006-09-20 3M Innovative Properties Co Compositions and methods for induction of opioid receptors
US7731967B2 (en) 2003-04-30 2010-06-08 Novartis Vaccines And Diagnostics, Inc. Compositions for inducing immune responses
WO2004110991A2 (en) 2003-06-06 2004-12-23 3M Innovative Properties Company PROCESS FOR IMIDAZO[4,5-c]PYRIDIN-4-AMINES
AR044466A1 (en) 2003-06-06 2005-09-14 3M Innovative Properties Co PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF IMIDAZO [4,5-C] PIRIDIN-4-AMINAS
WO2005007672A2 (en) 2003-06-20 2005-01-27 Coley Pharmaceutical Gmbh Small molecule toll-like receptor (tlr) antagonists
MY157827A (en) 2003-06-27 2016-07-29 3M Innovative Properties Co Sulfonamide substituted imidazoquinolines
US20050106300A1 (en) 2003-06-30 2005-05-19 Purdue Research Foundation Method for producing a material having an increased solubility in alcohol
KR20060054371A (en) 2003-07-31 2006-05-22 쓰리엠 이노베이티브 프로퍼티즈 컴파니 Compositions for encapsulation and controlled release
AU2004264336B2 (en) 2003-08-05 2010-12-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Formulations containing an immune response modifier
AR045260A1 (en) 2003-08-12 2005-10-19 3M Innovative Properties Co COMPOUNDS CONTAINING IMIDAZO-OXIMA REPLACED
PL1653959T3 (en) 2003-08-14 2015-10-30 3M Innovative Properties Co Lipid-modified immune response modifiers
JP2007503268A (en) 2003-08-25 2007-02-22 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Delivery of immune response modifying compounds
EP1660122A4 (en) 2003-08-25 2007-10-24 3M Innovative Properties Co Immunostimulatory combinations and treatments
MXPA06002199A (en) 2003-08-27 2006-05-22 3M Innovative Properties Co Aryloxy and arylalkyleneoxy substituted imidazoquinolines.
JP2007504172A (en) 2003-09-02 2007-03-01 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Methods for treatment of mucosa related symptoms
NZ545536A (en) 2003-09-05 2010-04-30 Anadys Pharmaceuticals Inc TLR7 ligands for the treatment of hepatitis C
WO2005023190A2 (en) 2003-09-05 2005-03-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Treatment for cd5+ b cell lymphoma
GB0321615D0 (en) 2003-09-15 2003-10-15 Glaxo Group Ltd Improvements in vaccination
US20050059072A1 (en) 2003-09-17 2005-03-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Selective modulation of TLR gene expression
US7687628B2 (en) 2003-10-01 2010-03-30 Taro Pharmaceuticals U.S.A., Inc. Method of preparing 4-amino-1H-imidazo(4,5-c)quinolines and acid addition salts thereof
US8871782B2 (en) 2003-10-03 2014-10-28 3M Innovative Properties Company Alkoxy substituted imidazoquinolines
US20090075980A1 (en) 2003-10-03 2009-03-19 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Pyrazolopyridines and Analogs Thereof
US7544697B2 (en) 2003-10-03 2009-06-09 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Pyrazolopyridines and analogs thereof
WO2005079195A2 (en) 2003-10-03 2005-09-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Pyrazolopyridines and analogs thereof
JP2007509987A (en) 2003-10-31 2007-04-19 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Neutrophil activation by immune response modulator compounds
US20050239733A1 (en) 2003-10-31 2005-10-27 Coley Pharmaceutical Gmbh Sequence requirements for inhibitory oligonucleotides
ITMI20032121A1 (en) 2003-11-04 2005-05-05 Dinamite Dipharma Spa In Forma Abbr Eviata Dipharm PROCEDURE FOR THE PREPARATION OF IMIQUIMOD AND ITS INTERMEDIATES
US8598192B2 (en) 2003-11-14 2013-12-03 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydroxylamine substituted imidazoquinolines
CA2545774A1 (en) 2003-11-14 2005-06-02 3M Innovative Properties Company Oxime substituted imidazo ring compounds
CU23404A1 (en) 2003-11-19 2009-08-04 Ct Ingenieria Genetica Biotech NEISSERIA MENINGITIDIS CAPSULAR POLYSACARIDS AS MUCOSOPT IMMUNOPOTENTIZERS AND RESULTING FORMULATIONS
PL1687305T3 (en) 2003-11-21 2008-12-31 Novartis Ag 1h-imidazoquinoline derivatives as protein kinase inhibitors
AR046845A1 (en) 2003-11-21 2005-12-28 Novartis Ag DERIVATIVES OF 1H-IMIDAZO [4,5-C] QUINOLINE FOR THE TREATMENT OF PROTEIN-KINASE DEPENDENT DISEASES
CA2547020C (en) 2003-11-25 2014-03-25 3M Innovative Properties Company 1h-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridine-4-amine derivatives as immune response modifier
US8778963B2 (en) 2003-11-25 2014-07-15 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydroxylamine and oxime substituted imidazoquinolines, imidazopyridines, and imidazonaphthyridines
WO2005055932A2 (en) 2003-12-02 2005-06-23 3M Innovative Properties Company Therapeutic combinations and methods including irm compounds
US20050226878A1 (en) 2003-12-02 2005-10-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Therapeutic combinations and methods including IRM compounds
US7939526B2 (en) 2003-12-04 2011-05-10 3M Innovative Properties Company Sulfone substituted imidazo ring ethers
WO2005066170A1 (en) 2003-12-29 2005-07-21 3M Innovative Properties Company Arylalkenyl and arylalkynyl substituted imidazoquinolines
CA2552101A1 (en) 2003-12-29 2005-07-21 3M Innovative Properties Company Piperazine, [1,4]diazepane, [1,4]diazocane, and [1,5]diazocane fused imidazo ring compounds
WO2005065678A1 (en) 2003-12-30 2005-07-21 3M Innovative Properties Company Immunomodulatory combinations
JP2007517044A (en) 2003-12-30 2007-06-28 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Imidazoquinolinyl, imidazopyridinyl, and imidazonaphthyridinylsulfonamide
WO2005067500A2 (en) 2003-12-30 2005-07-28 3M Innovative Properties Company Enhancement of immune responses
AU2005222995B2 (en) 2004-03-15 2010-08-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Immune response modifier formulations and methods
WO2005094531A2 (en) 2004-03-24 2005-10-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Amide substituted imidazopyridines, imidazoquinolines, and imidazonaphthyridines
EP1735010A4 (en) 2004-04-09 2008-08-27 3M Innovative Properties Co Methods, compositions, and preparations for delivery of immune response modifiers
WO2006126981A2 (en) 2004-04-28 2006-11-30 3M Innovative Properties Company Compositions and methods for mucosal vaccination
US20050267145A1 (en) 2004-05-28 2005-12-01 Merrill Bryon A Treatment for lung cancer
WO2005123079A2 (en) 2004-06-14 2005-12-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Urea substituted imidazopyridines, imidazoquinolines, and imidazonaphthyridines
US8017779B2 (en) 2004-06-15 2011-09-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Nitrogen containing heterocyclyl substituted imidazoquinolines and imidazonaphthyridines
WO2006065280A2 (en) 2004-06-18 2006-06-22 3M Innovative Properties Company Isoxazole, dihydroisoxazole, and oxadiazole substituted imidazo ring compounds and methods
CA2571360C (en) 2004-06-18 2014-11-25 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted imidazoquinolines, imidazopyridines, and imidazonaphthyridines useful in inducing cytokine biosynthesis in animals
US20070259907A1 (en) 2004-06-18 2007-11-08 Prince Ryan B Aryl and arylalkylenyl substituted thiazoloquinolines and thiazolonaphthyridines
US8026366B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2011-09-27 3M Innovative Properties Company Aryloxy and arylalkyleneoxy substituted thiazoloquinolines and thiazolonaphthyridines
WO2006038923A2 (en) 2004-06-18 2006-04-13 3M Innovative Properties Company Aryl substituted imidazonaphthyridines
US20070259881A1 (en) 2004-06-18 2007-11-08 Dellaria Joseph F Jr Substituted Imidazo Ring Systems and Methods
WO2006026470A2 (en) 2004-08-27 2006-03-09 3M Innovative Properties Company Hiv immunostimulatory compositions
US20060045885A1 (en) 2004-08-27 2006-03-02 Kedl Ross M Method of eliciting an immune response against HIV
EP1784180A4 (en) 2004-09-02 2009-07-22 3M Innovative Properties Co 2-amino 1h imidazo ring systems and methods
US20090270443A1 (en) 2004-09-02 2009-10-29 Doris Stoermer 1-amino imidazo-containing compounds and methods
US7579359B2 (en) 2004-09-02 2009-08-25 3M Innovative Properties Company 1-alkoxy 1H-imidazo ring systems and methods
WO2006028451A1 (en) 2004-09-03 2006-03-16 3M Innovative Properties Company 1-amino 1-h-imidazoquinolines
US20080193468A1 (en) 2004-09-08 2008-08-14 Children's Medical Center Corporation Method for Stimulating the Immune Response of Newborns
US20080213308A1 (en) 2004-09-14 2008-09-04 Nicholas Valiante Imidazoquinoline Compounds
WO2006042254A2 (en) 2004-10-08 2006-04-20 3M Innovative Properties Company Adjuvant for dna vaccines
JP2008523084A (en) 2004-12-08 2008-07-03 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Immunostimulating combination and method
US20110070575A1 (en) 2004-12-08 2011-03-24 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Immunomodulatory Compositions, Combinations and Methods
US8080560B2 (en) 2004-12-17 2011-12-20 3M Innovative Properties Company Immune response modifier formulations containing oleic acid and methods
US8436176B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2013-05-07 Medicis Pharmaceutical Corporation Process for preparing 2-methyl-1-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-imidazo[4,5-c][1,5]naphthyridin-4-amine
WO2006074003A2 (en) 2004-12-30 2006-07-13 3M Innovative Properties Company CHIRAL FUSED [1,2]IMIDAZO[4,5-c] RING COMPOUNDS
ZA200706251B (en) 2004-12-30 2008-11-26 Coley Pharm Group Inc Immune response modifier formulations and methods
EP1833479A2 (en) 2004-12-30 2007-09-19 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited 1-(2-methylpropyl)-1h-imidazo 4,5-c(1,5 )naphthyridin-4-amine ethanesulfonate and 1-(2-methylpropyl)-1h-imidazoý4,5-c 1,5 naphthyridin-4-amine methanesulfonate
CA2594253C (en) 2004-12-30 2015-08-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Treatment for cutaneous metastases
JP5313502B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2013-10-09 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Substituted chiral condensed [1,2] imidazo [4,5-c] cyclic compounds
US7578170B2 (en) 2005-02-02 2009-08-25 Mocon, Inc. Instrument and method for detecting and reporting the size of leaks in hermetically sealed packaging
US9248127B2 (en) 2005-02-04 2016-02-02 3M Innovative Properties Company Aqueous gel formulations containing immune response modifiers
US8378102B2 (en) 2005-02-09 2013-02-19 3M Innovative Properties Company Oxime and hydroxylamine substituted thiazolo[4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
WO2006086449A2 (en) 2005-02-09 2006-08-17 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Alkyloxy substituted thiazoloquinolines and thiazolonaphthyridines
AU2006213745A1 (en) 2005-02-11 2006-08-17 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Substituted fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
US8658666B2 (en) 2005-02-11 2014-02-25 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted imidazoquinolines and imidazonaphthyridines
WO2006086634A2 (en) 2005-02-11 2006-08-17 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Oxime and hydroxylamine substituted imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
WO2006091567A2 (en) 2005-02-23 2006-08-31 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Hydroxyalkyl substituted imidazoquinoline compounds and methods
CA2598639A1 (en) 2005-02-23 2006-08-31 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Hydroxyalkyl substituted imidazonaphthyridines
EP1851224A2 (en) 2005-02-23 2007-11-07 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydroxyalkyl substituted imidazoquinolines
CA2598437A1 (en) 2005-02-23 2006-08-31 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Method of preferentially inducing the biosynthesis of interferon
RU2007137960A (en) 2005-03-14 2009-04-20 Меда Аб (Se) METHOD FOR TREATING ACTIN KERATOSIS (OPTIONS) AND 2-METHYL-1- (2-METHYL PROPYL) -1H-IMIDAZO [4,5-c]] 1,5] NAPHTIRIDIN-4-AMINE AS A MEANS OF TREATMENT OF ACTINIC KERO
AU2006232375A1 (en) 2005-04-01 2006-10-12 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. 1-substituted pyrazolo (3,4-c) ring compounds as modulators of cytokine biosynthesis for the treatment of viral infections and neoplastic diseases
WO2006107771A2 (en) 2005-04-01 2006-10-12 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. PYRAZOLO[3,4-c]QUINOLINES, PYRAZOLO[3,4-c]NAPHTHYRIDINES, ANALOGS THEREOF, AND METHODS
US8168802B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2012-05-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Ring closing and related methods and intermediates
US7943610B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2011-05-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Pyrazolopyridine-1,4-diamines and analogs thereof
AU2006241166A1 (en) 2005-04-25 2006-11-02 3M Innovative Properties Company Immunostimulatory compositions
GB0510390D0 (en) 2005-05-20 2005-06-29 Novartis Ag Organic compounds
RS20080128A (en) 2005-09-02 2009-05-06 Pfizer Inc., Hydroxy substituted 1h-imidazopyridines and methods
ZA200803029B (en) 2005-09-09 2009-02-25 Coley Pharm Group Inc Amide and carbamate derivatives of alkyl substituted /V-[4-(4-amino-1H-imidazo[4,5-c] quinolin-1-yl)butyl] methane-sulfonamides and methods
EP1922317A4 (en) 2005-09-09 2009-04-15 Coley Pharm Group Inc Amide and carbamate derivatives of n-{2-ý4-amino-2- (ethoxymethyl)-1h-imidazoý4,5-c¨quinolin-1-yl¨-1,1-dimethylethyl}methanesulfonamide and methods
US8889154B2 (en) 2005-09-15 2014-11-18 Medicis Pharmaceutical Corporation Packaging for 1-(2-methylpropyl)-1H-imidazo[4,5-c] quinolin-4-amine-containing formulation
CA2623541A1 (en) 2005-09-23 2007-03-29 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Method for 1h-imidazo[4,5-c]pyridines and analogs thereof
US8088790B2 (en) 2005-11-04 2012-01-03 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydroxy and alkoxy substituted 1H-imidazoquinolines and methods
WO2007062043A1 (en) 2005-11-23 2007-05-31 Coley Pharmaceutical Group Inc. Method of activating murine toll-like receptor 8
MX2008007864A (en) 2005-12-16 2009-03-04 Coley Pharm Group Inc Substituted imidazoquinolines, imidazonaphthyridines, and imidazopyridines, compositions, and methods.
WO2007079169A2 (en) 2005-12-28 2007-07-12 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Treatment for acute myeloid leukemia
WO2007079146A1 (en) 2005-12-28 2007-07-12 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc Treatment for non-hodgkin's lymphoma
WO2007079202A2 (en) 2005-12-28 2007-07-12 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Treatment for acute lymhoblastic leukemia
WO2007079171A2 (en) 2005-12-28 2007-07-12 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Treatment for hodgkin's lymphoma
WO2007079086A1 (en) 2005-12-28 2007-07-12 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Pyrazoloalkyl substituted imidazo ring compounds and methods
EP1968582A4 (en) 2005-12-28 2011-02-16 3M Innovative Properties Co Treatment for cutaneous t cell lymphoma
US20090306388A1 (en) 2006-02-10 2009-12-10 Pfizer Inc. Method for substituted ih-imidazo[4,5-c] pyridines
EP1988896A4 (en) 2006-02-22 2011-07-27 3M Innovative Properties Co Immune response modifier conjugates
US8329721B2 (en) 2006-03-15 2012-12-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydroxy and alkoxy substituted 1H-imidazonaphthyridines and methods
WO2007106852A2 (en) 2006-03-15 2007-09-20 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Substituted fused[1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
WO2007143526A2 (en) 2006-06-05 2007-12-13 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Substituted tetrahydroimidazonaphthyridines and methods
US20100028381A1 (en) 2006-06-19 2010-02-04 3M Innovative Properties Company Formulation for delivery of immune response modifiers
US7906506B2 (en) 2006-07-12 2011-03-15 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted chiral fused [1,2] imidazo [4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
US8093309B2 (en) * 2006-07-24 2012-01-10 Huntsman Petrochemical Llc Light colored foam for use in marine applications
CA2659733A1 (en) 2006-07-31 2008-02-07 3M Innovative Properties Company Sterilized topical compositions of 1-(2-methylpropyl)-1h-imidazo[4,5-c]quinolin-4-amine
WO2008030511A2 (en) 2006-09-06 2008-03-13 Coley Pharmaceuticial Group, Inc. Substituted 3,4,6,7-tetrahydro-5h, 1,2a,4a,8-tetraazacyclopenta[cd]phenalenes
WO2008036312A1 (en) 2006-09-19 2008-03-27 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Fungicidal methods using immune response modifier compounds
WO2008045543A1 (en) 2006-10-13 2008-04-17 Coley Pharmaceutical Group, Inc. Substituted 4h-imidazo [4, 5, 1-ij] [1, 6] naphthyridine-9-amines and their pharmaceutical use
US20080149123A1 (en) 2006-12-22 2008-06-26 Mckay William D Particulate material dispensing hairbrush with combination bristles

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5352784A (en) 1993-07-15 1994-10-04 Minnesota Mining And Manufacturing Company Fused cycloalkylimidazopyridines
US6194425B1 (en) 1997-12-11 2001-02-27 3M Innovative Properties Company Imidazonaphthyridines

Non-Patent Citations (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
"Beilsteins Handbuch der organischen Chemie", SPRINGER-VERLAG
"Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design", 1987, AMERICAN PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION AND PERGAMON PRESS
BARRY M. TROST; IAN FLEMING: "Comprehensive Organic Synthesis", vol. 1-8, 1991, PERGAMON PRESS
COHN, CHARLES W. REES: "Comprehensive Organic Functional Group Transformations", vol. 1-6, 1995, PERGAMON PRESS
LI, W. ET AL., J. ORG. CHEM., vol. 67, 2002, pages 5394 - 5397
See also references of EP1831221A4
T. HIGUCHI; W. STELLA: "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems", vol. 14, A. C. S. SYMPOSIUM SERIES
T. W. GREENE; P. G. M. WUTS: "Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", 1991, JOHN WILEY & SONS
TESTERMAN: "Cytokine Induction by the Immunomodulators Imiquimod and S-27609", JOURNAL OF LEUKOCYTE BIOLOGY, vol. 58, September 1995 (1995-09-01), pages 365 - 372

Cited By (32)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8673932B2 (en) 2003-08-12 2014-03-18 3M Innovative Properties Company Oxime substituted imidazo-containing compounds
US7897597B2 (en) 2003-08-27 2011-03-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Aryloxy and arylalkyleneoxy substituted imidazoquinolines
US7923429B2 (en) 2003-09-05 2011-04-12 3M Innovative Properties Company Treatment for CD5+ B cell lymphoma
US8871782B2 (en) 2003-10-03 2014-10-28 3M Innovative Properties Company Alkoxy substituted imidazoquinolines
US7879849B2 (en) 2003-10-03 2011-02-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Pyrazolopyridines and analogs thereof
US7897767B2 (en) 2003-11-14 2011-03-01 3M Innovative Properties Company Oxime substituted imidazoquinolines
US8598192B2 (en) 2003-11-14 2013-12-03 3M Innovative Properties Company Hydroxylamine substituted imidazoquinolines
US7915281B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2011-03-29 3M Innovative Properties Company Isoxazole, dihydroisoxazole, and oxadiazole substituted imidazo ring compounds and method
US8034938B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2011-10-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds
US7943609B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2011-05-17 3M Innovative Proprerties Company Chiral fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-C] ring compounds
US10071156B2 (en) 2005-02-04 2018-09-11 3M Innovative Properties Company Aqueous gel formulations containing immune response modifiers
US9248127B2 (en) 2005-02-04 2016-02-02 3M Innovative Properties Company Aqueous gel formulations containing immune response modifiers
US7968563B2 (en) 2005-02-11 2011-06-28 3M Innovative Properties Company Oxime and hydroxylamine substituted imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
US7943636B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2011-05-17 3M Innovative Properties Company 1-substituted pyrazolo (3,4-C) ring compounds as modulators of cytokine biosynthesis for the treatment of viral infections and neoplastic diseases
US7943610B2 (en) 2005-04-01 2011-05-17 3M Innovative Properties Company Pyrazolopyridine-1,4-diamines and analogs thereof
EP3085373A1 (en) 2006-02-22 2016-10-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Immune response modifier conjugates
US7906506B2 (en) 2006-07-12 2011-03-15 3M Innovative Properties Company Substituted chiral fused [1,2] imidazo [4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
US10005772B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2018-06-26 3M Innovative Properties Company Immune response modifier compositions and methods
US10144735B2 (en) 2006-12-22 2018-12-04 3M Innovative Properties Company Immune response modifier compositions and methods
EP3153180A1 (en) 2011-06-03 2017-04-12 3M Innovative Properties Company Heterobifunctional linkers with polyethylene glycol segments and immune response modifier conjugates made therefrom
EP3756669A1 (en) 2013-01-07 2020-12-30 The Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania Compositions for use for treating cutaneous t cell lymphoma
WO2014107663A2 (en) 2013-01-07 2014-07-10 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Compositions and methods for treating cutaneous t cell lymphoma
US10526309B2 (en) 2015-10-02 2020-01-07 The University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Pan-TAM inhibitors and Mer/Axl dual inhibitors
CN109641920A (en) * 2016-08-26 2019-04-16 3M创新有限公司 Condensed [1,2] imidazo [4,5-c] cycle compound replaced by guanidino group
EP3889158A1 (en) * 2016-08-26 2021-10-06 3M Innovative Properties Company Fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds substituted with guanidino groups
WO2019166946A1 (en) 2018-02-28 2019-09-06 Pfizer Inc. Il-15 variants and uses thereof
WO2019224716A2 (en) 2018-05-23 2019-11-28 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies specific for gucy2c and uses thereof
WO2019224715A1 (en) 2018-05-23 2019-11-28 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies specific for cd3 and uses thereof
US11434292B2 (en) 2018-05-23 2022-09-06 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies specific for CD3 and uses thereof
WO2020128893A1 (en) 2018-12-21 2020-06-25 Pfizer Inc. Combination treatments of cancer comprising a tlr agonist
WO2021124073A1 (en) 2019-12-17 2021-06-24 Pfizer Inc. Antibodies specific for cd47, pd-l1, and uses thereof
WO2022013775A1 (en) 2020-07-17 2022-01-20 Pfizer Inc. Therapeutic antibodies and their uses

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1831221A4 (en) 2008-11-05
CA2594674C (en) 2016-05-17
AU2005326708B2 (en) 2012-03-15
ES2392648T3 (en) 2012-12-12
WO2006083440A3 (en) 2007-06-21
JP2008529974A (en) 2008-08-07
US8350034B2 (en) 2013-01-08
EP1831221A2 (en) 2007-09-12
EP1831221B1 (en) 2012-08-08
AU2005326708C1 (en) 2012-08-30
JP5313502B2 (en) 2013-10-09
US20110293654A1 (en) 2011-12-01
US8034938B2 (en) 2011-10-11
AU2005326708A1 (en) 2006-08-10
US20080085895A1 (en) 2008-04-10
CA2594674A1 (en) 2006-08-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1831221B1 (en) Substituted chiral fused 1,2 imidazo 4,5-c ring compounds
US7968563B2 (en) Oxime and hydroxylamine substituted imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
AU2005322898B2 (en) Chiral fused (1,2)imidazo(4,5-c) ring compounds
US7906506B2 (en) Substituted chiral fused [1,2] imidazo [4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
WO2006029115A2 (en) 2-amino 1h imidazo ring systems and methods
US20080015184A1 (en) Urea Substituted Imidazopyridines, Imidazoquinolines, and Imidazonaphthyridines
WO2006091568A2 (en) Hydroxyalkyl substituted imidazonaphthyridines
WO2005123080A2 (en) Nitrogen-containing heterocyclyl substituted imidazoquinolines and imidazonaphthyridines
WO2006086633A2 (en) Substituted fused [1,2]imidazo[4,5-c] ring compounds and methods
CA2578741A1 (en) 1-alkoxy 1h-imidazo ring systems and methods
WO2006065280A2 (en) Isoxazole, dihydroisoxazole, and oxadiazole substituted imidazo ring compounds and methods
AU2004312508A1 (en) Imidazoquinolinyl, imidazopyridinyl, and imidazonaphthyridinyl sulfonamides
EP1694674A2 (en) Sulfone substituted imidazo ring ethers
WO2005066172A1 (en) Piperazine, [1,4]diazepane, [1,4]diazocane, and [1,5]diazocane fused imidazo ring compounds

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2594674

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11813052

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007549597

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 2005326708

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005857242

Country of ref document: EP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2005326708

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20051229

Kind code of ref document: A